Digitized by the Internet Arciiive
in 2009 with funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecat1966indi
Indiana (/bulletin
INDIANA
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
UNDERGRADUATE SCHOOLS
OF
EDUCATION & LIBERAL ARTS
,0.30. i
INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA
1966-67
RHODES R STi^BlEY irBBflUT
IWniflMA ll^•l^/t:oclTv ,-.■■ r..-^■.,„. -_
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BULLETIN
VOLUME 72
FEBRUARY 1966
Number 1
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INDIANA, PENNSYLVANIA
Catalogue Number
1966 - 1967
THIS UNIVERSITY IS ACCREDITED BY THE NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR
ACCREDITATION OF TEACHER EDUCATION, THE MIDDLE STATES
ASSOCIATION OF COLLEGES AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS AND THE
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN.
Issued Annually in February by the Trustees of the Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Indiana, Pennsylvania. Entered as second-class matter,
June 30, 1913, at the Post Office in Indiana, Pennsylvania, under
Act of Congress, August 24, 1912.
•WCA^Uv
INDIANA UNrtBRSTY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
1966—1967
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
Pre Session
Registration and beginning of classes June 6
Session Ends June 24
Main Session
Registration June 27
Classes begin June 28
Session ends Aug. 5
Post Session
Registration and beginning of classes Aug. 8
Summer Commencement Aug. 21
Session Ends Aug. 26
FIRST SEMESTER
Orientation of Freshmen Friday, Saturday
(Details will be mailed) Monday, Tuesday, Sept. 9-13
Faculty Workshop Saturday, Sept. 10
Registration Wednesday, Sept. 14
Classes begin with First Period Thursday, Sept. IS
Thanksgiving Recess Begins at the Close of
Classes Tuesday, Nov. 22
Thanksgiving Recess Ends at 8:00 A.M Monday, Nov. 28
Christmas Recess Begins at the close of
Classes Friday, Dec. 1(3
Christmas Recess Ends at SKH) A.M Tuesday, Jan. 3
Commencement Sunday, Jan. 15
First Semester Ends at the Qose of Final
Examinations Saturday, Jan. 21
Last Meeting of Saturday Campus Closes Saturday, Jan. 21
SECOND SEMESTER
Registration Monday, Jan. 30
Classes Begin at 8:00 A.M Tuesday, Jan. 31
Spring-Easter Recess Begins at the Close
of Classes Thursday, March 23
Spring-Easter Recess Ends at 8 HX) A.M Tuesday, April 4
Second Semester Ends at the Close of Final Examinations Wednesday, May 24
Alumni Day Saturday, May 27
Commencement Sunday, May 28
Kathleen McCoy
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA
DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION
JOHN R. RACKLEY
Superintendent of Public Instruction
COMMISSION ON HIGHEB EDUCATION
STATE BOARD OF EDUCATION
GEORGE G. GRAY _ _ _ Levittown
KATHARINE E. McBRIDE 3ryn Mawr
OTIS C. McCREERY _ _ Bridgeville
GAIL L. ROSE _ _ Renfrew
JAMES H. ROWLAND ..._ Jlarrisburg
CHARLES G. SIMPSON Philadelphia
LEONARD N. WOLF _ Scranton
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
JOHN E. DAVIS, President Indiana
ROBERT REYNOLDS, Vice-President Pittsburgh
JAMES L. O'TOOLE, Secretary _ _ Sharon
ARTHUR P. MILLER, Treasurer New Kensington
SAM R. LIGHT „ Punxsutawney
PATRICK T. McCarthy Punxsutawney
A. R. PECHAN ..._ Ford City
MARY ALICE ST. CLAIR Indiana
JOSEPH W. SERENE „ Indiana
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION
OF THE COLLEGE
WILLIS E. PRATT President
BERNARD GANLEY Administrative Assistant
RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Faculty and Academic Affairs
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER, JR Dean, School of Education
A. DALE ALLEN Assistant Dean, School of Education
WILLIAM W. HASSLER Dean, School of Liberal Arts
I. LEONARD STRIGHT Dean, Graduate School
CHARLES D. LEACH Director College Development, Grants and Awards
SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE Director of Public Relations
ARTHUR NICHOLSON Director, Off-campus Centers and Cultural Affairs
S. TREVOR HADLEY Dean of Students
JAMES LAUGHLIN Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Admissions
NANCY J. NEWKERK Dean of Women
F. LEE PATTESON Assistant Dean of Women
EL WOOD B. SHEEDER Dean of Men
WADE MACK Assistant Dean of Men, Veterans* Counselor
OWEN DOUGHERTY Assistant Dean of Men
WILLIAM E. LAFRANCHI Librarian
HAROLD C. McCORMICK Business Manager
ROBERT O. WARREN Registrar and Scheduling Officer
LOIS BLAIR Director of Laboratory Experiences
SAMUEL HOENSTINE Director of Keith School and Placement
CHRISTOPHER KNOWLTON Manager, Student Co-op Association
DWIGHT SOLLBERGER Science Coordinator
W. W. EICHER Supt. of Maintenance and Construction
ORPHA LOWRY House Director
RALPH F. WALDO Physician
ROBERT G. GOLDSTROHM Assistant Physician
MRS. RUTH DAVIS Nurse
MRS. FLORENCE DONGILLA Nurse
MRS. HAZEL DEEMER Nurse
MRS. JOHN OLSON Nurse
CHAIRMAN OF DEPARTMENTS
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY Art
ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER Business
FRANCIS G. McGOVERN Economics
STANLEY W. LORE Education-Psychology
P. DAVID LOTT Elementary
JAMES R. GREEN English
HERBERT E. ISAR Foreign Languages
THOMAS G. GAULT Geography
JOHN CHELLMAN Health Education
RICHARD F. HEIGHES History
A. CAROLYN NEWSOM Chairman, Home Economics
JAMES E. McKINLEY Mathematics
ARCHIE T. MADSEN MUiury Science
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF Music
KOBERT M. HERMANN PhUosophy
CLYDE C. GELBACH Political Science
MORTON MORRIS Special EducaUon
RAYMOND L. LEE Social Science
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER Biology
PAUL R. WUNZ Chemistry
RICHARD E. BERRY Physics
ESKO NEWHILL Sociology - Anthropology
DIRECTORS OF SPECIAL CLINICS
MARION M. GEISEL Psychological Clinic
MAUDE BRUNGARD Speech and Hearing Clinic
DOROTHY M. SNYDER Reading Clinic
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PRINCIPAL UNIVERSITY COMMITTEES
Administrative, Council on Academic Affairs, Alumni, Athletic, Policy, Elementary Educa-
tion, faculty Council, Graduate Council, Library and Instructional Materials, Professional Standard*,
ROTC Seli.'ction, Student Cooperative Association, Student Personnel.
THE FACULTY
WILLIS E. PRATT President
A.B., Allet;heny College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; LL.D., Westminster College;
LI..D., University of Pittsburgh
A. DALE ALLEN Assistant Dean, School of Education
A.B., DePaiiw Univorsity; M.S., Ed.D., University of Indiana
LOIS V. ANDERSON Elementary Education
A.B., Muskingum College; B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of
Pittsburgh
MAMIE L. ANDERZHON Geography
Ph.B., M.S., Chicago University
JOSEPH ANGELO Mathematics
B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
IDA Z. ARMS Mathematics
B.S., State College, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Duke University; M.S., University
of Illinois N
EDWIN W. BAILEY Mathematici
B.S., Albright College; M.A., Columbia University
DONALD J. BALLAS Geography
B.S., Clarion State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
FRANK J. BASIL Geography
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT, JR. Business
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
MARGARET L. BECK English
A.B., Goucher College; A.M., University of Pennsylvania
WILLIAM R. BECKER Music
A.B., M.A., State College of Iowa; Ph.D., University of Iowa
PATRICIA ANN BELL Home Economics
B.S., Buffalo State University; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIS H. BELL Science
B.S., Grove City College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
HERBERT A. BENTON Sociology . Anthropology
B.A., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
DONALD A. BENZ Elementary Educ.
B.E., Wisconsin State University, Steven* Point; M.A., D.Ed., George Peabody College for
Teachers
ROBERT EUGENE BERNAT Music
BFA, Carnegie Institute of Technology; MFA, Brandeis University
RICHARD BERRY Chairman. Physic*
B.S., Lafayette; M.S., Ph.D., Princeton
WILLIAM W. BETTS, JR. EngUsh
A.B., Dickinson College; A.M., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
SANDRA JOAN BEZILA Health & Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
EDWARD W. BIEGHLER
B.A., M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., Ohio State University
MARGARET BIEGHLER
B.A., University of Oregon
Foreii^ Languages
Foreign Lanfuages
LOIS C. BLAIR Director of Laboratory Experiences
A.B., Grove City College; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., Teachers College,
Columbia University; LL.D., Grove City College
MARY JANE BOERING
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
CARL W. BORDAS
B.S., M.Ed., D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
DAVID T. BORST
B.S., Fredonia State Teachers College; M.Ed., University of Buffalo
JOSEPH PHILIP BOYLE
B.A., Siena College; M.A., State University of New York
W.^LLIS BRAMAN
B.S.M., Baldwin Wallace; M.M., Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
JESSIE BRIGHT
A.B., M.A., University of Rochester
LORRIE J. BRIGHT
A.B., Kenyon College; M.A., University of Rochester
KENNETH W. BRODE
A.B., M.A., Kent State University
EDWARD N. BROWN
B.S., Westminster College; A.M., Oberlin College
Bnsinesi
Chemistry
Philosophy
Social Science
English
Foreign Language
Chemiitry
College; A.M., Oberlin College
MORRISON BROWN English
B.S., State College, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania; A.M., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,
Pennsylvania State University
MAUDE O. BRUNGARD
B.S., Lock Haven State; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT W. BURGGRAF
B.S., Columbia University; A.M., University of Kentucky
ROBERT W. BUTLER
B.S., Western Maryland College
CATHERINE C. CARL
Mns.B., Oberlin Conservatory of Music; A.M., Indiana University
PATRICK CARONE
A.B., M.A., West Virginia University
Special Education
Music
Military Science
Music
Political Science
JOHN CHELLMAN Chairman, Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., George Peabody
College for Teachers
DON CHEAN-CHU Education-Psychology
A.B., National Central University, Nanking, China; Ed.M., University of Maryland; Ed.D.,
Columbia University
SHOW CHIH RAJ CHU
B.A., National Central University; M.A., Bob Jones University
FAIRY H. CLUTTER
A3., West Virginia University; A.M., University of Pittsburgh
Foseign Language
English
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
EDWARD GEORGE COLEMAN Chemi«trr
B.S., Wiaconsin State; M.S., Univ. of Wisconsin; M.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology
DAVID M. COOK EnflUh
B.A., B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State UniTersity
CHARLES L. COOPER Business
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
EDITH M. CORD Foreign Languages
Baccalaureat, Toulouse; Licence-es-Lettres, University of Toulouse
STEVEN CORD History
B.B.A., City College of New York; M.A., Ed. D., Teachers College, Columbia University
RALPH W. CORDIER Dean of Faculty and Academic AfTaira
A.B., Manchester College; A.M., Ph.D., Ohio State University
JOSEPH COSTA Physics
B.A., St. Vincent College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
HARRY E. CRAIG English
B.A., Geneva College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
WILLA RUTH CRAMER Home Economics
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
KOBERT J. CRONAUER Art
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., Columbia University
BLAINE C. CROOKS Mathematics
A.B., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.M., Harvard
ROBERT J. CUREY English
B.A., Hillsdale College; M>A., University of Michigan
WILLIAM E. CUTLER Education-Psychology
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed,, Penn State University
CHARLES A. DAVIS Music
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., New York University
CLARABEL DAVIS Keith School
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.S., New York University
JOHN A. DAVIS English
B.S., Lehigh University; M.A., Univ. of Pennsylvania
RICHARD O. DAVIS Keith, Area Curriculum Director
A.B., Geneva College; M.Ed., D.Ed., University of Pittsbnrgh
LEONARD B. DeFABO Education-Psychology
A.B., St. Mary's University; M.Ed., Duquesne University
DANIEL DICICCO Music
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.M., University of Michigan
ROBERT H. DOERR Business
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
THOMAS J. DONGILLA Art
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
OWEN J. DOUGHERTY Health and Physical Education, Asst. Dean of Men
M.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER Chairman, Business
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsbnrgh
GLADYS DUNKELBERGER Mnsie
B.M., Bethany College, Lindsborg, Kansas; Mus.M., Northwesters Univeraity
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
KENNETH F. EDGAR Education-Psychology
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A. Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
DONALD G. EISEN English
A.B., M.A., Western Reserve University
ANN ELLIOTT Health and Physical Education
A.B., Berea College; B.S., Russell Sage College; M.A., New York University
ROBERT W. ENSLEY English
A.B., Ohio Wesleyan University; A.M., Columbia University
CHARLES W. FAUST Foreign Languages
B.A., Indiana State Teachers College, Terre Haute; M.A., Middlebnry College
FERNAND FISEL Foreign Language
B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.A., SDA, Theological Seminary
MARSHALL GORDON FLAMM Special Education
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Temple University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
LIDA T. FLEMING Keith School
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM M. FORCE English
A.B., M.A., Colgate University
OLIVE M. FORNEAR Music
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.M., West Virginia University, Morgantown, W.Va.
LARRY FRANK Music
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
WERNER J. FRIES Foreign Language
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University
SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE PubUc Relations
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
MARGARET E. GABEL Library
B.S., State College, Kutztown, Pennsylvania; M.S., L.S., School Library Science, Syracuse
University
WALTER W. GALLATI Biology
A.B., Drew University; M.S., University of Miami (Fla.) ; Ph.D., Ohio State University
BERNARD GAI^EY AssisUnt to the President
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
THOMAS G. GAULT Chairman, Geography
B.S.. Middle Tennessee State College; A.M., Ed.D., George Peabody College for Teachers
MARION M. GEISEL SpecUl Education
B.S., M.A., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
CLYDE C. GELBACH Chairman, History
A.B., M.Litt., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
VIRGINIA GERALD Sociology-Anthropology
B.A., University of Colorado; M.A., University of Ariiona
FRANK GHESSIE, JR. Business
B.A., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania ; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALICE T. CHRIST Keith School
B.A., Lake Erie College; M.A., Columbia University
JOHN A. CHRIST Art
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University
RAYMOND D. GIBSON Mathematics
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., Westminster College; M.A., University of Illinois
RALPH M. GLOTT Elementary Education
B.S., California State College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Pittsburfh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
LOUIS L. GOLD Biology
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburg
WALTER A. GOLZ Mu»ic
B.S., State Teachere College, Trenton, New Jersey; M.A., Columbia UniTersity
BERNICE GOTTSCH.\LK Keith School
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
DOROTHY W. GOURLEY English
B.S., Indiana State College
WILLIAM F. GRAYBURN English
A.B., M.A., Univenity of Pittibargh; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Univerdty
JAMES R. GREEN Chairman, English
B.S., Lafayette College; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University
DONALD GROFF Geolofy
B.S., Redlands University
ANTONIO M. GUARDIOLA Foreign Language
Maestro Normal, Eseuela Normal para Maestros de La Rabana; D. en P., Universidad de La
Habana
AURORA P. GUARDIOLA Foreign Language
Maestro, Escncla Normal para Maestros, La Habana, Cuba; Doctor en Pedagogia, Universidad
de la Habana, Cuba
S. TREVOR HADLEY Dean of Students
B.S.. State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
HARRY HALDEMAN English
B.S., West Chester State College; M.A., Pennsylvania State University
ARVILLA T. HARROLD Music
B.A., Colorado State College of Education, Greeley, Colorado; M>A., University of Rochester
WILLIAM W. HASSLER Dean of School of Liberal Arts
B.S., Juniata College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
EDWARD F. HAUCK Keith
B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
JOHN I. HAYS Education-Psychology
A.B., Geneva College; A.M., Stetson University; Ph.D., University of North Carolina
WAYNE HAYWARD English
A.B., University of Washington; A.M., Cornell University; Ph.D., University of Birmingham,
England
RICHARD HAZLEY English
A.B., University of Pittsbuigh; A.M., Columbia University ^
WILLIAM HEARD Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD F. HEIGES Acting Chairman, Political Science
B.S., Indiana State College; M_A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
ISOLDE A. HENNINGER Foreign Lang.
B.A., M.A., Ohio State University
WILLARD HENNEMAN Mathematics
B.S., Towson State of Maryland; M.Ed., Johns Hopkins; M.A.T., Ph.D., Cornell University
ROBERT M. HERMANN Chairman, Philosophy
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD A. HERRMANN Military Science
B.S., Canisius College
PAUL R. HICKS Assistant LibrarUn
A.B., University of South Carolina; M.AX.S., George Peobody College for Teachers
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
E. SAMUEL HOENSTINE Director of Keith School and Placement
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER Biology
B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; M.S., Cornell Univenity; Ph.D., University
of West Virginia
HELEN B. HOVIS Home Economic*
B.S., Muskingum College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
H. EUGENE HULBERT Music
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
RAYMONA E. HULL English
A.B., Western Reserve University; A.M., Cornell University; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia
University
LAWRENCE A. L\NNI English
B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Western Reserve University
JAMES M. INNES Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., Kansas City Institute
DOMINIC J. INTILI Music
B.M., M.M., Oberlin
CARMEN E. ISAR Foreign Languages
B.S., Federal Mexican Teachers College
HERBERT E. ISAR Chairman, Foreign Languages
B.A., M.A., New York University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ANN S. JONES English
A.B., Muskingum College; A.M., Columbia University
M. KATHLEEN JONES Home Economics
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
ARTHUR KANNWISHER Philosophy
B.D., Pittsburgh Theological Seminary; A.B., Ph. D., University of Pittsburgh
ALMA KAZMER Home Economics
B.S., Indiana State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
BERNICE W. KING Home Economics
B.S., Central State Teachers College; M.A., Michigan State College
.MARIAN KIPP Mathematics
A.B., Chatham College; A.M., Columbia University
CHARLES L. KLAUSING Director of Athletics
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JOYCE KLAWUHN Education-Psychology
A.B., University of Michigan; M.S., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES L. KLEMM Mathematics
B.S., University of Chicago; M.S., Purdue University
MAY E. KOHLHEPP Elementary Education
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., University of Pittsburgh
SALLIE SUE KOON Home Economics
B.S., University of North Carolina; M.S., Iowa State College
JACK KUHNS Elementary Education
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
COPAL S. KULKARNI Geography
B.Sc, Karnatak University, India; M.Sc, Hindu University, India
DOROTHY KURTZ Library
B.A., McPherson College
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
WILLIAM E. LAFRANCHI Head Librarian
B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; M.S.L.S., Library School, University of Illinois
Foreign Languages
FRANK E. LANDIS
A.B., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES W. LAUGHLIN Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Admissions
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., E.D., Pennsylvania State University
ELIZABETH LaVELLE Home Economics
B.S., University of Rhode Island; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
CHARLES DANIEL LEACH Director of College Development, Grants and Awards
B.S., Lycoming College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
RAYMOND I. LEE Coordinator, Social Science
A.B., Eastern Michigan University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Michigan
ISADORE R. LENGLET Geography
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
ARTHUR A. LEONE Foreign Language
B.A., Penn State; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
EUGENE E. LEPLEY Health and Physical Education
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
ROBERT M. LETSO Health & Phys Ed
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY
A.B., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., St. Bonaventure University
DOROTHY I. LINGENFELTER
B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
YU-CHEN LIU
B.A., Cheeloo University; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University
WILLIAM F. LONG, SR.
B.A., Gettysburg College; M.A., Bucknell University
STANLEY W. LORE
Education-Psychology
Biology
Keith School
Home Economics
Mathematics
Education-Psychology
B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
P. DAVID LOTT Chairman, Elementary
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOANNE P. LOVETTE Art
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
ONEIDA I. LOZADA Foreign Language
Bachelor in Letters and Sciences, Instituto Havana, Cuba; Doctor in Education, University of
Havana
VANNIS ANNE LUCAS
A.B., Bridgev^ater College; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute
BEVERLY LUCAS
B.S., West Chester State College
DOROTHY F. LUCKER
A.B.. Ph.D., University of Texas; A.M., Columbia University
DONALD M. MacISAAC
A.B., M.S., Syracuse University
DOYLE RICHARD McBRIDE
B.S.. Defiance College; M.A.T., Indiana University
RONALD McBRIDE
B.S., M.A., Bowling Green State UniTersity
Home Economics
Health and Physical Education
English
Education-Psychology
Mathematics
Mathematiei
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BLANCHE W. McCLUER Edneation-P^ychology
B.S., Indiana State Teachers College, Terre Haute, Indiana; Ed.M., Ph.D., PenntyWania State
University
ALBERT R. McCLURE Bnaineas
B.S., Indiana State College
JAMES E. McCONNELL Geography
B.S., Slippery Rock State College; M.A., Miami University
KATHLEEN E. McCOY History
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
RONALD E. McCOY Mathematica
B.S., 'State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES E. McKINLEY Chairman, Mathematics
B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D.,
University of Pittsburgh
MIRIAM McKINLEY Home Eeonomioa
B.A., Bowling Green State University
REBECCA McKINNEY Nursing Education
B.S., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
REGIS A. McKNICHT Health and Physical Education
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University
C. DAVID McNAUGHTON Masic
B.A., Dickinson College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University; Diploma Juilliard Graduate School
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY Art
B.S., State College, Edinboro, Pennsylvania; A.M., University of Pittsburgh; Ed.D., Pennsyl-
vania State University
WADE MACK Assistant Dean of Men
A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania
ARCHIE T. MAJDSEN Chairman, Military Science
A.B., Washington State University
CHARLES D. MAHAN English
A.B., Marshall; M.A., University of Kentucky
KATHERYNE MALLINO Library
B.S., Clarion State College; M.SX.S., Drezel Institute
JAMES HARVEY MAPLE Mathematics
B.S., California State College; M.A., Bowling Green State University
IRWIN M. MARCUS HUtory
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Lehigh University; Ph.D., Lehigh University
RONALD L. MARKS Chemistry
B.S., State College, Lock Haven, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
LILLIAN G. MARTIN Keith Sshool
B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
WILLIAM J. MARTIN MQitary Science
B.S., University of Akron
DADY MEHTA Music
B. of Piano Per., Ecole Normal De Miuiqne, Paris; Graduate Diploma of Piano Per., Graduate
Diploma of Composition, State Academy of Music, Vienna.
ROBERT E. MERRITT Biology
B.S., Albany State College; M.S., Cornell University
JANE S. MERVINE History
A.B., Hood College; A.M., University of Michigan
LAURABEL H. MILLER English Dept.
B.S., M.Ed., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MARK MILLER Art
B.F.A., Philadelphia CoUefe of Art; M.F^., Tyler School of Art of Temple University
VINCEJST P. MILLER Geography
A.B., Muskingum College; A.M., Pennsylvania State University
ROBERT N. MOORE Chemistry
B.S., Clarion State College; M.S., Bucknell University
WALLACE F. MORRELL Mathematics
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., ClarJuon College of Technology
MORTON MORRIS Chairman Special Education
A.B., City College of New York; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., Columbia University
ROBERT L. MORRIS History
A.B., Lycoming College; M.A., Colombia University; Ph. D., West Virginia University
RUTH S. MORRIS Business
B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Bucknell University
EDWARD R. MOTT Elementary
B.S., State College, Clarion, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
GEORGE W. MURDOCH Director of Financial Aid
B.S., Shippensbnrg Sute College; M.Ed., University of Pitttbargh
J. ROBERT MURRAY Education-Psychology
B.S., State College, Edinboro, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
GERTRUDE F. NEFF Music
Mus. B., American Conservatory of Music, Chicago; B.S., Kirksville State Teachers College
RUSSEL C. NELSON Music
B.M.E., M.Mus., Northwestern University; Ph.D., University of Michigan
ESKO E. NEWHILL Chairman, Sociology-Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Syracose University
NANCY J. NEWKERK Dean of Women
B.M.E., Oberlin College; A.M., Syracuse University
A. CAROLYN NEWSOM Chairman, Home Economics
B.S., Texas Stats College; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Ohio State College
ARTHUR F. NICHOLSON Director, Off-Campus Centers and Cultural Affairs
B.S., Indiana State College; M.Ed., Pennsylvania State College; Ed.D., New York University
LEOLA T. HAYES NORBERG Home Economics
B.S., M.S., Temple University
CARL P. OAKES Mathematics
B.S., Indiana State College; Ed-M., Pennsylvania State University
JAMES M. OUVER History
B.A., University of Arkansas; M.A,, University of Missouri
GLENN W. OLSEN Mathematie*
B.S., State College, Edinboro, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
IVO OMRCANIN Foreign Languages
A.B., Urbanian University; Ph.D., Gregorian University; L.L.B., Sorbonne J.S.D., Trieste
University; J. CD., Catholic University, Paris, France
MILDRED EVELYN OMWAKE Home Economics
B.S., George Washington University; M.S., Drexel Institute
LUDO OP DE BEECK Foreign Language
Diploma Van Geaggregeerde Voor Het Lager Secundair Onderwijs — Belgium Ministry of Edusation
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF Chairman, Music
B.A., Central Washington College of Education; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia
University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ANNA O'TOOLE Elementary Education
B.S., M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
DOROTHY PALMER PoUtical Science
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., Miami University
ELIZABETH STEWART PARNELL Library
A.B., Smith College; M.S., School of Library Service, Columbia University
PATRICIA L. PATTERSON Business
B.S., Grove City College; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University
F. LEE PATTESON Assistant Dean of Women
A.B., West Virginia University; M.A., Marshall University
JAMES EDWARD PAYNE Geography
A.B., A.M., University of North Carolina
LAURENCE J. PERKINS Music
B.S., Northern State College, Aberdeen, South Dakota, M.M., Eastman School of Music
JOSEPH A. PETERS Mathematics
B.S., St. Joseph's College, M.S., University of Illinois
NOEL A. PLUMMER Education-Psychology
B.S., Juniata College; M.S., University of Miami
RUTH PODBIELSKI Health and Physical Education
B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN POLESKY Business
B.S., Indiana State College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
JAMES S. PORTER Education-Psychology
B.S., Grove City College; M.S., University of Pittsburgh; Ed. D., University of Pittsburgh
PAUL A. PRINCE Geography
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.A., Qark University; Ed.M., Harvard University
C. ELDENA PURCELL Home Economics
B.S., M.S., Purdue University
DOWNEY D. RAIBOURN Sociology-Anthropology
A.B., M>A., University of Indiana
RICHARD E. RAY English
B.S., M.Ed., Indiana State College
CHARLES RECESKI Health & Phys Educ.
B.S., Lycoming
CHARLES D. REESE Biology
B.S., Alderson Broaddus College; M.A., West Virginia University
DANIEL G. REIBER Physics
A.B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN W. REID Education-Psychology
A.B., Swarthmore College; M.A., Univ. of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Columbia Univ.
RICHARD G. REIDER Geography
B.A., M.A., Colorado Stale College
MILDRED M. REIGH Mathematics
A.B., Juniata College; Ed.M., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., University of Illinois
RALPH W. REYNOLDS Art
A.B., Beloit College; A.M., State University of Iowa
WILLIS J. RICHARD Economics
A^., Berca Collage; M.S., Iowa Sute Univeriity
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 15
MABEL RIDDLE Engliah
A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., Ohio State Uaiversity
MAURICE L. RIDER Encliah
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
J. MERLE RIFE History
A.B., Muskingum College; M.A., Ph.D.. Ohio State University
WANDA P. RIFE Library
B.S., Ohio State University; M.S., L.S., Western Reserve University
PAUL A. RISHEBERGER Education-Psychology
A.B., Washington and Jefferson College; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
ARLENE RISHER Business
A.B., Mount Union College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
M. GERTRUDE RITZERT English
B.S., Geneva College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
RICHARD D. ROBERTS Physics
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State Univ.
BERNARD ROFFMAN Foreign Lan(ua«e
B.S., New York University; M.A., Fordham University
FRANK ROSS Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology
JOHN R. SAHLI History
A.B., Geneva College; Ed.M., A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
NORMAN W. SARGENT Education-Psychology
A.B., Hiram College; A.M., Ohio State University; Ed.D., Indiana University
ROBERT H. SAYLOR Education-Psychology
A.B., Juniata College; M.Ed., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
EUGENE F. SCANLON Special Education
B.Ed., Duquesne University; M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
ALICE SCHUSTER HUtory
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
SEYMOUR SCHWARTZ Special Education
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Colnmbia University
JOHN H. SCROXTON ChemUtry
B.A., M.S., Alfred University
GEORGE K. SEACRIST EnglUh
B.S., Indiana State College; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
ROBERT C. SEELHORST Art
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
FREDERICK W. SEINFELT EngUsh
A.B., A.M., Pennsylvania State University
DALE M. SHAFER Mathematics
B.S., Kutztown, M.A., Columbia University
CATHERINE P. SHAFFER English
A.B., Pennsylvania State University; A.M., Gettysburg College
EJiWARD D. SHAFFER Education-Psychology
B.S., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
LEWIS H. SHAFFER Health and Physical Education
B.S., Ohio University; EdJl., Pennsylvania State University
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MILDRED N. SHANK Keith School
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University
WALTER T. SHEA Svciology-Anthropology
B.A., Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of Wisconsin
ELWOOD SHEEDER Dean of Men
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM C. SHELLENBERGER Phywcs
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Syracuse University
ARTHUR G. SHIELDS Biolofy
B.S., State College, Slippery Rock, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsbargh; Ed.D.,
Pennsylvania State Univenity
KENNETH L. SHILDT Computer Center
B.S., Shippensburg State College
DANIEL C. SHIVELY Library
A.B., Princeton University; M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute of Technology
HARVEY A. SIMMONS Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Ph. D., University of Chicago
HERMAN L. SLEDZIK Health and Physical Education
B.S., Ed.M., Pennsylvania State Univenity
ROBERT E. SLENKER Alt
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; AJI., Columbia University
BERT A. SMITH Political Science
A.B„ University of Nebriuka; M.A., University of Missouri
HELENA M. SMITH Englidi
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., PhJ)., Pennsylvania State Univeraity
SAMUEL G. SMITH Health and Physical Education
B.S., Waynesburg College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM R. SMITH Mathematics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ed.M., Harvard University
MARIE E. SNEAD Library
B.S., Geneva College; B.S., L.S., Syracuse University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan
DOROTHY M. SNYDER Education Psychology and Special Education
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Uni-
versity
DWICHT SOLLBERCER Science Coordinator
B.S., Sute College, Slippery Hock, Pennsylvania; PhJ)., Cornell University
EMMA LOU SOMERS Mathematics
B.S., Indiana State College; M.Ed., Penzuylvania State University
ANTHONY J. SOJIENTO Foreign Language
B.A., Penn State; M.A., Middlebury; Doctor of Romance Thilology, University of Madrid
GEORGE L. SPINELLI Edncation-Ptychology
B.S., Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittaburgji
ANDREE-MAKIE SRABIAN Foreign Langoaga
Baccalaureat es Lettres, Sorbonne
MARTIN L. STAPLETON Biology
B.S., State College, Kutztown, Pennsylvania; M.A., Lehigh University
ROGER GERALD STERN English
A.B., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Columbia University
CHARLES B. STEVENSON MUitary
B.A., M.A., George Washington UnivezBity
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
17
ELIZABETH D. STEWART Music
B.M., American Conservatory, Chicago, Illinois; M.F.A., Ohio University
MARGARET O. STEWART English
A.B., A.M., University of Kentucky; Ph.D., University of Illinois
LAWRENCE C. STITT Mu»te
B.S., A.M., New York University
JAMES K. STONER Business
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE A. STOUFFER, JR. Dean, School of Education
B.S., State College, Shippensburg, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., Ed.D., University of Pittsburg
RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; A.M., Columbia University
Science
I. LEONARD STRIGHT
Dean, Graduate School, Mathematics
A.B., A.M., Allegheny College; Ph.D., Western Reserve University
WILLIAM STUBBS English
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
CRAIG G. SWAUGER English
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
BEATRICE F. THOMAS Businew
B.S., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
HAROLD W. THOMAS Business
B.S., Grove City College, Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
RAYMOND L. THOMAS
B.S., Indiana State College; M.A., Columbia University
ROBERT N. THOMAS
B.S., Indiana State College; M.A., University of Pittsburgh
MARIA URIA-SANTOS
Licenciado, University of Madrid, Spain; M.A., University of Florida
WILLIAM J. VAIL
B.A., M.S., West Virginia University
ROBERT J. VISLOSKY
B.S., Edinboro; Ed.M., Penn State University
MATTHEW H. VOLM
K^iglish
Geography
Foreign Language
Biology
Art
Foreign Language
Philologisches Staatsexamen, Universitat Mun3ter; Ph.D., University of Virginia
ROBERT C. VOWELS Economics
A.B., M.A., Howard University; Ph.D., American University
EUPHEMIA NESBITT WADDELL Library
A.B., College of Wooster; M.S., Library School, University of Illinois
JAMES A. WADDELL English
A3., Berea College; M.A., University of North Carolina
PAUL M. WADDELL Phytic*
A.B., Bethany College; A.M., Cornell University
RICHARD F. WAECHTER Biology
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Bucknell University
ALBERT J. WAHL History
B.S., M.S., Lafayette College; Ed.D., Temple University
FLORENCE WALLACE History
A.B., Wellesley College; A.M., Columbia University
JOANN E. WALTHOUR Keith School
B.S., Chatham College; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ROBERT 0. WARREN Registrar and Scheduling Officer
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
JOHN G. WATTA EngUsh
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh
CHARLES E. WEBER Geography
B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Ed.D., Columbia University
KATHRYN WELDY English
B.S., Kutztown State College; M.A., Middlebury College
HERBERT WENGER Elementary Education
B.S., Milwaukee State Teachers; M.S., University of Wisconsin
C. ROBERT WIGNESS Music
M.M., Boston University; B.M.E., Morningside College
JAMES H. WILDEBOOR Music
A.B., Ottowa University; M.M.E., University of Kansas
JAMES C. WILSON Education-Psychology
B.S., Clarion State College; M.Ed., Duquesne University; D.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
MRS. ANNA T. WINK Director CotnpaUr Center, Mathematics
B.A., Gettysburg; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
DAVID C. WINSLOW Geography
A.B., University of Oklahoma; A.M., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Clark University
EDWARD G. WOLF Library
Ed.B., Duquesne University; M.Litt., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.L.S., Drexel Institute
DALE W. WOOMER Business
B.A., M.Ed., Penn State University
PAUL R. WUNZ, Jr. Chr. Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State Univ.; Ph. D., University of Delaware
ROBERT L. WOODARD Physics
B.S., Syracuse University; M.S., State University of New York, Geneseo, New York; PhJ).,
Cornell University
JOHN A. YACKUBOSKEY Social Science
B.A., North Georgia College; M.A., Emory University
HAROLD J. YOUCIS Education-Psychology
B.M.E., Drake University; M.S., Ithaca College; Ed.D., Indiana University
MAURICE M. ZACUR Geography
B.S., State College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
CYRIL J. ZENISEK Biology
B.S., M.S., Ohio State University; Ph.D., Ohio State University
PATSY A. ZITELLI Physics
A.B., Ed.M., University of Pittsburgh
EMERITI
JOHN E. DAVIS Director of Teaching, Placement, Keith School
A.B., Pennsylvania State University; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
JOY E. MAHACHEK Chairman, Mathematics
Coordinator of Secondary Education Departments
A.B., State College of Iowa; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
GEORGE P. MILLER Chairman, Health and Physical Education
B.S., A.M., Columbia University
NORAH E. Zmm Geography
B.S., University of Utah; A.M., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Chicago
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SUPERVISING TEACHERS IN COOPERATING SCHOOLS
Alirahams, Thomas — Jeannette
Adams, Paul — Altoona
A'Hearn, Neloese — Butl«r
Aikey, Charles — Johnstown
Aikey, Robert — Johnstown
Ainann, Alfred — Jeannette
Anthony, George — Westmont
Apel, Dale — Now Kensington
Applegale, Marion — New Kensington
Arbutiski, Thomas — Lower Burrell
Arezina, Marko — Lower Burrell
Armstrong, John — New Kensington
Ashworth, Edna — Benjamin Franklin
Askey, William — Westmont
Austin, Edward — Hempfield
Bach, Martha — Johnstown
Baird, Lucile — Butler
Balest, Florence — Monroovillo
Balla, Alexander J. — Monroeville
Barkhymer, Jessie T. — Westmont
Barkley, Ruth — Lower Burrell
Bash, Bernadine J. — Hempfield
Bash, Jean — Monroeville
Basil, Frank — Punxsutawney
Baxter, Evelyn — Baldwin-Whitehall
Bell, Larry — Lower Burrell
Bell, Madeline — Purchase Line
Benner, Helen — Ford City
Bergman, Anna Betty — Monroeville
Bernat, Edwinna — Benjamin Franklin
Betar, Walter — Altoona
Bianca, Arlene — Laura Lamar
Bigley, Edna — Leechburg
Binkey, Marjorie — Laura Lamar
Bistline, Darwin H. — Altoona
Bloom, Keith — Marion Center
Bloom, Marion — Penna Manor
Bloomfield, Kathryn A. — Altoona
Blough, Verna — Johnstown
Bode, Marian — Baldwin-Whitehall
Boggio, PhUip — Greensburg-Salem
Bohn, Russell Kenneth — Altoona
Bolha, Emil — Westmont
Boothman, Isabelle — Hempfield
Bowers, Edith B. — Punxsutawney
Bowers, Lawrence — Murrysville
Bowes, Margaret — Johnstown
Boyer, Eleanor — Butler
Boyles, Robert — Butler
Breon, Paul — Greensburg-Salem
Brobst, Roger — Penn Hilli
Brooks, Edgar J. — Altoona
Brougher, Glenn — Femdale
Brown, Charlotte — Benjamin Franklin
Brown, Gerald — Penns Manor
Brown, Gladys — Benjamin Franklin
Bmnelli, Jnlia — Greensburg-Salem
Bucar, Paul — Norwin
Buchanan, Kathryn — Indiana
Buchanan, William G. — Purchase Line
Bachovecky, Catherine — Johnstown
Burchfield, Robert — Altoona
Butterbaugh, Beryl — Altoona
Byrnes, Carol — Monroeville
Calabrese, Clyde — Derry
Calderwood, Lelia — Johnstown
Calhoun, Elsie — New Bethlehem
Calhoun, Mae — New Kensington
Calvo, Delfino — Derry
Camissa, Michael — Butler
Campbell, Larry — Monroeville
Carnahan, Harry — Indiana
Cams, Judith — Monroeville
Carson, Dale — Hollidaysbnrg
Carosella, S. Anthony — Johnstown
Caruso, Paul J. — Ford City
Caruso, Victor — Ford City
Casillo, Catherine — New Kensington
Celigoi, Rudolph — North Braddock
Chervenick, Joseph — Murrysville
Cherry, Helen — Altoona
Christy, Beulah — Lower Burrell
Cieslik, Robert — Murrysville
CipoUini, John — I>aura Ijunar
Clarchick, Lois — Plum Borough
Claypool, Charlotte — Monroeville
Coffman, Harold — Kiski Area
Collins, Joseph — Hollidsysburg
Conn, Patricia — Kittanning
Cotterell, Alice — Monroeville
. Coup, Jack — Norwin
Covode, Nora Grace — Richland Twp.
Cramer, Virginia — Penn Hill*
Cree, Delores T. — Harmony Joint
Crops, Jeanne — Indiana
CrisafuUi, Margaret — Conemaugh Twp.
Crist, Zella E. — Altoona
Cross, William — Butler
Cummings, Patrick — HolUdaysburg
Curry, Richard — Altoona
Dangherty, Wallace — Kiski Area
D'Amato, Hugh — Jeannette
Dautlick, Jeanne — Monroeville
Davis, James — Ford City
Davis, Kenneth — Monroeville
Dean, John — Johnstown
Debrozzi, Louis — Monroeville
Deemer, Geraldine — Wilkinsburg
DeGaetano, Arveta — Indiana
Delia, Jean — New Kensington
Dick, Roger — HolUdaysburg
Dickson, Patricia — Churchill
DiTullio, Josephine — Monroeville
Dixon, Bemice — United Joint
Dobos, LaVeme H. — Norwin
Dombart, Donald — Butler
Donaldson, Ralph — Greensburg-Salem
Doney, Clifford — Punxsutawney
Donnellan, Walter — Monroeville
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Dunlap, William — Hempfield
Edder, Margaret — Indiana
Edwards, Margaret — Johnstown
Esch, Georgianna — Altoona
Esch, Glynn — Altoona
Esper, Thomas — Monroeville
Everett, Richard — Penn Hills
Fails, Donald J. — MonrocTille
Fails, George — Hempfield
Farabaugh, Leonard — Murrysville
Fassett, Natalie — Laura Lamar
Feather, Lois — Monroeville
Feeley, Paul — Richland
Ferner, Emma — Johnstown
Fetlerman, Gerald R. — Punxautawnaj
Fetterman, William F. — Penns Manor
Fiorina, John — Derry
Fitnnauric«, Vincent — New Kenaington
Fleming, Dorothy — Indiana
Fleming, Ruth — Monroeville
Folino, Alba — Lower Burrell
Fox, Cecil — Hollidaysburg
Franlc, Elizabeth — Ford City
Friedman, Doris — Johnstown
Furrer, Ethelyn C. — Altoonm
Galhreath, Edith — Johnstown
Gallo, John E. — Marien Center
Garrity, James Patrick — Greensburg-Salem
Gates, £. Jean — Altoona
Gecowets, Mary Lee — Monroeville
George, John — Lower Burrell
George, Glenn — United Joint
Gerhart, Wade — Greensburg-Salem
Gershman, Thelma — IndiuiA
Giles, Leah — Purchase Line
Ginnocchi, Anthony — Lower Burrell
Good. Sherman E. — Derry
Good, William — Westmont
Gosser, Margaret — Kiski Area
Gottshall, Richard — Altoeoa
Goold, Betty — Blairsville
Graf, Carl E. — Altoonm
Graybill, Dorothy — Hempfield
Green, Elizabeth — Indiana County
Green, S. Elizabeth — Richland Twp.
Grove, Harold — Indiana
Guiney, Sue — Lower Burrell
Gutt, Frieda — Norwin
Guzan, Marianne — Ford City
Hackman, Mary Jane — Monroeville
Halcovich, Connie — Johnstown
Hall, Ina — Monroeville
Hamilton, Robert W. — Franklin Twp.
Hancnff, William — Hollidaysburg
Hardin, Marian — Penn Trafford
Harding, Richard — Baldwin- Whitehall
Harrold, Carol — New Kensington
Harriger, Charles — Lower Burrell
Harris, Thomas — Indiana
Harmon, Daniel — Indiana
Heaton, Mary Ellen — Indiana
Heckler, Vieva — Windber
Heininger, Lois — Altoona
Hempfield, Alma — Butler
Henger, Jo Anne — Johnstown
Herceg, John — New Kensington
Hershberger, Jane — Cambria County
Hershberger, Nyle — Ferndal'*
HUd, Robert — Highlands
Kile, Joan — Penns Manor
Hill, Marybelle — Indiana
Hince, Thaddeus — Lower Burrell
Hoffman, Wilbert — Altoona
Holden, Robert — Monroeville
Holitein, William C. — Indiana
Houk, Sara — Indiana
Hover, Helen — Penn Hills
Huber, Joseph — Richland Twp.
Hunt, Margaret — Johnstown
Hunter, Betty — Indiana
Hunter, Sheldon — Westmont
Huntington, C. Porter — Johnstown
lanni, Mary Ellen — Benjamin Franklin
Idzkowski, Velva — Westmont
Ifft, Edith — Butler
Ifft, John — Butler
IngersoU, Ralph — Monroeville
Ingraham, Mary — Norwin
Jacobus, Esther — Lower Burrell
Jacoby, Morna — Benjamin Franklin
Jamison, Ardelle — Laura Lamar
Jamison, Clair — Laura Lamar
Jerko, Beatrice — Purchase Line
Johns, Beverly — Richland Twp.
Jones, Margaret — United Joint
Jones, Susannah — Derry
Johnston, Murray — Monroeville
Joseph, Lambert — Indiana
Kalminir, Lillian — Johnstown
Karalfa, Rose — Johnstown
Kaufman, John — Westmont
Kaufman, Marjorie — Westmont
Keefer, Neal — Indiana
Kelley, Ethel — Turtle Creek
Kelley, John Kermit — Blairsville
Kemmler, June — Baldwin-Whitehall
Kendall, Elsie — Blairsville
Kensek, Michael — Har-Brack
Kerr, Jane D. — Butler
Keslar, Grace — Portage
King, Marie — Ligonier
Kinkead, Ralph Victor — Greensburg-Salem
Kist, Nell Marie — Derry
Kline, Ellen — Butler
Kocerka, George I. — Johnstown
Kocerka, Mary Louise — Johnstown
Koch, Edward — Indiana
Krouse, Hazel G. — Altoona
Kropinak, Stephen — Kittanning
Kunkle, Jean — Indiana
Kurtz, Katherine — Johnstown
Laird, David H. — Indiana
Lantz, Eugene — Altoona
LaufTer, Charles — Norwin
LaughUn, Regis — Monroeville
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Lawrence, Bemice — Johnstown
LofHi'r, Forrest L. — Johnstown
Lenhart, Carolyn — Monroeville
Leone, Arthur — Churchill
Leslie, John — Butler
Lewis. Betty — Indiana
Lightcap, Theda — Marion Center
Livingston, Hazel — Johnstown
LockarJ, Raymond — Penns Manor
Long, Kathryn A. — Johnstown
Long, Thalia — Indiana
Loveday, Marian — Murrysville
Loveless, Richard — Central Cambria
Lozier, James — Murrysville
Luchsinger, Jane — Blairsville
Ludwig, William — Greensburg- Salem
Lynch, Robert E. — Johnstown
McConnell, Sally — Punzsutawney
McCormick, David — Murrysville
McCoy, Lydia — Indiana
McCullough. LaRue Helen — Indiana
McDonald, Gertrude — Altoona
McEIhinney, Feme — Kittanning
McGee, Herbert — Freeport
McGee, Richard — Indiana
McGregor. Dorothy — Altoona
McJunkin, Wilma — Indiana
McKinney, Ronald — Butler
McLaughlin, Charles — Monroeville
McQuilkin, Theodore — Indiana
McVitty, Claire — Benjamin Franklin
Mack, Frances A. — Ncrwin
Mahan, Donald — Purchase Line
Mahoney, Nora B. — Altoona
Mancuso, Judith — Laura Lamar
Malletz, Alex — Deiry
Mandigo, Howard — Indiana
Mannion, Robert J. — Westmont
Maquilken, William — Richland Twp.
Marinucci, Frank — New Kensinfton
Markle, Ruby — Derry
Marshall, George A. — Butler
Marsico, Peter — East Deer-Fra«ier
Marts, Bertha — Saltsburgh
Mastro, Joseph — Derry
Meek, Richard — Hollidaysburg
Melleky, John — Johnstown
Meneely, Clyde R. — Punzsutawney
Menk, George — New Kensington
Merich, George — Murrysville
Messabni, George — Altoona
Middlekauff, Ray — Monroeville
Miller, Carl — Johnstown
Miller, Evelyn — Blair County
Miller, Richard E. — Marion Center
Miller, Ruth — Blairsville
Mills, Judith — Monroeville
Minder, John W. — Hempfield
Mish, Edward — Blairsville
Mitchell, Melvin — Punzsutawney
Mniszak, Joseph — Leechbnrg
Mohler, Slava — Churchill
Molinengo, Alice — Punzsntawney
Molter, Oliver — Greensburg-Salem
Montgomery, Katherine — Greensburg- Salem
Montgomery, Mariun — Marion Center
Monti, John C. — Altoona
Mooney, Walter W. — New Kensington
Moore, Mary E. — Butler
Mostoller, Earl — Westmont
Murphy, Frank — Lower Burrell
Murphy, Lawrence — Lower Burrell
Myers, Mary Jane — Cambria County
Nealand, William — North Cambria
Nealer, Edward — Marion Center
Neely, Donald — Hollidaysburg
Nemec, Margaret — Monroeville
Nicely, Robert — Norwin
Nichol, Evelyn — Indiana County
Nichol, Olive — Marion Center
Nicholls, Sterling — Indiana
Oakes, Robert — Penns Manor
O'Block, Patricia — Monroeville
O'Leary, Robert — Monroeville
Oliver, Frank G. — New Kensington
Orledge, Wallace — Johnstown
Owens, Lucille M. — Jeannette
Page Roberta — Monroeville
Painter, Martha — Ford City
Palmer, Bain — Marion Center
Paone, Anthony — Westmont
Park, Jean — Greensburg-Salem
Paul, Edith — Johnstown
Philliber, Robert — Punzsutawney
Pesarchick, John — Norwin
Pino, Bruno — Penns Manor
Fletcher, Robert — Monroeville
Polk, Helen — Murrysville
Pollock, George Raymond — Indiana
Porter, Helen — Benjamin Franklin
Potter, Richard — Altoona
Potts, Nancy — Monroeville
Potts, Velma — Monroeville
Previte, Peter — Penns Manor
Puckey, Marian — Altoona
Puff, Margaret — Butler
Puhala, Joan — Johnstown
Querry, Dorothy — Altoona
Radomsky, Andrew — Marion Center
Rager, Leora — Ferndale
Ramsey, Arthur C. — Altoona
Randolph, Virginia — Indiana
Redenberger, Charles — Altoona
Reichart, Lillian — Ford City
Rhodes, Izetta — Johnstown
Richards, Thelma — Johnstown
Riley, John — Indiana
Roadannel, Patricia — Altoona
Rohrbacher, Gail — Monroeville
Rose, Martha — Penn Hills
Roumm, Phyllis — Indiana
Ruck, Joan Marie — Hollidaysburg
Ruland, Dorothy — Indiana County
Rupert, Hubert B. — Ford City
Rutter, Gilbert — Hempfield
Sakaluk, Walter — Monroeville
22
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Salay, John — Conemaugh Twp.
Salinger, Ann — Johnstown
Sann, Lillian — Johnstown
Saunders, Anna J. — Monroeville
Schrock, Dorothy N. — Purchase Line
Sebastian, Frank — Purchase Line
Servinsky, Stanley — Indiana
Seyler, Martha — Butler
Shaffer, Blanche — Conemaugh Twp.
Shaffer, Richard — Butler
Sharrow, Frederick — Freeport
Shaw, Francis — Punxsutawney
Shearer, Walter — New Kensington
Shick, William — Punxsutawney
Shuster, Stephen — Greensburg- Salem
Sibley, James — Greensburg-Salem
Simmons, Robert — Hemp6eld
Simpson, Clifford J. — Indiana
Slack, Robert — Monroeville
Slezak, Elmer — Greensburg-Salem
Slick, Richard — Femdale
Slosky, Kenneth — New Kensington
Smith, Mona — Blairsville
Smith, Pauline — New Bethlehem
Smith, Virginia — Monroeville
Sofish, Joan — Monroeville
Sofish, Stanley — Monroeville
Sowers, HaroM — Ford City
St. Clair, Frederick — United Joint
Stapleton, Walter — Indiana
Staruch, Stephen — Butler
Stevenson, Alan — Elderton
Stevenson, Richard — Westmont
Stewart, Joyce — Monroeville
Stewart, Marion H. — Butler
Stewart, Nancy — Lower Burrell
Stiffler, Robert — Penn HilU
Stinevisor, Earl — Jeannette
Stockdale, Mildred — Punxsutawney
Stormer, William C. — Central Cambria
Stokes, Minerva — Lower Burrell
Strange, Marion — Churchill
Stringer, Catherine — Johnstown
Stuchell, William — PunxsuUwney
Stump, Margaret — Jeannette
Sturale, Ann — Penn Hills
Sullinger, James W. — Indiana
Swartzwelder, Phyllis — Johnstovm
Swauger, Evelyn — Benjamin Franklin
Sybinsky, Andrew — Hempfield
Tepper, William — Johnstown
Terwilliger, Helen — New Kensington
Thomas, Mary Bess — Greensburg-Salem
Thompson, Elizabeth — New Kensington
Thompson, Marian — Indiana
Torzok, Yvonne — Laura Lamar
Traugh, Robert — Indiana
Treft, Janet — Greensburg-Salem
Urban, Jack — Greensburg-Salem
Urban, Robert — United Joint
Van Dyke, Frederick — Indiana
Varrato, Ralph — Lower Burrell
Vassilaros, Constantine — Monroeville
Veselicky, Rudy — Lower Burrell
Vinton, Beth — Indiana
Vorlage, Ethel — New Kensington
Waddell, Mildred — Benjamin Franklin
Walter, Clair — New Kensington
Waryck, William V. — HoUidaysburg
Warzel, Roland — United Joint
Watson, Lee — Altoona
Waugaman, Sara — Hempfield
Weaver, Marion — Ford City
Weber, Madge — Ford City
Weber, William C. — Derry
Wellen, Lily Mazine — Marion Center
Werner, Robert — Derry
West, Martha — Laura Lamar
Westrick, Louise — Johnstown
Wetzel, Jean — Elders Ridge
Wilden, Helen Lucille — Indiana
Wille, Gladys — Penns Manor
Waskaskie, William — Punxsutawney
Williams, Bess — Jeannette
Wilson, Chester — Elderton
Wilson, Ray S. — Altoona
Wilson, Thomas — Punxsutawney
Wilt, Charles — North Braddock
Wingard, Marlin — Windber
Winslow, Mary — Benjamin Franklin
Wolfe, Donald — Kiski Area
Wood, Dorothy — Punxsutawney
Woods, Harry — Indiana
Woods, Janet — Monroeville
Woomer, Ida — Altoona
Zedick, John — Indiana
Zeliff, Carol — Hempfield
The University
^^.^ ^ "& PURPOSES
v^Sl^c*v ^^ ^ GENERAL INFORMATION
^iS%^^ ^ t<^ HISTORY
BUILDINGS
ADMISSION REGULATIONS
FEES, DEPOSITS,
REPAYMENTS
SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
REGULATIONS OF
THE COLLEGE
SPECIAL SERVICES
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PURPOSES OF THE UNIVERSITY
As a multi-purpose institution encompassing the School of
Education, School of Liberal Arts and the Graduate School,
Indiana University of Pennsylvania endeavors to fulfill the pri-
mary purpose of education as stated by Alfred North Whitehead,
namely, "To stimulate and guide student self-development" so
that the student learns both how to make a living and how to
live. The University extends this educational opportunity to
those students whose conscientious application and serious mo-
tivation indicate promise of substantial achievement.
As Emerson noted in his Journal over a hundred years ago,
"The things taught in schools and colleges are not an education
but the means of education." At Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania these "means of education" comprise a variety of fac-
tors. First there is a pervasive, intellectual climate designed to
stimulate the student's imagination, stretch his mind, and ex-
tend his tolerance as he rubs minds with new ideas, teachers,
and associates in the classroom, laboratory and the library.
These intellectual contacts also tend to develop critical inde-
pendent judgments, mental discipline and the ability to make
mature decisions.
The various curricula are carefully structured to provide
the student with a broad perspective that will enable him to
appreciate his cultural heritage and at the same time afford
him the opportunity to pursue in considerable depth his par-
ticular sphere of interest. Such a comprehensive program in-
evitably includes some knowledge that is worth knowing not
for any material gain but simply because it enriches one's ex-
istence. Also, the wide spectrum of courses which a student
takes frequently contains at least one or two in which a stu-
dent will have little interest or skill, but these too have their
values for as T. S. Eliot has observed: "No one can really be-
come educated without having pursued some study in which
he took no interest." The vast bulk of the program, of course,
will both absorb and challenge the motivated student.
Undergirding the entire academic program is the philoso-
phy that in the final analysis there is no education except self-
education. Consequently, the faculty strive to whet intellectual
appetites and to inculcate the problem-solving approach so that
the student will acquire both the desire and ability to teach
himself. In this way Commencement truly will become the be-
ginning of "life-long learning."
In addition to enabling students to acquire professional
skills and enrich their cultural existence, the University endeav-
ors to instill in each student a social consciousness which will
make him a contributive and substantive member of society,
for as de Tocqueville emphasized we cannot have a strong
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
democratic society without a good quality of citizenship. This
attribute of good citizenship accrues partly from academic
study and partly as a result of the social mores and associations
which one encounters and experiences in college.
Intertwined with the goal of increasing the student's social
awareness and consideration for his fellow men, is the develop-
ment of moral fibre. General Omar N. Bradley is duly dis-
turbed by the fact that "ours is a world of nuclear giants and
ethical infants." Indiana University of Pennsylvania firmly
believes that no education, regardless of its academic excel-
lence, can fulfill its true potential unless students are inspired
and guided by spiritual values and moral considerations.
Admittedly the University cannot succeed in realizing all
of these goals; however, even this is part of the dynamic edu-
cational process of becoming rather than attaining.
THE UNIVERSITY, PRESENT AND PAST
The Indiana University of Pennsylvania is a state-owned
and state-controlled institution for higher education. It is a
multi-purpose institution composed of three schools: The
School of Liberal Arts, The School of Education, and The
School of Graduate Studies.
The university is an approved and fully accredited member
of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary
Schools, the American Association of University Women, and
the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Educa-
tion, the three acknowledged accrediting agencies for insti-
tutions in this region. The fact that this university is a
member of these three organizations is of immediate personal
importance to the individual student in two ways: first, the
student may transfer college credits from one approved in-
stitution to another without loss in case he finds it necessary
to change colleges; and second, the student who is a graduate
of an approved institution is eligible for a better teaching posi-
tion.
Throughout the entire history of the University at Indiana,
great emphasis has been placed on maintaining high academic
standards and providing adequate facilities conducive to in-
dividual and group growth. The present record and reputation
enjoyed by the University have evolved during a ninety year
histor5^ Growing out of the need for a teacher training institu-
tion in Western Pennsylvania, the General Assembly passed
an act in the legislative session of 1871 granting aid to the es-
tablishment of a normal school in the ninth district at Indiana.
The first building was completed and opened for students
on May 17, 1875. This building, named John Sutton Hall in
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
honor of the first president of the Board of Trustees, is still in
use and in excellent condition.
The steady growth of the institution has caused a continu-
ous expansion in its building program and many new buildings
have followed that edifice of tradition— John Sutton Hall. The
size and natural beauty of the university campus offer ample
opportunity for recreation in an environment conducive to per-
sonal enjoyment. The main campus of the university originally
23 acres with one building is now composed of 75 acres on
which are located twenty-five principal halls, 20 other build-
ings, and seven athletic fields. The College Lodge, located a few
miles from Indiana, is surrounded by 100 acres of wooded hill-
side. This not only offers opportunity for nature study by sci-
ence and conservation classes but also provides an ideal setting
for numerous social activities of the college.
In April, 1920, entire control and ownership of the school
passed to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. In May, 1927,
by authority of the General Assembly, the State Normal School
became a college with the right to grant degrees. The name
was then changed to the State Teachers College at Indiana,
Pennsylvania. In 1960, the name was changed to State College
at Indiana, Pennsylvania, deleting the word "Teachers."
In 1965 Indiana was elevated to State University status
with the right to expand its curriculum offerings and to grant
degrees at the doctoral level as well as in several additional
areas at the master's level.
Since the founding of the college in 1875, Indiana has grad-
uated over 20,000 students, and since the university became
a degree conferring institution in 1927, over 12,000 degrees
have been granted. Many of the graduates are organized
into a strong Alumni Association with units active in many
sections of Pennsylvania and also in New York, Michigan, and
the District of Columbia. The Alumni Association cooperates
with the university in many projects designed to better the
university and for the welfare of the students.
Located in Indiana Borough, Indiana County seat, in the
foothills of the Alleghenies at an elevation of about 1,300 feet,
the Indiana University of Pennsylvania is ideally situated for
cleanliness and beauty. The University is easily accessible by
automobile over excellent state highway routes coming from
all sections of the state. These leading routes are route 422 east
and west, route 286 northeast and southwest, and route 119
north and south. Bus passenger services operate on frequent
schedules to and from Indiana and all nearby cities and towns
including Pittsburgh, Altoona, Johnstown, Butler, Punxsu-
tawney, Kittanning, DuBois, Ridgway, New Castle and others.
Indiana is also served by bus connections with the main line
of the Pennsylvania Railroad at Johnstown and Pittsburgh.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GROUNDS AND BUILDINGS
The campus of the university at Indiana is frequently de-
scribed as one of the most beautiful small college campuses in
the country. The campus proper located in the central section
of the Indiana community, contains about seventy acres of land
twenty-three of which were in the original area. New athletic
playing areas were recently developed in the area known as
the Glassworks immediately southwest of the main campus. In
the center of the campus is the historic oak grove about which
are grouped the main buildings, forming three sides of a quad-
rangle. The rest of the campus is made beautiful by a careful
distribution of shrubs, flowers and vines artistically arranged.
John Sutton Hall is the largest building. In addition to
housing more than 700 women students, it contains the post
office, parlors, and recreation rooms, the President's apartment,
an excellent laundry and ironing room, a shampoo room, and
sorority rooms.
Thomas Sutton Hall, erected in 1903, an addition to John
Sutton Hall, contains the kitchen, dining rooms, and dietitian's
office on the first floor, and housing for sixty-five women stu-
dents on the second and third floors.
Clark Hall, named in honor of Justice Silas M. Clark, a
former member of the Board of Trustees, was erected in 1906
on the site of a building burned that year. It was used as a men's
dormitory until 1924; from 1924 until 1960 it served as a dorm-
itory for women. It has now been reconverted into an adminis-
tration building containing offices for the president, the deans,
graduate studies, public relations, business, and other adminis-
trative offices. A Computer Center is located on the ground
floor.
Wilson Hall was erected in 1893 as the model school and
was named for A. W. Wilson, third president of the Board of
Trustees. From 1941 until 1960, the building served as the
library for the college. Since 1960 Wilson Hall has been oc-
cupied by the Department of Social Studies.
The Rhodes R. Stabley Library named for the late Dr.
Rhodes R. Stabley, chairman of the English-Speech Depart-
ment from 1941 to 1958, was completed in the spring of 1961.
The three story building will eventually house 200,000 books
and provide study room for about 550 students.
An instructional program in the use of library tools and
reference books is carried on by the staff to develop needed
skills in library use. The well-organized general holdings of
160,000 volumes are enhanced by the reference collection, 1,600
current magazines, extensive files of bound and microfilmed
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLV.ANIA
magazines and newspapers, state and federal documents, pam-
phlets, and curriculum materials.
Most materials are available by the "open stack" system
which encourages the habit of using books freely. Students
having access to all library materials can broaden their edu-
cation through browsing, as well as widen their interests
through intellectual reading.
Comfortable reading areas have been arranged in the li-
brary. Exhibits and displays are frequently changed as a
m.eans of arousing interest and supplying information.
Leonard Hall, named for Jane E. Leonard, for many years
preceptress of Indiana Normal School, was erected in 1903 as a
recitation building, and was destroyed by fire on April 14, 1952.
A new Leonard Hall was constructed by the General State Au-
thority and opened in September, 1954. The new building con-
tains classrooms, laboratories, faculty offices, and the Indiana
Film Library.
David J. Waller Gymnasium was completed in 1928 and is
used exclusiveh' for the women's physical education program.
It includes two gymnasiums, a swimming pool, a physical ther-
apy room, two classrooms, and numerous offices for the faculty.
Jean R. McElhaney Hall, completed in 1931 houses the art,
business education, and the foreign languages departments,
one entire floor being given to each. This building, both in ap-
pearance and in equipment for efficient work, is recognized as
one of the finest educational buildings in the state.
John S. Fisher Auditorium, completed in 1939, has a seat-
ing capacity of 1600, and a well-equipped stage large enough to
accommodate a cast of 100 people. Its design facilitates the pre-
sentation of intimate drama to a small group or super-spec-
tacles to capacity audiences. Light, air, and sound may all be
mechanically controlled by the director of any presentation,
John A. H, Keith School, completed in 1939, provides for a
program of instruction from kindergarten through sixth grade,
primarily for the purposes of observation and demonstration.
The facilities include a library, a gymnasium, and a fine dem-
onstration room with seats for 160 observers, which is a unique
feature of the building. The school also contains the offices of
the Director of Placement and the Director of Professional
Laboratory Experiences. Some classrooms are also utilized for
college instruction.
Special Education Building. This building, completed in
1961, is a wing of John A. H. Keith School and houses speech,
reading, and psychological clinics and a classroom.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
The Art Education Annex and six acres of land were
bought in 1947. The building has been renovated and houses
part of the art education department.
Military Hall, a war-surplus structure erected in 1947, is
located on Grant Street. It contains offices, storage rooms and
two classrooms for the Reserve Officers Training Corps.
The College Lodge is an important location in the instruc-
tional and recreational life of the university. Owned by students
and faculty, the 100 acres of wooded hillside with its rustic
lodge and three shelter houses, not only offers opportunity for
nature study by science and conservation classes, but is in
frequent demand for picnics, meetings, and winter sports.
Whitmyre Hall, named for Walter M. Whitmyre, who re-
tired as dean of men in 1954 after serving for thirty-seven
years, was completed in 1952. The dormitory houses 210 men
students, recreational rooms, music practice rooms, dean of
men's office, the dean of men's apartment, and the Whitmyre
Dining Hall.
Langham Hall, named for Judge J. Nicholas Langham, In-
diana County Judge for twenty years and a member of the
Board of Trustees of the University for fourteen years, was
completed in 1960. This dormitory houses 185 men students, a
large recreation area, lounges, study rooms, and laundry room.
The new Student Union was completed in the fall of 1960,
and doubled in size in 1963. Another addition was added in
1965. It houses a co-educational recreation center, the coopera-
tive bookstore and offices, some student publication offices,
and other recreational facilities for students. This building is
owned and operated through the Student Union Association,
Inc., and the Student Cooperative Association, Inc.
Cogswell Hall, named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Hamlin E.
Cogswell, former music department chairman and his wife —
a teacher who composed the Alma Mater, is located on South
Eleventh Street. The building, housing music classrooms, prac-
tice rooms and studios, and a recital hall, was completed in
1960.
Wahr Hall, named for Corinne Menk Wahr of the class of
1916 who left a large sum of money to the university for schol-
arship purposes, is located immediately adjacent to Langham
Hall. This dormitory, housing 152 women students, recreation
room and lounges, and quarters for an assistant dean of women,
was completed in 1960.
Walsh Hall, named for Dr. Matthew J. Walsh, longtime
professor and dean of instruction at Indiana, is located to the
immediate east of Wilson Hall. This building, housing science
and mathematics classrooms for 200 students as well as faculty
offices, lecture demonstration areas, and seminar rooms, was
completed in 1960.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
The Greenhouse of the University is used as an experi-
mental and demonstration laboratory by the Science Depart-
ment in the conducting of biology courses.
The University Infirmary is located behind Cogswell Hall
off S. 11th St. on Papermill Avenue.
Louise Stanley and Ellen Richards Houses, located at the
rear of Cogswell Hall off S. 11th St., are used by the seniors of
the home economics department for participating in practical
home management problems based on actual family needs and
expenditures.
The New Athletic Field consisting of about 20 acres is
being developed off S. 11th and Glass Streets. Already de-
veloped there are a new baseball diamond, six all weather
tennis courts, and other facilities including a track. The George
P. Miller Football Stadium was completed in October, 1962,
and a new two million dollar field house is to be located in this
area.
Agnes Sligh Turnbull Hall, Mabel Waller Mack Hall and
Hope Stewart Hall, three new dormitories for a total of 600 or
more women students have been constructed on the former
Memorial Athletic Field. Turnbull Hall was occupied in Janu-
ary, 1963; the other two halls were occupied in the fall of 1963.
Jennie M. Ackerman Hall, located on East Campus near
Pratt Drive, is the new Home Economics Building. Built at an
approximate cost of $825,000, the new building contains class-
rooms, lunch room, and nursery school facilities.
McClellan Gordon Hall, a new dormitory for men, was
completed in January, 1964. A new four-story structure which
houses 230 men and the office of the assistant dean of men, is
located just north of the John A. H. Keith School.
Joseph Uhler Hall, formerly Thaddeus Stevens School, has
been completely remodeled and converted into a university
classroom building. Located on the corner of Oakland Avenue
and Washington Street, the building contains twelve class-
rooms and office space for members of the Education-Psychol-
ogy and Elementary Departments, which will share the build-
ing.
Elkin Hall, a new five-story girls' dormitory is located on
the southeast corner of School Street and Oakland Avenue.
Costing over a million dollars, the building was completed in
January, 1965, and houses 314 students.
Foster Hall, completed in October, 1965, contains dining
facilities for 2,000 students. This new dining hall also contains
a cafeteria and a snack bar and coffee shop.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Memorial Gymnasium was completed early in 1966 and
contains facilities for a variety of sports activities including
basketball, swimming, handball, etc.
Weyandt Hall, the new Science Complex currently under
construction along Oakland Avenue just north of Walsh Hall,
is scheduled for completion in September, 1966. To cost well
over $3,000,000 when completed, this building will provide the
best in facilities for studying and research in science.
OFF-CAMPUS CENTERS
OF INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Indiana University of Pennsylvania now has two off-cam-
pus centers operating in the Punxsutawney and Kittanning com-
munities, both about 28 miles from the main campus in Indiana,
Pennsylvania.
The first center was established in September, 1962, at
Punxsutawney in an attractively renovated building, formerly
used by the Punxsutawney School district in the west side of
that community at the corner of Winslow and Center Streets.
Enrollment at the Punxsutawney Center for 1966-7 will be
nearly 225 full and part-time students.
In September, 1963, Indiana University of Pennsylvania
established a second center known as the Armstrong County
Center located in the former offices of the West Penn Power
Company at the corner of Rebecca and McKean Streets in Kit-
tanning. The structure has been neatly renovated into a college
instructional building which in 1966-7 will provide for 400
full and part-time students.
Both centers now have resident faculties who are regular
university faculty members working full time at the centers.
Other faculty from the main campus travel to the centers to
provide adequate instructional staff to meet curriculum needs
of students for their first two years of college in general edu-
cation subjects for areas of concentration in a liberal arts
school or majors in fields in a school of education.
In most cases, the centers provide two full years of college
work transferable to the main campus of Indiana University
of Pennsylvania or to other accredited colleges. The chairmen
of Indiana University of Pennsylvania centers advise with
students as to their instructional programs and the best time
for transfer to main campus for those in highly specialized
areas. The centers and Indiana University of Pennsylvania
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
maintain a close liaison through a director of off-campus cen-
ters who regularly visits both centers and maintains an office
in Clark Hall, the administration building on the main campus
in Indiana.
For the most part students at the centers are persons living
in the immediate county areas of the centers. Some students
from distant points who cannot find accommodations on the
main campus of Indiana University of Pennsylvania are also
given the privilege of attending the centers and later transfer-
ing to the main campus. Regular procedures for transfer have
been established.
Fry Hall at Punxsutawney and Boyer Hall at Armstrong
County Center in Kittanning have been established as dormi-
tories for students needing residence at these respective centers.
Each center has its own library facilities supervised by a
professional librarian from the main campus. In addition the
centers may draw upon college library facilities and the serv-
ices of the college in many other areas.
Control of the centers is directly vested with the Indiana
University of Pennsylvania administration and Board of Trus-
tees. Advisory Boards from both center areas serve to establish
local needs and advise with main university authorities.
Both centers have their own evolving programs of lecture
series, social affairs, and other matters vital to a complete
college in addition to having access to the resources of Indiana
University of Pennsylvania.
Prospective college students from the areas served by the
centers and a limited number of others who can not be ac-
commodated on the main campus may apply for admission by
requesting application papers from the Registrar's Office, In-
diana University of Pennsylvania, or from the chairman of
either the Punxsutawney or Armstrong County Centers.
The same standards and requirements for admission which
apply to students at the main campus also apply to both col-
lege centers.
For more detailed information on the programs at Indiana
University of Pennsylvania Centers, one should write to the
Chairman, Punxsutawney Center, Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania, Punxsutawney, Pa., or the Chairman, Armstrong
County Center, Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Kittan-
ning, Pa., and request an Off-Campus Centers bulletin. This
publication explains the steps necessary for admissions, out-
lines programs of study, and gives other general details of the
two year University Centers.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA S3
HOW TO APPLY FOR ADMISSION
1. Application papers and college catalog are available upon
request to the Registrar's Office, Indiana University of
Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania.
2. The university will accept application papers from any
applicant who has completed the junior year of high school.
3. All applicants are required to take the senior College En-
trance Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test prior
to January 1 of their senior year. Arrangements for these
tests should be made through the high school principal or
guidance counselor.
4. Results of College Board tests during the junior year in
high school will be accepted if scores meet minimum re-
quirements for early consideration. Applicants who desire
early consideration must have their applications completed
by October 1. Applicants approved through early considera-
tion will be notified by the Admissions Committee by
November 15. Senior year high school transcripts may also
be requested of an applicant at the discretion of the Ad-
missions Committee.
5. Complete high school transcript must be submitted, after
high school graduation, to the Admissions Office.
6. Applicants for admission who have attended other colleges
or universities will follow the same general admission re-
quirements but must in addition file an official transcript
of their college record and a statement of honorable dis-
missal and academic standing.
7. No action on any apphcation will be taken by the admis-
sions committee until all the necessary steps for admission
have been completed and all required information is in the
hands of the committee. The average length of time for
processing is 8 weeks or more. Applicants who take tests in
December can expect action on their applications by late
February.
8. All admission information should be mailed to the Director
of Admissions', Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Indi-
ana, Pennsylvania. The following must be in the hands of
the admissions committee before any action can be taken
on any application:
a. Application blank (blue form) — with application fee of
$10 in the form of check or money order made payable
to the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The application
fee is not refundable, or applicable to any cost incurred
at the imiversity.
b. High school transcript (white form).
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
c. Official transcript of CEEB scores from the Educational
Testing Service, Princeton, New Jersey.
d. For transfer students, the official transcript and state-
ment of honorable dismissal and academic standing.
9. All applicants who are approved for admission to Indiana
University of Pennsylvania will be required to report to
the campus on a designated day for an interview, orienta-
tion, and testing. One of the purposes of this day is to
. verify the student's choice of his major department and
curriculum. The applicant will also be required to bring to
the campus a completed medical examination blank (yel-
low form) in order to complete his application. The medi-
cal examination blank will be sent to every apphcant at
the time his admission is confirmed.
10. Quotas for admission to the various departments of the
University are largely determined by available physical
facilities. For the past ten years the university has been op-
erating at a peak enrollment level, and quotas for admission
are frequently filled as long as ten months ahead of the
registration date. Women students are required to live in
university dormitories so that quotas for women students
usually close earlier than for men. Closing dates for ap-
plicants for 1965 and 1966 respectively, were as follows:
Women Students — November 15, November 1.
Men Students — February 15, January 1.
Applications received after the date shown above were
received too late to be processed.
These dates are for applicants who were applying for ad-
mission to the university for the fall term in September.
Frequently the university must wait for other supporting
data required to complete the application, but the dates
shown above refer to the receipt of the personnel applica-
tion (blue form) from the applicant.
ADMISSION POLICY
All applicants to Indiana University of Pennsylvania must
meet the following admission requirements:
1. Scholarship as evidenced by graduation from a second-
ary school.
2. Ability to do college work as determined by the Scholas-
tic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination
Board.
3. Ability to succeed in the student's chosen major field
may be determined by an aptitude test.
I^fDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAMIA
4. Satisfactory character and personality traits.
5. Satisfactory health as determined by medical examina-
tions.
These general admission requirements are established by a
faculty admissions committee and are administered by the Di-
rector of Admissions. The admissions committee evaluates all
applications in the light of the criteria listed above and either
approves or rejects applicants on this basis. The committee
will notify all applicants of action taken on applications at
the earliest possible date dependent on the receipt of the neces-
sary information required for final processing of the applica-
tion.
College Entrance Examination Board Scores. All appli-
cants to Indiana University of Pennsylvania are required to
take College Entrance Examination Board tests. Arrangements
for these examinations should be made through your high
school guidance counselor or by writing directly to the Edu-
cational Testing Service, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey. Ap-
plicants are encouraged to take these examinations during their
junior year in high school. Junior year CEEB Scholastic Apti-
tude Test results and high school academic performance at the
conclusion of the junior year may qualify an applicant for early
admission to the university. Placement in the upper half of the
most recent Indiana freshmen class profile in both CEEB re-
sults and high school academic achievement are expected.*
Quahfication for early consideration, however, does not imply
automatic early acceptance. Candidates selected for early ad-
mission are normally notified by mid-November.
All applicants whether approved for early admission or not
are urged to repeat the College Board tests during their senior
year in high school. Many applicants will also be requested to
submit grades earned in the senior year in addition to the of-
ficial high school transcript.
Advanced Standing. The following regulations govern ad-
mission of students with advanced standing. A student trans-
ferring from another college will be required to meet the same
requirements as any other applicant. Tliis would entail in ad-
dition to the official college transcript, the high school tran-
script, and CEEB Scholastic Aptitude Test. It would be expect-
ed that acceptable advanced standing candidate's credentials
be comparable to the admission standard established by the
class level he will enter at the University.
*The Freshman Class Profile of fall 1965 contained the following
information — 1407 entering freshmen; 70 per cent from the first fifth
of their high school graduating class; 75 per cent with a total CEEB
score of 1000 or more, Mean CEEB Verbal, 525 and Mathematics, 549.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Students wishing to transfer may be candidates for admis-
sion only if:
1. They have a record of honorable dismissal. This would
include no evidence of social or academic probation at
other colleges.
2. They have completed their work at other colleges with
a quality point average exceeding 2.0, "C" average, or
their equivalent at Indiana University of Pennsylvania.
3. They have no grade below "C" or its equivalent in the
semester prior to transfer.
4. They have CEEB Scholastic Aptitude Test scores both
Verbal and Mathematics equal to the average of the
Freshman Class entering in the fall term preceding their
application.
5. They have applied within the framework of the closing
dates established yearly by the Admission Conomittee
of the University.
The applications of students having the above qualifica-
tions will receive the same consideration as those of other new
candidates. The quota of transfer students is limited.
A transcript of all collegiate work completed should be
forwarded to the university from all colleges involved. Failure
to do so or to report previous enrollment at another college
might entail immediate disciplinary action.
Credit will be given for acceptable courses pursued in
accredited collegiate institutions in which the student has
made a grade above the lowest passing grade.
All students who are candidates for a degree shall be re-
quired to arrange a program of studies approved by the dean
of the school to which he is admitted. This initial evaluation
by the Dean in which the transfer applicant enrolls is final
with respect to meeting university degree requirements.
No credit can be given for correspondence work.
A student transferring 64 hours or more will be excused
from Freshmen tests. Students transferring less than 64 hours
may be excused from some or all Freshmen tests if they have
a transcript of their test record sent to the university.
Any other student must take the tests or submit his test
records with his transcript of credit. No student may obtain
a degree without a minimum residence of one year in this uni-
versity. Junior standing can be attained only after attendance
at Indiana for one semester.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Public School Nurse and
Public School Dental Hygiene Degree Candidates
Candidates for either degree program are expected to
meet and follow the same entrance requirements as other ap-
plicants with advanced standing. This would include the Scho-
lastic Aptitude Test of the College Board or its equivalent, as
well as a nursing school certificate.
Readmission Policy for Students
Who Withdraw From the University Voluntarily
Students who withdraw from the University on a voluntary
basis for reasons of health, financial difficulty, etc., and wish
to re-enter, will need to notify in writing the Dean of the
School in which they were enrolled as to their intent. This
notification should be, at least, three months in advance of the
beginning of the semester in which they wish to re-enter the
University.
PRE-PROGRAMMING AND REGISTRATION
Students who are in full time enrollment status are given
the opportunity to pre-program with departmental advisors
for the next semester of attendance. Students will pre-program
in March for the first semester and in May for the pre summer
session. Pre-programming for the second semester occurs in
October. Class cards for the courses selected are pulled in the
Programming Center at designated dates shortly after such
pre-programming. Prospective freshmen will prepare a pro-
gram of studies with departmental advisors during interview
dates preceding the semester of entrance.
All students will accomplish registration and payment of
fees by mail for the first and second semesters of each year.
Registration materials are mailed to the student's home ad-
dress and should be returned according to the schedule listed
elsewhere in the catalog.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
Absence and Tardiness. The university has no cut system of
absenteeism. In case of absence or tardiness, the student will
fill out a blank and present it to the teacher for admission to
the class.
The professor will pass judgment on the merits of the ex-
cuse and handle the matter accordingly.
The blanks will be available at any department of!ice.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
This plan puts the responsibiUty first upon the student,
second upon the professor, and third upon the Deans of the Un-
dergraduate Schools, who may in turn furnish the adviser and
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women with whatever in-
formation is necessary for a follow-up.
Whenever a professor feels that any student has been ab-
sent or tardy to an extent that might endanger scholastic
standing, the professor will report the fact promptly to the
office of the Dean of the appropriate undergraduate school.
Grades. The following grades are used in reporting the
standing of students at the end of each semester or summer
term: A, excellent; B, good; C, average; D, passed; F, failed;
I, incomplete.
A grade of F can be cleared only by repeating the course
in the regular way. The grade of I is used to record work which
so far as covered, is of passing grade, but is incomplete because
of personal illness or other unavoidable reason. It must be
made up within two months after the student returns to
the university.
Quality Points. Quality points are assigned as follows:
Grade A, 4 quality points per semester hour; B, 3 quality points
per semester hour; C, 2 quality points per semester hour; D,
1 quality point per semester hour and F, no quality points.
To qualify for graduation, a student must have secured
twice as many quality points as the number of semester hours
he has earned in this university toward his degree. Quality
points are not counted on grades from other schools and a
student transferring from another school is held responsible
for quality points only on work taken in this University.
Advisory System. Purpose of the advisory system is to as-
sist the student in his orientation to university life. Each stu-
dent is assigned to a faculty adviser who confers with him
relative to his program, his activities, his academic work, the
evaluation of his progress and his education in values. At mid-
semester teachers make reports of unsatisfactory work to the
student's adviser. The adviser consults with the student re-
ported with the thought of assisting him to improve his status
by the end of the semester.
Grade Reports. About a week after each semester or sum-
mer session a full report is given or mailed to every student.
Parents do not receive reports as it is assumed that university
students are sufficiently mature and trustworthy to report the
facts to their parents.
Criteria Governing Continuance in the University. (1) For
full-time students enrolled prior to June 1, 1965, It is expected
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
that a student shall maintain an overall "C" average to continue
in good academic standing. A student earning less than 17
quality points in a semester will be dismissed from the Uni-
versity unless his cumulative average is at least 2.0.
A student who has earned less than a C average may con-
tinue on probation for one semester. During the semester that
a student is on probation he will carry a limited program of
studies not to exceed 15 semester hours. Where feasible,
courses in which he received "D" or "F" grades will be repeat-
ed. If a student fails to clear academically by earning a C
average, he will be dismissed from the University unless his
cumulative average is at least 2.0. Twelve semester hours is
the minimum number of hours upon which a student's semester
load will be computed for the purpose of determining a C aver-
age.
The student who is dismissed from the University under
these circumstances will be provided with one opportunity to
request readmission to the University and restore himself to
good academic standing, provided the Professional Standards
Committee feels that there is a reasonable chance to acquire the
required grade point average. He may return to the University
after the lapse of at least one semester and pursue a program
consisting of at least 12 semester hours and no more than
15 semester hours of work. All grades received for this semes-
ter must be 'C or better to earn the student the opportunity to
request readmission at the conclusion of the semester.
If the student chooses to avail himself of the procedure
provided for him to seek readmission, it will be his responsibil-
ity to notify in writing the Office of the Dean of the School
in which he was enrolled at the time of his dismissal and the
Office of the Dean of Students before April 1, if requesting
readmission for the following summer sessions or for the Fall
semester starting in September. Written requests must be made
to the above mentioned offices before November 1, if requesting
readmission for the Spring semester starting in January.
(2) For all full-time (a minimum of 12 credits per semester
or a 12-weeks summer term) students enrolled after June 1,
1965. A student at the end of two semesters (a minimum of 30
semester credits attempted) must have a 1.6 cumulative aver-
age or better to continue in the university; at the end of the
third semester (a minimum of 45 semester credits attempted),
he must have a 1.8 cumulative average or better to continue;
and at the end of the summer following his fourth semester
(a minimum of 60 semester credits attempted), he should have
a 2.0 cumulative average. Students falling below these critical
Q.P. averages will be dropped permanently for academic rea-
sons.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Classification of Students. Students are placed in one of
four classes according to progress towards graduation.
A freshman has less than 30 semester hours and 62 quality-
points.
A sophomore has at least 30 semester hours and 62 quality
points but has not attained junior standing. (Transfers having
30 or more semester hours are so classified for one semester.)
A junior has applied for junior standing and has been ap-
proved. (See Junior Standing explanation, below.)
A senior has been approved for junior standing and has
earned 96 or more semester hours. (Persons holding degrees
may be classified as seniors.)
Junior Standing. The main purpose of junior standing is to
screen the student at the close of his sophomore year to assure
him that success in a university is evident; and that the uni-
versity intends to recommend him for a position if he main-
tains his progress at the same level. Formal admission to junior
standing is a requisite for continuing the program in the uni-
versity in either the School of Education or the School of
Liberal Arts.
A student who is enrolled in his fourth semester of uni-
versity work or who will have at least 62 semester hours at
the end of the current semester must apply for junior standing
during the current semester.
This application should be filled out completely by the stu-
dent and his advisor and turned in to the office of the Assistant
Dean of the School of Education or the office of the Dean of
Liberal Arts on or before the deadline set for the current
semester. Each application is taken under advisement for ap-
proval or rejection by the Committee of Professional Stand-
ards.
Students must meet the following requirements to obtain
approval for junior standing:
1. The scholastic record must be "C" average or better for
the first two years of work taken by the student, with
a minimum of 62 semester hours, and the student must
continue in good standing.
2. A passing grade must be attained in English I and Eng-
lish II. Students who transfer English credits to Indiana
and are given credit for English II must attain at least
a "C" grade in English I. If less than a "C" is earned, it
will be necessary for the student to take English II.
3. An adequate level of achievement as measured by the
sophomore examinations in Reading, Writing, Mathe-
matics, Social Studies, and Science will be required. A
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
student who fails any one of the examinations must re-
peat the test or tests the next semester or summer ses-
sion he is in college. Some students may be advised to
take additional course (s) in the areas where test scores
are lowest.
4. For the School of Education the voice must be free from
objectionable qualities. Students who have failed to pass
a speech test are required to take corrective work in the
Speech Clinic until their deficiencies, if remediable, have
been overcome. Irremediable cases are given special
consideration by the committee.
5. The student should manifest academic and social ma-
turity, professional zeal, and social consciousness. Ad-
ditionally, he should have proved himself to be depend-
able, co-operative and to possess high principles and
good moral character. Preferably, he should participate
in some extra-curricular activities.
6. The student must have the endorsement of his depart-
ment. A student who fails to receive the endorsement of
his department should clarify his standing with the de-
partment or change his major field.
Students who fail to meet the above requirements will be
given one semester or summer session to make them up. Stu-
dents who fail to clear their deficiencies at the time of the
second application will be dismissed from the university.
After the first application for Junior Standing only one
department change will be permitted. If the student, after his
first application, changes his department it is his responsibility
to see that his new department has every opportunity to eval-
uate him as a candidate for a degree in that particular area.
If in the junior standing process it is foimd that the stu-
dent is not suited for the teaching profession or a particular
field of Liberal Arts, the university will endeavor to assist
him in making an adjustment to a new objective.
Credentials will be examined by the Committee on Pro-
fessional Standards and decisions will be reached on the basis
of all evidence available.
The Committee on Professional Standards is composed of
the following personnel: Dean, School of Education, Chairman;
Assistant Dean, School of Education; Dean, School of Liberal
Arts; Dean of Students; Registrar; Dean of Women; Dean of
Men; and a faculty representative selected by the Faculty
Council. Two other personnel sit in as official committee mem-
bers: as each student applicant is considered, his department
chairman and his advisor also are official members of this
committee.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THE GRADUATE SCHOOL
Graduate work leading to the Master of Education degree
has been available at Indiana University of Pennsylvania since
September, 1957. At present the graduate student may earn this
degree by working in any one of the following fields: Art,
Biology, Chemistry, Counselor Education, Elementary Educa-
tion, Elementary Science, English, Geography, Mathematics,
Physical Science, Science, Social Studies, Business, and Music.
In each of the programs the thirty hours of course work
required for the degree is divided into four categories. The first
category involves subject matter concentration in which the
student completes from 14 to 22 hours of work. The second
area includes 4 to 10 semester hours of work in the area of pro-
fessional studies and may include a thesis. In the third place
every student must take one two-hour course in foundations of
education, and finally a two-hour course in Elements of Re-
search is required.
The student has a choice of completing the research re-
quirements for this degree either by preparing a thesis for
which 2 to 4 semester hours of credit may be given, or he may
complete all thirty hours in course work and, in addition, pre-
pare a research project.
To be eligible to take work in the Indiana Graduate Pro-
gram a student must:
1. Present a Bachelor's degree from a college or a univer-
sity that has been accredited by its regional accrediting
agency.
2. He must present a transcript of his undergraduate work
showing a 2.5 honor point value for all four years of his
undergraduate work. The 2.5 assumes a grade of A to
have 4 honor points per credit hour, a grade of B to have
3 honor points per credit hour, a grade of C to have 2
honor points per credit hour, and a grade of D to have
1 honor point per credit hour.
If the applicant's undergraduate record does not meet
this 2.5 honor point value, he may be admitted by mak-
ing a satisfactory score on the entrance qualification
examination.
3. The applicant must present a Pennsylvania Teaching
Certificate or its equivalent. This implies that he have
an undergraduate major in the field in which he wishes
to concentrate on the graduate level. This requirement
applies to teachers only.
For detailed information on Graduate Study at Indiana,
one should write to the Dean of the Graduate School, Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, for a copy of the Graduate Bulle-
tin. This publication explains the steps necessary for admission,
the requirements for the degree, and an explanation of each
program.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FEES, DEPOSITS, REPAYMENTS
(Subject To Change)
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Basic Semester Fee for Regular Session. The basic fee for
each student in each curriculum is charged as follows:
Elementary Curriculum $125.00
Academic Curricula 125.00
Art Curriculum 143.00
Business Education Curriculum 137.00
Home Economics Curriculum 152.00
Music Education Curriculum 170.00
This fee covers registration and the keeping of records of
students, library, student welfare, health services (other than
extra nurse and quarantine) , and laboratory facilities.
Students taking NINE or fewer semester hours shall pay
at the rate of $12.50 per semester hour. Students taking more
than NINE semester hours shall pay the regular basic fees;
basic fees for special curriculums shall be prorated on the basis
of an eighteen semester hour load.
SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Basic Semester Fee for Regular Session. The basic fee for
each student in the Liberal Arts Curriculum is $150.00 per
semester.
Students taking NINE or fewer semester hours shall pay
at the rate of $15.00 per semester hour. Students taking more
than NINE semester hours shall pay the regular basic fees.
OTHER FEES APPLICABLE IN THE
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND THE
SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Housing Fee. The housing fee for students is $306.00 per
semester. This includes room, meals in one of the college
dining rooms, and laundry of sheets and pillow cases.
Out-of-state Fee. Out-of-state students pay a basic fee of
$20.00 per semester hour of credit. If enrolled in the School of
Education in the Art, Business, Home Economics, or Music
Curriculum, they also pay the special curriculum fee as in-
dicated below:
Art $18.00
Business 12.00
Home Economics 27.00
Music 45.00
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Student Activity Fee. An activity fee is collected from all
students and administered through the Student Cooperative
Association under regulations approved by the Board of Trus-
tees. This fee of $20.00 per semester covers the cost of student
activities in athletics, lectures, entertainment, student publica-
tions, etc., and is payable in one sum for the semester at the
time of registration. No activity fee is charged for Saturday
campus and extension classes.
Late Registration Fee. Each student registering after the
date officially set for registration is required to pay an ad-
ditional fee of $1.00 per day until the student is in regular at-
tendance (except when permission for late registration has
been secured in advance from the President because of illness
or other unavoidable causes), provided that the total amount
of the late Registration Fee shall not exceed $5.00. The same
regulation shall apply to approved inter-semester payments.
SPECIAL FEES
Private Instruction in Music:
Voice, Piano, Band, or Orchestra Instruments, $32.00 per
semester — ^for one lesson per week.
Pipe Organ, $42.00 per semester — for one lesson per week.
Rental of Piano for practice, one period per day, $6.00 per
semester.
Rental of Pipe Organ for practice, one period per day,
$36.00 per semester.
Rental of Band or Orchestral Instruments, $8.00 per semes-
ter.
Damage Fee. Students are responsible for damages, break-
age, loss, or delayed return of university property.
Infirmary Fee. After three days in the university infirmary
the University shall charge students who regularly eat in the
university dining room an additional $1.00 for each day. Stu-
dents who room at the university but do not eat in the uni-
versity dining room shall pay $3.00 per day after the third day.
Day students admitted to the infirmary pay board at the rate
of $3.00 a day. This charge includes the regular nurse and reg-
ular medical service but does not include special nurse or spe-
cial medical service.
Degree Fee. A fee of $5.00 to cover the cost of a diploma
must be paid by each candidate for a degree.
Transcript Fees. A fee of $1.00 is charged for the second
and each subsequent transcript of records.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 45
Delinquent Accounts. No student shall be enrolled, grad-
uated, or receive a transcript of his records until all previous
charges have been paid.
Other Charges. In addition to the above fees the average
student will require approximately $75.00 per semester for
books, gymnasium costume, student organization dues, etc.
Military Clothing Deposit. A deposit of $5.00 by all ROTO
cadets to cover damage to the uniform or loss of its compon-
ents; in addition, a charge of $3.00 is made to defray costs of
military impediments. Any balance remaining from the de-
posit will be returned at the end of the university year, or
sooner, if the student terminates his enrollment in the ROTC.
Advance Registration Deposit. A deposit of $15.00 must
be made by all students when registration is requested. No
refunds can be granted for the advance deposit fees nor can
the fee be applied to another date of entrance. A check or
money order for this amount must be drawn to the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania. If a money order is used it must be
payable at Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. This is a guarantee of
the student's intention to enter the university for the term or
semester designated. This money is deposited with the Depart-
ment of Revenue to the credit of the student's basic fee.
Private Accounts. As a convenience to students, personal
deposits may be made in the Student Co-operative Book Store
and drawn against by countercheck from time to time. A small
fee will be charged for this service.
SUMMER SESSIONS FEES
Basic Fee for Six-Weeks Summer Session. The fee for stu-
dents enrolled in the School of Education for the regular Sum-
mer Session is $12.50 per semester hour. A minimum basic fee
of $37.50 is charged.
The fee for students enrolled in the School of Liberal Arts
for the regular Summer Session is $15.00 per semester hour. A
minimum basic fee of $45.00 is charged.
Basic Fee for Three Weeks Pre- and Post-Sessions. The
basic fee for students enrolled in the School of Education for
the Pre- and Post-Sessions is $12.50 per semester hour. A mini-
mum basic fee of $37.50 is charged.
The basic fee for students enrolled in the School of Liberal
Arts for the Pre- and Post-Sessions is $15.00 per semester hour.
A minimum basic fee of $45.00 is charged.
Basic Fee for Special Curricula in the School of Education.
In addition to the above fee for the summer sessions, students
46 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
enrolled in the special curricula will pay the following addi-
tional basic fees:
Main Pre- Post-
Session Session Session
Art $6.00 $3.00 $3.00
Business Education 4.00 2.00 2.00
Home Economics 9.00 4.50 4.50
Music Education 15.00 7.50 7.50
OTHER FEES APPLICABLE IN THE SCHOOL OF
EDUCATION AND THE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Activity Fee. For the regular summer session the fee is
$7.00 and for the pre- and post-summer sessions, $3.50.
Housing Fee. For the regular summer sessions the fee is
$102.00 and for the pre- and post-sessions, $51.00. This fee in-
cludes room, meals and the laundry of sheets and pillow cases.
Out-of-State Fees. Students who are not residents of Penn-
sylvania will pay a basic fee of $20.00 per semester hour with a
minimum charge of $60.00 for each session. If enrolled in the
special curricula they will pay the same special curriculum
fees as resident students who are Pennsylvanians.
REPAYMENTS
No refunds will be made to students who are temporarily
suspended, indefinitely suspended, dismissed, or who volun-
tarily withdraw from the university.
For personal illness, if certified to by an attending physi-
cian, or for other reasons approved by the Board of Trustees,
the housing and basic fees for that part of the semester which
the student does not spend in the university will be refunded.
TIME OF PAYMENTS
Payment in full of all Pre-Session fees June 6, 1966
Payment in full of all Main Summer Session fees June 27, 1966
Payment in full of all Post-Session fees August 8, 1966
Payment for the first half of first semester
August 15, 1966
Payment for the second half of first semester
November 7-9, 1966
Payment for the first half of second semester
December 15, 1966
Payment for the second half of second semester
March 20-22, 1967
Payment for the entire semester may be made in Septem-
ber and January if desired. Above dates are for 1966-67. Dates
for 1967-68 will be about the same. Exact dates for 1967-68 may
be secured from the university's registrar or business office.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HOW BILLS AND CHARGES ARE TO BE PATO
All bills, including basic fee, housing fee, and special de-
partment fees are payable on enrollment day for at least the
first nine weeks. Payment must be made by the student at
registration. Checks or money orders, in the exact amount of
the account, should be made payable to the Commonwealth of
Pennsylvania. Book Store purchases are on a cash basis.
Checks for Activity Fee should be separate and made payable
to the Student Cooperative Association.
Students will not be permitted to enroll for any semester
until all bills previously incurred have been paid; nor will
credit be certified to other institutions or to the Department of
Public Instruction xintil all overdue accounts have been paid.
Students desiring to leave school before the close of a se-
mester must report to the dean of students, registrar and to the
business office to settle all unpaid accounts.
Meal tickets for visitors can be obtained in the Slater Com-
pany office.
FINANCIAL AID
The financial aid program at Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania is administered through the office of the Dean of
Students. A single financial aid application form is used for
both scholarships and loans.
All freshmen and transfer students who are applying for
financial aid at Indiana University of Pennsylvania must also
submit the Parents' Confidential Statement of the College
Scholarship Service. This form may be obtained from your
high school counselor, principal, or the College Scholarship
Service, Box 176, Princeton, New Jersey. Applications for fi-
nancial aid from entering freshmen must be on file in the
Financial Aid office by March 1 for those entering college in
September, and by November 1 for those entering college in
the following January.
LOANS
Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund. By action of the Executive
Committee of the Indiana University of Pennsylvania Alumni
Association, the Jennie E. Ackerman Loan Fund was establish-
ed in 1962, by contributions from alumni and friends. This fund
commemorates the m.emory of Jennie E. Ackerman who served
as Supervisor of Student Teachers at Indiana University of
Pennsylvania for many years and is available to sophomores,
juniors, and seniors who are maintaining satisfactory academic
records at the University. The maximum outstanding amount
extended to any one student cannot exceed $200.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Robert Bellis Scholarship Loan Fund. A loan fund has been
established at Indiana University of Pennsylvania by friends
and relatives in memory of Robert G. Bellis, a graduate of
Indiana State College. The Robert Bellis Scholarship Loan
Fund, as the memorial will be known, will be used to grant
loans to deserving students, preferably to juniors or seniors,
interest free the first year and at a very small interest rate
beginning with the second.
. Jane E. Leonard Memorial Loan Fund. This loan fund was
established several years ago and has been built up largely
through the work of the faculty and alumni. The fund now
totals about $30,000. The governing board in charge of granting
loans consists of a faculty committee appointed by the president
of the University. The plan in operation provides for the grant-
ing of loans to sophomores, juniors, and seniors with interest
at two per cent, payable at maturity of the loan. In special
cases of emergency a freshman may arrange for a short-term
loan during his second semester in the university. The maxi-
mum outstanding loan to any student cannot exceed $400. Ap-
plications are available at the Director of Financial Aids Office.
Thirty-day loans not to exceed $20 are available to all stu-
dents in cases of emergency. No interest is charged. These loans
are available upon application to the Dean of Students, Dean of
Men, or Dean of Women.
Mack Loan and Scholarship Fund. A loan and scholarship
fund has been established by members of the Mack family to
be used for making loan and scholarship grants to worthy stu-
dents with financial need. Preference will be given to freshmen
and sophomores who can give evidence of academic excellence,
financial need, and promise as a future member of the teaching
profession. At the present time the maximum loan available
is $200 per year.
Alan P. Mewha Geography Memorial Loan Fimd. This
fund was established in 1959 and is administered by the faculty
of the Geography Department. Juniors and Seniors have prior-
ity on loans from this fund. Interest rates are the same as those
for the Jane Leonard Fund.
National Defense Student Loan Program. The National
Defense Student Loan Program was authorized by the enact-
ment of Public Law 85-864, the National Defense Education
Act of 1958. The law requires that each borrower be a full-
time undergraduate or graduate student, that he be in need
of the amount of his loan to pursue his courses of study,
and that he be, in the opinion of his institution, capable of
maintaining good standing in his chosen courses of study. The
law further provides that special consideration in the selection
of loan recipients be given to (a) students with a superior aca-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 49
demic background who express a desire to teach in elementary
or secondary schools, and (b) students whose academic back-
ground indicates a superior capacity or preparation in science,
mathematics, engineering, or a modern foreign language. A stu-
dent may borrow for college expenses in one year a sum not
exceeding one thousand dollars ($1,000), and during his entire
course in higher education, a sum not exceeding five thousand
dollars ($5,000) . Applications are available upon request at the
office of the Director of Financial Aid.
Flossie Wagner Sanford Student Loan Fund. The Penn-
sylvania Federation of Women's Clubs has established a stu-
dent loan fund in honor of Flossie Wagner Sanford an alumna
and former member of the faculty of Indiana State College.
Loans from this fund are made to qualified students by the
Faculty Loan and Scholarship Committee who need financial
assistance.
Tau Kappa Epsilon Loan Fund. Through the generosity of
a former Tau Kappa Epsilon faculty adviser, a sum of money
has been made available for loans to members in good standing
academically and with the fraternity. The maximum outstand-
ing amount to any one student cannot exceed $400.
Men's Varsity "I" Loan Fund. The Men's Varsity I Club
has built up a loan fund for members of varsity athletic teams
in good standing. Members may borrow not more than $150.00
per year. Loans are made for a reasonable period of time and
are interest free for the first year. Thereafter the interest rate
is two per cent per annum.
REGULATIONS OF THE UNIVERSITY
Enrollment in the University implies an agreement on the
part of each student to comply with the customs of the Univer-
sity and to obey the regulations.
The University reserves the right to dismiss any student
who refuses to conform to University regulations.
There shall be no intoxicating beverages or gambling on
university property, fraternity houses, or in residences rented
in town. Violation may lead to immediate suspension from the
university. Students returning to the campus in an intoxicated
condition will be suspended.
Students shall not possess or store firearms while in resi-
dence.
Students are not permitted to act as sales or advertising
representatives on campus without permission of the appro-
priate Dean. Students should require outside sales representa-
tives to show their authorization before making any commit-
ment.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
All students brought before law enforcement authorities
for law violations must also appear before the University Dis-
ciplinary Committee for possible University disciplinary action.
Only juniors and seniors and those who commute daily to
the University may have cars at Indiana. Resident students
with cars are not permitted to park on the Indiana campus be-
tween the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 3:00 p.m. Students with un-
usual situations should direct their inquiries to the Dean of
Men or the Dean of Women, Cars should be registered in the
Dean of Students' Office,
Women's Dining Room Policy. Beginning with the fall
semester of 1966 all freshmen, sophomore, and junior women
living in university owned or operated dormitories will take
meals in the university dining halls; senior women may take
meals in the dining halls if they wish. In the fall of 1967, all
resident women will take meals in the university dining halls
unless excused by the Dean of Women for good cause. AH ar-
rangements for off -campus meals must be made with the Dean
of Women before June 1, or January 15. This policy is subject
to change at the close of any semester. Any changes in dining
room status during the semester must be approved by the Dean
of Women.
Women's Housing Policy. All single women except those
living with immediate relatives, those working for room and
board in approved private homes, graduates of other institu-
tions, or veterans are required to live in university dormitories
or college operated houses. Married women may arrange for
accommodations off campus.
Note: Working for room and board constitutes the giving
of twenty hours of work in exchange for room and meals.
There shall be no exchange of cash monies except where the
employer feels that the employee has done more than her
share, or where extra work is done over and above the twenty
hours.
Up to April 15, those students who have indicated their
intention of returning in the fall will have rooms assigned to
them as follows: If they desire to keep the rooms they have,
these rooms are re-assigned to them, unless for some reason it
is felt wise or necessary to withdraw students from said rooms.
As soon after April 15 as possible, the remaining rooms are
chosen by lot. Only students who have indicated their intention
of returning in the fall may reserve a room for the following
year. Otherwise, their assignment to a room is cancelled and
they take a place on the list of entering students.
General supervision of the personal and social welfare of
women students is exercised by the Dean of Women, Assistant
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Dean of Women, and head residents. Student body, faculty,
and administration cooperate to maintain high standards of
social life and conduct. Privileges are granted according to of-
ficial class ratings based on academic achievement. Restrictions
which are put upon the freedom of students are felt to be
necessary for successful study and living conditions and for
the well-being of the group.
Participation in dormitory government is vested in the
Women's Collegiate Association, of which all resident women
are automatically members. Representatives from each living
unit make up the Council, which serves as a clearing house
for discussing difficulties and making recommendations con-
cerning dormitory problems. A Judicial Board administers and
enforces association regulations.
Men's Housing Policy. Campus rooming facilities are under
the supervision of head residents, student hall counselors or
house heads, and these are responsible to the Dean of Men and
Assistant Dean of Men. This group assists in effecting orderly
procedures in resident living. All men, whether living on or off
the campus, are expected to abide by the rules and regulations
of the University.
All freshmen, except those who commute from home daily,
or who live with relatives, or who are married, shall live in
one of the dormitories, or other college property when accom-
modations are available. Other non-commuting students enter-
ing Indiana for the first time shall live in university property
when they can be accommodated.
Likewise, upperclass non-commuting men under 21 years
of age, shall live in one of the dormitories or other university
property when space is available unless excused by the Dean
of Men. Priority for assignments shall be to sophomores, jun-
iors, and seniors, in that order.
Non-commuting men who cannot be accommodated on the
campus are expected to select rooms in town from an approved
list compiled in the office of the Assistant Dean of Men. All
financial arrangements are the responsibility of the student
and the landlord. The Assistant Dean of Men is responsible for
supervising rooming accommodations in town.
The foregoing policy may be changed at the end of any
semester.
Men's Dining Room Policy.
1. All male students living in university buildings shall
eat in a university dining room.
2. Men living off campus who wish to eat in a university
dining room may do so as long as space is available but they
shall make arrangements with the Dean of Men.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
3. Cooking in rooms in university buildings is absolutely
forbidden.
4. Assignments to a university dining room are on a semes-
ter basis except in cases of emergency and w^hen excused by
the Dean of Men.
5. This policy is subject to change at the close of any
semester.
• Automobile Regulations. Resident students who live on
campus and all freshmen and sophomores who do not com-
mute daily from their homes are not permitted to have cars
on the Indiana campus. Juniors and seniors not living on cam-
pus and those who commute daily may have cars but must
register them in the Dean of Students' Office and must have
them properly identified with bumper stickers. Any exceptions
to these policies must be approved by the Dean of Men or the
Dean of Women.
Baggage. AH baggage is delivered to the basement of the
dormitory to which the student is assigned. Luggage should be
plainly marked with the student's name and, if the room as-
signment has been made, should also bear the room number.
Students living in university owned or university controlled
houses should mark their baggage with the street address.
Laundry. The university provides each student with a
laundered sheet and pillow case each week plus a laundered
bedspread twice a month.
Laundry and ironing rooms are maintained on the ground
floors of all women's dormitories and on the ground floors of
the newer male dormitories.
Student Supplies. Students who live in university dormi-
tories are furnished bed linen and bedspreads. Each student
must provide blankets, towels, soap, needed toilet articles, etc.
Curtains and draperies are provided.
Students must also furnish their own gymnasium attire
and towels. The Physical Education Department requires reg-
ulation gymnasium and pool equipment, which are purchased
in the College Book Store.
Each student is required to own a good college dictionary,
approved by the English Department. Such a dictionary costs
about $6.00 and can be purchased in the College Book Store.
Core courses in English require the dictionary as a standard
text; other college courses use it extensively.
Vacation and Guest Charges. Students may not remain at
the university during Thanksgiving, Christmas, Easter, or sum-
mer vacation. Students and teachers are responsible for meals
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
of their guests at current transient rates. The transient rate for
meals is as follows: breakfast, 60 cents; lunch, 85 cents; dinner,
$1.25.
A charge of $1.58 is made for overnight guests on Friday
and Saturday nights. Arrangements should be made with the
House Director, or Dean of Women, or Dean of Men, depending
on the dormitory involved.
Day Students. Accommodations for women day students
are provided in John Sutton Hall. Similar quarters for men day
students are located in Whitmyre Hall and the ground floor of
Gordon Hall. Library facilities provide pleasant study con-
ditions for non-resident students. Students through their House
Committee assume responsibility for care and use of rooms
set aside for them.
Day students may purchase lunches in the Thomas Sutton
Dining Hall, the Charles Foster Dining Hall, The Student
Union, or in the coffee shops in either the Foster Dining Hall
or the Sutton Dining Hall.
Fire Precautions. Students are not permitted to use or to
have stoves, heaters or cookers, or other equipment for pro-
ducing fire or heat in their rooms. Such equipment is prohibit-
ed by fire regulations and will be removed and confiscated by
the fire inspector.
Smoking in women's dormitory rooms with the exception
of the new buildings is absolutely forbidden, due to the fire
hazard. Radios are permitted. Extension cords and double sock-
ets are permitted only when approved by the electrician.
The Handbook. The Student Cooperative Association pub-
lishes a college Directory, which is available to all students
without charge. This handbook contains information concern-
ing college organizations, procedures, and routines. Another
publication, the Freshman Information Booklet, is especially
useful in the orientation of freshmen.
SPECIAL SERVICES
Administrative Office Hours. Monday through Friday: 8:00
A.M. to 12:00 Noon; 1:00 P.M. to 5:00 P.M. Saturdays: 8:00 A.M.
to 12:00 Noon. Offices are not open Saturday afternoons and
Sundays. Offices close at 4:00 P.M. in June, July and August.
University Infirmary. Off S. 11th Street behind Cogswell
Hall is located the infirmary which is thoroughly equipped for
all routine work. Four registered nurses are on the infirmary
staff. Medical service is provided by a physician who comes
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAIMA
daily to the infirmary. Twelve beds are available where resi-
dent students may have three days' free hospitalization. See
page 44 for infirmary fees.
Library Hours. Mondav through Thursday: 7:45 A.M. to
9:30 P.M.; Friday: 7:45 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.; Saturday: 7:45 A.M.
to 5:00 P.M.; Sunday: 3:00 P.M. to 8:00 P.M.
Special Clinics.
Three clinics at the university offer diagnostic testing and
remedial or improvement service or instruction in the follow-
ing areas:
Psychological Clinic — diagnosis of academic and behavior
problems and personal, vocational, and educational counseling.
Reading Clinic — diagnosis and remedial instruction for
reading and spelling disabilities and instruction for the im-
provement of present skills.
Speech & Hearing Clinic — diagnosis of speech problems,
hearing tests and evaluations, and a regular program of ther-
apy.
These services are made available without charge to the
students regularly enrolled at the university in order that they
may be given the assistance necessary to remove deficiencies
which would interfere with their successful performance and
progress in the university and in their future work.
University students v/ho need help in any of the areas sug-
gested above are encouraged to use the facilities provided for
them.
University students may of their own initiative come to any
clinic for help, or they may be referred by any faculty member
or university official.
Reserve Officers' Training Corps. The United States Army
has a unit of the Reserve Officers' Training Corps at the univer-
sity. All physically, morally qualified male freshmen are ex-
pected to take and pass one year of the Basic Course of Military
Science. Upon graduation from the regular university course
and successful completion of the Reserve Officers' Training
Corps Program, the student will receive a second lieutenant's
commission in the United States Army Reserve. To make this
program possible, deferments from the draft are issued to the
students successfully meeting the University and ROTC re-
quirements. Upon graduation, the former student serves on
active duty for a period not to exceed two years, if called by
the Secretary of the Army. This enables the student to obtain
his university degree and then fulfill his obligation to his
country.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Keith School. John A. H. Keith School, completed in 1939,
provides for a program of instruction from kindergarten
through sixth grade and provides for professional laboratory
experiences such as observation, participation, student teach-
ing and research. Professional laboratory experiences in Keith
School may be planned and scheduled with the Director of
Professional Laboratory Experiences. The school also contains
the offices of the Director of Placement and the Director of
Professional Laboratory Experiences.
Placement Service. The services of the Placement Office
are available to students who are graduating, students who are
attending for certification, students who have been admitted
to the graduate school, and alumni. The directors of the various
departments take an active interest in the placement of their
graduates. The Office supplies credentials to employers who
are seeking applicants for positions, arranges for interviews,
and serves as a center where graduates may keep their records
up-to-date. Alumni are using this service increasingly. Positions
are not guaranteed by the university, but Indiana's record of
placement is one of the very best in Pennsylvania. The Place-
ment Office also receives and makes available to graduates
and undergraduates lists of vacancies in summer camp counsel-
ing.
THE SUMMER SESSIONS
The Summer School is an integral part of the year's work.
Students from other colleges, teachers in service and students
in regular attendance can secure in the summer session three
to twelve hours credit toward any certificate or toward grad-
uation in any curriculum. The courses are planned primarily
for those who have had previous work and for those who are
accelerating their work. An effort is made to meet all reason-
able requests of teachers who are working toward higher cer-
tification or toward graduation.
All courses given in the summer session require the same
amount of time and are granted the same credit as if taken
during a regular semester. The Summer School Bulletin will
be mailed to anyone desiring more complete information re-
garding the courses to be offered.
Dates. Three sessions, two of three weeks and one of six
weeks, are planned for the summer of 1966. The pre-session
will open Monday, June 6 and close Friday, June 24. The main
session starts Monday, June 27 and continues to Friday, August
5. The post-session opens Monday, August 8 and closes Friday,
August 26. It is thus possible for a student to secure three to
twelve credits by attending the summer school.
Address Director of Summer Sessions for special bulletin
indicating courses and activities of the Summer Session,
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SCHOLARSHIPS
Gamma Theta Upsilon Scholarship. The Gamma Theta
Upsilon Scholarship was estabhshed by the Honorary Geo-
graphy Fraternity to honor that Freshman geography major
who attains the highest overall scholastic standing. This award
of twenty-five dollars ($25) is made each year by a committee
of the local chapter in consultation with the Dean of Instruc-
tion.
• Elementary Scholarship Award. Through the generosity of
an alumna of the Elementary Education Department, an an-
nual scholarship award of $50 is made each year to a senior in
the Elementary Education Department who has maintained a
fine academic record and who has strong professional promise.
M. Vashti Burr Memorial Award. The sum of $100 is
awarded annually to that student of Indiana University of
Pennsylvania who is deemed by the faculty to be most de-
serving, having in mind his or her economic need and the
excellence of his or her industry and scholarship. This award is
given through the generosity of Mr. William V. Whittington,
Washington, D,C,
Clark Scholarship. The Lieutenant Alpheus BeU Clark
Memorial Scholarship was established by Mr. and Mrs, Steele
Clark, Cherry Tree, Indiana County, in memory of their son.
The sum of seventy-five dollars will be awarded each semester
to that young man or woman, a senior in the University and a
resident of Indiana County, who in the opinion of a committee
chosen by the President, best qualifies for the honor in terms
of academic ability, leadership, and service to the University
with preference going to a veteran, or a son or a daughter of
a veteran.
Cole Prize in Ornithology. Each semester a prize of $25 is
given to that student who presents the best research paper in
the field of ornithology. This grant is made in the generosity of
Mr. William W. Cole, Jr., a former student at Indiana Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania,
Harriet Farr Davis Scholarship in the Fine Arts. This
scholarship worth fifty dollars ($50) is awarded each year to a
senior in the Art Department who best meets a number of
criteria established for this award. This scholarship was estab-
lished by Dr. Guy P. Davis, a retired member of the faculty,
in honor of his wife, Harriet Farr Davis.
Gorell Educational Fund Scholarships. Each year several
scholarships are granted to entering freshmen at Indiana Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, These scholarships are granted on
the basis of need and academic record and are granted to
Western Pennsylvania students. Funds for these scholarships
come from the Gorell Educational Fund administered through
the Pittsburgh Foundation.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Extension Homemaker Scholarships. Homemakers partici-
pating in the Home Economics Extension program contribute
funds annually for scholarships to be given to sophomores,
juniors or seniors who are majoring in home economics in
several colleges in the state. Indiana awards six on the basis
of 4-H experience, need, scholarship and other outstanding
characteristics.
Junior Chamber of Commerce Awards. These awards are
given annually to juniors selected by the officers of the Junior
Chamber of Commerce and the Business Education Department
faculty for $35 each for one semester only.
Kappa Delta Pi Scholarships. The Kappa Delta Pi Scholar-
ship was established by the Beta Gamma Chapter of this uni-
versity to honor that member of the sophomore class who is
judged to be the ideal university student. This award of twenty-
five dollars is made each year by a committee of the local chap-
ter and is awarded on the basis of scholarship. The Beta Gam-
ma Chapter beginning with the 1961-62 college year is also of-
fering an award of $25.00 to the graduate student at Indiana
University of Pennsylvania with the best academic record.
Ray Metzel Mellowmen Scholarship. One scholarship is
given annually to that junior or senior who is a member of the
Mellowmen. The scholarship is worth $200 for one year.
Monday Musical Club String Scholarship. The Monday
Musical Club of Indiana, Pennsylvania, gives a scholarship in
the amount of $100 good for one year only to a string major
in the Music Department.
Morris Scholarships. The Helen Wood Morris Scholarships
were established by Lieutenant-Colonel L. M, Morris, of Al-
toona in memory of his wife, a graduate of the university. The
sum of one hundred dollars will be awarded annually to stu-
dents selected by a committee named by the institution, one
award to a sophomore, the other to a junior. Students chosen
must be in the highest quarter of their class, must be in need
of financial assistance, and must have demonstrated worthiness
in terms of character, personality, leadership and American
citizenship.
Ethyl V. Oxley Scholarships. Each year the Alumni of the
Home Economics Department awards $75.00 scholarships to
one, two or three outstanding students in the department.
Awards are based on evidence of such characteristics as de-
pendability, initiative in worthwhile professional experiences,
accepting responsibility, social sensitivity and sincerity in deal-
ing with people, sense of values, personality and scholarship.
The Lenora Pechan Scholarship. The Lenora Pechan Schol-
arship is awarded by Dr. Albert R. Pechan, a member of the
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Senate of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and of the Board
of Trustees of the Indiana University of Pennsylvania, in the
amount of $100 each year ($50 each semester) to a sophomore
student, a member of the Reserve Officer Training Corps, who
has been an outstanding student in the ROTC and whose other
academic work is satisfactory. First priority will be given to a
student from Armstrong County, selected by the officers of the
Reserve Officers Training Corps and the Faculty Scholarship
and Loan Committee.
Pennsylvania Federation of Women's Clubs Scholarships.
At least four scholarships of $100 each are offered annually to
students in the art education department. These scholarships
are provided by voluntary contributions from clubs to "Pennies
For Art Fund", by the Pennsylvania Federation of Women's
Clubs.
Presser Foundation Scholarship. The Presser Foundation
of Philadelphia awards two scholarships each year to music
students a^ the Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Interested
music students should apply through the chairman of the music
department.
Quota Club Scholarship. The Quota Club of Indiana has
established a scholarship of $50 a semester or $400 for four
years for a woman student at Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania.
ROTC Scholarships. The United States Army offers several
two and four year scholarships. The United States Army pays
for tuition, laboratory fees, textbooks and other required ex-
penses except room and board. In addition the student receives
$50 per month for the duration of the scholarship, except for
a six-week Summer Camp Program where the pay is $120.60
per month. To qualify the student must complete the ROTC
program and must display a strong desire for a career as a
Regular Army Officer. Instructions on how to apply may be
obtained from the Professor of Military Science.
Hannah Kent SchoflE Memorial Scholarship. Annually a
scholarship worth six hundred dollars ($600) will be awarded
to two entering freshmen at Indiana University of Pennsylva-
nia. Applicants must be graduates of Pennsylvania High
Schools who wish to prepare for teaching. Application forms
may be obtained by writing the Financial Aid Office, Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania. Applica-
tions must be filed prior to March 1st of each year.
Secondary Education Club Scholarship. The Secondary
Education Club grants a one-year scholarship for $50 to a
secondary upperclassman.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Service Club Scholarships. The Kiwanis, Lions, and Rotary-
Clubs of Indiana, Pennsylvania, have scholarship programs
which provide financial aid for approximately 16 students per
year at Indiana University of Pennsylvania. These scholarships
are administered by the local service clubs with assistance
from the Financial Aid Office at the University.
Sgriccia Brothers Memorial Scholarships. Each year three
scholarship awards of $100 each are granted to a senior in each
of the following high schools: Marion Center, Penns Manor, and
Purchase Line. These awards are made to the senior boy or
girl planning to attend Indiana University of Pennsylvania who
has attained the highest academic average during the tenth,
eleventh, and twelfth grade years. Funds for these scholarships
have been provided by the Sgriccia Brothers of Clymer, Penn-
sylvania.
State Scholarships. The Department of Public Instruction
annually awards scholarships on the basis of competitive ex-
aminations held in November of each year. These are awarded
in each county and senatorial district in the state. Each schol-
arship is worth $200 a year for four years and may be used at
the State Colleges. Inquiries concerning State Scholarships
should be sent to State Scholarship Program, Division of
Guidance and Testing, Department of Public Instruction, P.O.
Box 911, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania.
Student Council Foreign Student Scholarships. The Stu-
dent Council grants four full scholarships annually to foreign
students who have not previously been in the United States,
and who can complete their proposed program in one academic
year. Applications should be submitted to the Foreign Student
Adviser no later than March.
Syntron Foundation Scholarships. Through the Syntron
Foundation of Homer City, four 4-year scholarships are award-
ed annually to freshmen. These scholarships are worth $300
per year for Education students and $350 per year for students
in the School of Liberal Arts. Sixteen scholarships are in effect
each year. Preference is given to graduates of Laura Lamar,
Blairsville, and Indiana High Schools. Applications must be
filed with the Director, Financial Aid by February 1. Eight
of these scholarships are identified as C. S. Weyandt Memorial
Scholarships and the other eight are identified as J. A. Metz
Memorial Scholarships.
Theta Xi Scholarships. Each year through the generosity
of the Theta Xi National Men's Fraternity four scholarships
of full tuition are granted to students at Indiana University of
Pennsylvania. Two of these scholarships are granted to mem-
bers of the Beta Lambda Chapter of the Theta Xi. Two are
granted to members of the student body at large.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Corinne Menk Wahr Scholarships. Through the generosity
of Corinne Menk Wahr, Class of 1916, approximately fifteen
scholarships are awarded each year to worthy students. The
amounts range from one hundred to one hundred and forty-
four dollars, payable in the designated amount for each of four
years. Applicants for Wahr Scholarships must be residents of
Pennsylvania and must be interested in the teaching profes-
sion. Applications may be secured from the Director, Financial
Aid. In any one year as many as eighty students may be re-
ceiving a total of $9,000 of Wahr Scholarship money. Policy
governing the scholarship fund is established by the Board of
Trustees and administered by a committee appointed by the
President of the University.
Nine Wahr merit recognition scholarships of fifty dollars
each are given each year to students at the university for excel-
lence in certain fields as follows: The student who excels in
athletics; the student who contributes the most to campus wel-
fare; the student who does the most to promote the fine arts;
the student showing the most initiative in bringing new ideas
or action to the Indiana campus; the student evidencing the
most professional promise as a teacher; the student with the
highest scholarship during the first three years of university;
and the student who writes most effectively; and the graduate
student with the most commendable record.
Louise Wallace Memorial Scholarship. Each year a scholar-
ship is granted to a worthy student at Indiana University of
Pennsylvania. This scholarship has been established through
the generosity of Mrs. Barbara Brant in memory of her mother.
The Norah E. Zink Football Award. Dr. Norah E. Zink, a
retired professor of the Geography Department of Indiana
University of Pennsylvania has established an annual award
of $25 which she gives that member of the varsity football
team whose academic average shows the greatest improvement
over the previous semester.
OTHER FINANCIAL AID
Student Employmient. Students are employed on a part-
time basis in a number of departments on the campus. Posi-
tions are filled on the basis of financial need and the special
abilities required in certain jobs. Students are assigned to such
jobs as waiters in the dining room, typists, office clerks, library
assistants, relief switchboard and elevator operators, and jan-
itors. Students in need of employment should file an applica-
tion in the office of Financial Aid. All assignments to student
employment are made by this office. Except in cases of ex-
treme necessity, freshmen should not seek employment, but
should plan to concentrate on their college work.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Applications for student employment are not accepted
from students until they are actually on campus. To be kept on
student employment rolls, the student must earn at least a
"C" average in his total academic program.
Student employment may be either under the Work-Study
Program under the Higher Education Act or the regular uni-
versity employment budget.
Veterans. Children of a deceased veteran whose death was
due to service-related causes may be eligible for educational
assistance from the Federal Government under Public Law 634
(War Orphans' Educational Assistance Act) . Immediately upon
acceptance to Indiana, men and women who may qualify for
such assistance should contact Veterans Administration to
determine their eligibility. They should report to the Assistant
Dean of Men before registering at the University if the Vet-
erans Administration approves their training under Public
Law 634. The office of the Veterans' Counselor is in Gordon
Hall.
SATURDAY CAMPUS CLASSES
Saturday Campus Classes are held on the campus on Satur-
days (generally between 9:00 A.M. and 1:00 P.M.). Courses are
arranged according to the demand for them as indicated by
teachers who are interested. This is not extension work. It is
credited as "residence" work. Classes are scheduled to enable
students to earn as much as six semester hours credit each
semester. Persons interested should write for a schedule of
courses.
The basic fee for Saturday Campus Classes is $12.50 per
semester hour of credit for students who are residents of Penn-
sylvania in the School of Education with a minimum basic fee
of $37.50. Students in the Liberal Arts Curriculum are charged
$15.00 per semester hour who are residents of Pennsylvania
with a minimum basic fee of $45.00, and $20.00 per semester
hour of credit for students other than residents of Pennsyl-
vania with a minimum basic fee of $60.00. Basic fees for special
curricula shall be prorated on the basis of an 18 semester hour
load. Not more than six semester hours credit may be earned
in one semester by one who is doing full time teaching or other
employment.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
Student Government Association. Student Government
Association is composed of representatives from all areas of
the university. The President, the Vice-President, and most of
the members of the Student Government Association are elect-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ed annually in a campus-wide election held in late fall. The
Student Government Association is active in making recom-
mendations to the Administration for the improvement of stu-
dent welfare and is also active in promoting the general wel-
fare of the university and good community relationships. The
Student Government Association provides an opportunity for
discussion of student problems, brings the student body, fac-
ulty, and administration closer together through a frank un-
derstanding of mutual problems and promotes the observance
of policies that will lead to improvement of university campus
life.
The Cultural Life Series. The Artists-Lecture Series spon-
sored by the University Cultural Affairs Advisory Council and
the Student Co-operative Association brings to the Indiana
campus outstanding speakers on various contemporary affairs
and artists in the fields of music, dance, drama, and other arts.
During the past year the Cultural Affairs Advisory Council
presented such outstanding speakers as Dr. S. I. Hayakawa,
Dr. Aaron Copland, Winston S. Churchill, Colin Wilson, Dr.
Ritchie Calder, George C. Enninful, Ulrico Schettini, Frans
Reynders, Tom Ewell, Dr. J. Gaither Pratt, Ralph Bradford,
David Blanchard, Watson S. Sims, Dr. Gerald Wendt, Dr.
George E. Blair, Colonel Anthony Richard Flores, and Eve
Merriam.
In addition, famous artist groups were presented including
the Orchestra San Pietro of Naples, Italy; the Little Angels, a
brilliant Folk Dance Group from Korea; Voyages in Poetry
and Folk Song, the Beaux Arts Trio of New York; the National
Players presenting Moliere's "The Miser" and Shakespeare's
"Romeo and Juliet;" the Hungarian Ballets Bihari; Feis Eire-
ann, singers and dancers from Ireland; and Dick Weaver's
Broadway production of Sean O'Casey's "Pictures in the Hall-
way."
RELIGIOUS LIFE
The religious life of students is cared for through the ac-
tivities of some twelve independent organizations. Three of
these, the Newman Club, Westminster Fellowship and Wesley
Foundation maintain private meeting facilities near the cam-
pus. Others affiliate with and meet in local churches. For those
groups too small to arrange their own needs, the university
undertakes to provide limited facilities and faculty advise-
ment.
In addition to the denominational emphasis of these
groups, selected programs in the University Cultural Affairs
series are devoted to religious topics. A Committee on Religi-
ous Affairs, made up of faculty and students, maintains liaison
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
with both student groups and local churches. The annual
Christmas Pageant, a cultural event primarily musical in na-
ture, has become a tradition and attracts much attention in
December.
All students are urged to attend their choice of the many-
community places of worship, and to participate in these areas,
district and national conferences which provide opportunity
for the study of religious problems.
EXTRA-CURRICULAR ACTIVITIES
A large number of extra-curricular organizations conduct
active programs on the Indiana University of Pennsylvania
campus. In order to be recognized as an official college organi-
zation, it must be approved by the Student Government Asso-
ciation and the Administrative Council of the University. Be-
low are listed those organizations which are presently recog-
nized as extra-curricular groups on the Indiana campus.
CLUBS AND ORGANIZATIONS
American Guild of Organists Kaydeens
Art Club Mathematics Club
Association for Childhood Men's Student Leagues
Education Men's Varsity "I"
Campus 4H Club Music Educators Club
Central Western Education Non-Resident Women's League
^u ^"^ ^fu'^ Pershing Rifles
Chess Club Republican Club
Defense Supply Association Rifle Team
Democratic Club S^.^^^^ ^^^^
English and Speech Club gocial Science Society
Foreign Language Club gpecial Education Club
Foreign Students' Club _, r. ■, tt • rm, 01 u
Freshman Home Economics Club ^P^^^^.^^S^f ^J.^! ^^^^^^ ^^""^
Geographical Society
Home Economics Club _,,
Indiana College Slide Society ^}^^. f^^^.f^fl^ . ^,. ,
Indiana State College Drama Club Unidentified Flymg Objects
International Relations Club W°"^^" ^ Athletic Association
and WUS Women's Collegiate Association
Student PSEA-NEA
Student Government
Junior Chamber of Commerce Women's Judicial Board
CLASS ORGANIZATIONS
Each of the four classes — Freshman, Sophomore, Junior,
and Senior — has a class organization, holds social and profes-
sional meetings, and sponsors a formal dance each year.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FRATERNITIES
Honorary —
Alpha Omega Gamma, honorary
geography
Alpha Phi Omega, honorary
service for men
Alpha Psi Omega, honorary
dramatic
Chi Beta Phi, honorary science
Delta Omicron, honorary music
for women
Delta Phi Delta, honorary art
Gamma Rho Tau, honorary
for business men
Kappa Delta Pi, honorary
educational
Kappa Mu Epsilon, honorary
mathematics
Kappa Omicron Phi, honorary
home economics
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia Music
Fraternity of America, for
male music students
Pi Gamma Mu, honorary social
studies
Pi Omega Pi, honorary business
Pi Sigma Phi, honorary
mathematics
Sigma Alpha Eta, honorary for
speech and hearing
Service —
Alpha Phi Omega, a national men's fraternity composed of men
associated with the Boy Scout Organization, has an active chapter on
the Indiana campus.
Social —
Panhellenic Association
Women
Alpha Gamma Delta
Phi Mu
Alphi Phi
Alpha Sigma Alpha
Sigma Kappa
Alpha Sigma Tau
Sigma Sigma Sigma
Zeta Tau Alpha
Delta Zeta
Alpha Xi Delta
Alpha Theta Nu
Kappa Phi Delta
Phi Lambda Chi
Tau Kappa Epsilon
Inter-Fraternity Council
Men
Delta Sigma Phi
Theta Chi
Kappa Delta Rho
Sigma Phi Epsilon
Sigma Tau Gamma
Theta Xi
Phi Sigma Kappa
Tau Kappa Epsilon
ATHLETICS
Intercollegiate — Intercollegiate schedules are arranged in
the following sports:
Football
Basketball
Rifle
Track
Baseball
Cross Country
Wrestling
Swimming
Tennis
Golf
Intramural — A well organized and varied program of in-
tramural sports and athletic activities is conducted for men
and women. Organized league games are played in touch foot-
ball, basketball, swimming, softball, play days, and volleyball.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
RELIGIOUS ORGANIZATIONS
Campus Christian Fellowship Newman Club
Canterbury Association Order of Rainbow for Girls
Christian Science Organization Orthodox Christian Fellowship
Chi Alpha Roger Williams Fellowship
Hillel Foundation Wesley Foundation
Lutheran Student Association Westminster Foundation
Student Cooperative Association. The Student Cooperative
Association plays an extremely broad role in the extra-curricu-
lar life of the university. All students and faculty members
belong to the Association. Generally speaking, almost all cam-
pus-wide activities outside of the instructional program are
sponsored wholly or in part by the Association.
The ACTIVITY FEE is the chief source of income for the
Association's activities. Upon payment of the fee each semester,
every student receives an Activities Fee Receipt, which, when
presented with the permanent "I" Card, will admit him free of
charge to all college social, cultural, and athletic activities.
Other income for the Association comes from the Co-op Book-
store profits, athletics income, and income from all other events
sponsored by the Association.
Facilities of the Association —
Student Union. The Student Union, financed by the stu-
dents through their Activities Fees, offers many facilities for
the college family. Students may relax or watch television in
the lounge, buy a snack or a complete meal at the snack bar,
listen to their choice of records in the music center, or play
cards, billiards, or table tennis.
The Bookstore, the Student Bank, and the Cooperative
Association offices are located in the Union, as well as the
Penn, the Oak, the Student Government, and the Student
Union Board.
The Student Union Board, made up of interested students,
and the Union Director plan an active program of lectures,
dances, movies, receptions, exhibits, and other events through-
out the year.
STUDENT BANK. As a convenience to students, personal
deposits may be made in the Student Bank, located in the Stu-
dent Cooperative Association office in the Student Union, A
small fee will be charged for this service.
COLLEGE LODGE. The College Lodge is under the juris-
diction of the Student Cooperative Association for use by stu-
dents at the Indiana Campus. The lodge property consists of
104 acres. The lodge itself will accommodate groups of 300 to
400 students comfortably during the course of the college year.
On the property are found a number of picnic shelters, yolley
ball, horseshoe, and badminton courts. The property is inter-
laced with nature trails. In addition, during the winter months,
a ski tow is in operation and the ski slope is available.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAiNIA
ENROLLMENT BY CURRICULA
First Semester 1965-66
Indiana Campus, FtiU-Time Students
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Mea
Art'
First Year 27
Second Year 17
Third Year ..._ „ _... 16
Fourth Year 14
Business:
First Year „ 86
Second Year „ „ 62
Third Year „... 47
Fourth Year 39
Elementary:
First Year „ _ 26
Second Year . _ 25
Third Year 26
Fourth Year _..„ 21
English:
First Year 35
Second Year „ 29
Third Year _ 25
Fourth Year „ 18
Foreign Languages
French:
First Year 5
Second Year . _ 3
Third Year _ 2
Fourth Year ...„ _ 3
German:
First Year ...„ 6
Second Year 3
Third Year _ _... 2
Fourth Year 1
Russian:
First Year 1
Second Year „ 2
Third Year 2
Fourth Year _ 1
Spanish:
First Year 10
Second Year 8
Third Year 14
Fourth Year 5
34
35
33
22
48
46
37
32
243
235
189
157
72
89
76
59
41
22
14
10
34
35
34
7
Total
61
52
49
36
134
108
84
71
269
260
215
178
107
118
101
77
46
25
16
13
44
43
48
12
Total By
Curricula
198
397
922
403
100
23
12
147
^^•thleeu McCoy
INDIANA UNIVKRSITY OF PENNSYLV.\NIA
Men
Geography:
First Year 12
Second Year 13
Third Year 11
Fourth Year 15
Home Economics:
First Year 1
Second Year 1
Third Year 0
Fourth Year 0
School Food Service Management:
First Year 1
Second Year 0
Third Year 0
Fourth Year 1
Mathematics:
First Year 129
Second Year 88
Third Year 58
Fourth Year 67
Music:
First Year 56
Second Year 42
Third Year 19
Fourth Year 16
Public School Nursing:
Third Year 0
Fourth Year 0
96
94
71
64
100
71
39
30
38
33
34
14
12
17
13
22
97
95
71
64
229
159
97
97
94
75
53
30
Total Br
CarricuU
64
327
14
582
252
Science
Biology:
First Year 49
Second Year ...„ 18
Third Year 26
Fourth Year 24
Chemistry:
First Year 28
Second Year 23
Third Year 11
Fourth Year 18
Earth Science:
First Year _ 1
Second Year 2
Third Year _ 3
Fourth Year 7
14
15
7
4
6
11
1
3
63
33
33
28
34
34
12
21
157
101
14
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Men
General Science:
First Year 4
Second Year . 4
Third Year 1
Fourth Year _ ^ 5
Physical Science:
First Year 1
Second Year 1
Third Year _ 1
Physics:
First Year _... 13
Second Year _ 10
Third Year _ 5
Fourth Year _.._ 3
Physics-Mathematics :
First Year „ _ „... 2
Second Year „ ^... 6
Third Year 2
Fourth Year _. 4
Women
1
1
1
2
13
11
6
3
ToulBy
Cnrricnla
19
33
16
Social Science
History:
First Year 33 8
Second Year 35 5
Third Year _ 1 0
Fourth Year 2 0
Social Science:
First Year _ 63 25
Second Year 47 13
Third Year 47 21
Fourth Year 61 13
Special Education for the Mentally Retarded
First Year „ 4 12
Second Year _ 3 8
Third Year 5 10
Fourth Year 0 9
Teaching of the Speech and Hearing Handicapped:
First Year 8 17
Second Year 3 24
Third Year 10 25
Fourth Year 2 9
Unclassified:
First Year 11 26
Second Year 4 9
Third Year 1 0
TOTAL
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION ..
.1,723
2,642
41
40
1
2
88
60
68
74
16
11
15
9
25
27
35
11
37
13
1
4,365
84
290
51
98
51
4,365
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
Undecided:
First Year 2
Second Year 0
Third Year 5
Fourth Year 1
Humanities
English:
First Year _ 7
Second Year 4
Third Year 3
Fourth Year 2
Speech and Theatre:
First Year 12
Second Year 1
Foreign Languages:
First Year 6
Second Year 3
Third Year 1
Fourth Year 0
Art:
First Year 0
Music:
First Year 1
Second Year 1
Fourth Year 1
Philosophy:
First Year 3
Second Year 3
Undecided:
First Year 6
Second Year „ 3
Third Year „ 0
Fourth Year 0
Women
1
1
1
3
Toul
3
1
6
4
14
21
4
8
4
7
2
4
1
13
0
_1_
10
16
8
11
3
4
1
1
3
3
1
2
1
2
0
1
0
3
0
3
4
10
1
4
1
1
1
1
ToUl By
Corricula
14
40
14
32
16
Social Science
History:
First Year 20
Second Year _ 8
Third Year 9
Fourth Year 4
Political Science:
First Year _ _ 33
Second Year „ _ 13
Third Year 11
Fourth Year _ 4
1
21
3
11
1
10
0
4
3
36
1
14
0
11
0
4
46
65
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Economics:
First Year 24
Second Year 16
Third Year 12
Fourth Year 5 0 5 57
Anthropology and Sociology:
First Year 10
Second Year 0
Third Year 8
Fourth Year 5 5 10 53
Geography:
First Year 2
Second Year 6
Third Year 2
Fourth Year 1 0 1 15
Psychology:
First Year 19
Second Year 11
Third Year 8
Fourth Year 10 2 12 69
Undecided:
First Year 10
Second Year 8
Third Year 10
Fourth Year 0 1 i 38
Natural Science
Mathematics:
First Year 40
Second Year 27
Third Year 6
Fourth Year S 2 5 97
Biology:
First Year 34
Second Year 14
Third Year 3
Fourth Year 2 0 2 76
Chemistry:
First Year 39
Second Year 11
Third Year 4
Fourth Year 5 0 5 65
Physics:
First Year 14
Second Year 8
Third Year 2
Fourth Year 4 0 4 28
0
24
0
16
0
12
0
5
12
22
7
7
6
14
5
10
0
2
0
6
4
6
0
1
15
34
4
15
0
8
2
12
7
17
2
10
0
10
1
1
17
57
1
28
1
7
2
5
16
50
6
20
1
4
0
2
4
43
1
12
1
5
0
5
0
14
0
8
0
2
0
4
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Undecided:
First Year 35
Second Year 12
Third Year 3
TOTAL
SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 600
193
38
13
3
793
54
793
SUMMARY OF ENROLLMENT FIRST SEMESTER 1965-66
Full-Time Undergraduate Students
Indiana Campus 2,085 2,586 4,671
Armstrong County Center 158 161 319
Punxsutawney Center 80 88 168
Total Full-Time Students 2,323 2,835 5,158 5,158
Part-Time Undergraduate Students
Indiana Campus 148 229 377
Armstrong County Center 36 35 71
Punxsutawney Center 5 5 10
Total Part-Time Students 189 269 458 458
Nurses — Indiana Hospital 0 __26 _26 26
Graduate Students _441 248 689 689
GRAND TOTAL 2,953 3,378 6,331 6,331
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ENROLLMENT BY COUNTIES
School of Education, School of Liberal Arts, Armstrong County
Center, Punxsutawney Center
First Semester 1964-65
Full-Time Students
County Total
Adams 3
Allegheny 1,354
Armstrong 370
Beaver 186
Bedford 31
Berks 16
Blair 97
Bradford 3
Bucks 18
Butler 94
Cambria 357
Cameron 10
Carbon 4
Centre 25
Chester 9
Clarion 20
Clearfield 105
Clinton 4
Columbia 1
Crawford 42
Cumberland 31
Dauphin 25
Delaware 10
Elk 21
Erie 56
Fayette 74
Forest 8
Franklin 11
Greene 9
Huntingdon 23
Indiana 654
Jefferson 182
Lackawanna 1
County Total
Lancaster 17
Lawrence 61
Lebanon 9
Lehigh 7
Lycoming 12
McKean 34
Mercer 85
Mifflin 6
Montgomery 36
Northampton 6
Northumberland 7
Perry 3
Philadelphia 6
Pike 1
Potter 10
Schuylkill 2
Snyder 1
Somerset 97
Sullivan 1
Susquehanna 5
Tioga 1
Union 4
Venango 25
Warren 25
Washington 113
Wayne 1
Westmoreland 652
Wyoming I
York 36
Total Pennsylvania Students 5,118
Out-of-State and Foreign Students 40
TOTAL 5.158
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 73
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Students at Indiana University of Pennsylvania may pur-
sue programs of study in the School of Liberal Arts leading to
the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science, and In
the School of Education to the degree of Bachelor of Science in
Education. For each degree the student must earn 128 semester
credits with an overall "C" average, in addition to meeting all
other degree requirements for graduation.
DEPARTMENTAL ABBREVIATIONS
The following departmental abbreviations are used to
identify courses referred to in this catalog.
Art — Art Math — Mathematics
Biol— Biology MS— Military Science
Bus— Business Mus— Music
Chem— Chemistry Phil— Philosophy
Econ— Economics Phys— Physics
Ed— Education PolS— Political Science
ESci— Earth Science Psy— Psychology
El— Elementary PSN— Public School Nursing
Eng — English Rus — Russian
FL — Foreign Languages Sci — Science
Fr— French Soc— Sociology-Anthropology
Geog— Geography Sp — Spanish
Ger— German SpEd — Special Education
HE— Home Economics SpH— Speech and Hearing
Hist— History SS— Social Studies
HPe— Health & Physical Zool— Zoology
Education
Key For Course Numbers
Courses for freshmen are numbered in the lOO's, sopho-
mores in the 200's, juniors in the 300's and seniors in the 400's.
Required courses are numbered between 1 and 50 and elec-
tive courses are numbered between 51 and 100, within each 100.
Elective courses open to sophomores, juniors, and seniors
are listed in the 200's. Elective courses open to juniors and
seniors are listed in the 300's.
General Education
The primary objective of general education is to develop
those understandings, attitudes and values, and social skills
that will enable the student to enjoy a life that is satisfying to
himself as an individual and which will enable him to play a
constructive role in his community and in society without
respect to his piofessional or vocational interest or activity.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
55 sem. hrs.
24 sem. hrs.
8
4
The following program in general education will be taken by-
all students in both the School of Liberal Arts and the School
of Education. The courses in this program will be distributed
throughout the four years of university study. Only basic or in-
troductory courses in the program will be concentrated in the
first two years of the student's program.
Required of all students
Humanities
Eng 101 and 102 English I and II
Eng 201 and 301 Literature I and II
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3
FL Foreign Language 6
(A two semester sequence)*
*Those students who enter with two or more high school credits
in a foreign language and who wish to continue this language, must
elect sequence 201-202 or 251-252. If they have had no foreign lan-
guage in high school or choose to begin a second language, they may
satisfy the language requirement by electing the sequence 101-102, or
151-152 accompanied by 051-052.
Natural Sciences 12 sem. hrs.
Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics* 4
Biol 103 and 104 General Biology I and 11 or
Sci 105 and 106 Physical Science I and II 8
Social Sciences 15 sem. hrs.
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
SS 102 History of Civilization II 3
SS 104 History of U.S. & Pa. II 3
SS 111 American Citizenship 3
Health and Physical Education 4 sem. hrs.
HPe 101 Health 2
HPe 102 and 203
Physical Education I and II 2
A student may not be required to take an introductory course in
this program which falls within his major field or area of concentra-
tion. In this case he may begin his study in the major or concentration
with the first course in that field. Such substitutions or modifications
in the general education program may be made by the student in con-
sultation with his or her adviser.
'Students majoring in Natural Sciences will normally (ubstitute Math 152 for thu oouraa.
INDIANA liNIVi:HSITY OI" PFNNSVJAANI A
THE SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS
WIIXIAM W. HASSLER, Dean
Ever since man began to systematize knowledge, a liberal
education — which Mark Van Doren defines as "nothing less
than a complete one" — has enjoyed wide acceptance and sup-
port. With society's current emphasis on change, a broad lib-
eral education is now virtually a necessity. Thus, today's states-
man must be skilled not only in political science and history;
he also should be knowledgeable in economics, geography, sci-
ence and sociology in order to cope effectively with the intri-
cate problems of modem statecraft.
The philosophy which undergirds the Liberal Arts pro-
gram is the emphasis upon a fundamental understanding and
application of basic principles implemented by the deliberative
method of teaching which stresses the quality rather than the
rate of learning. Consequently, our staff consciously endeavors
not only to impart an appreciation of culture and the compre-
hension of our environment, but also to teach the student to
analyze and to solve problems so that ultimately he may be
able to teach himself.
The program of studies in the School of Liberal Arts is de-
signed to enable the student to pursue a general program, a
study in depth within a chosen subject, an inter-disciplinary
program or a pre-professional program of study. All students
in this school are required to take the program of general ed-
ucation of 55 semester hours as outlined on page 74. Each stu-
dent also must elect to pursue a major of 36 semester hours in
the Humanities, Natural Sciences or the Social Sciences. The
remaining 37 semester hours required for graduation may be
used to pursue a concentration within a particular subject or
in accordance with a plan agreed upon by the student and
his adviser.
Students in the Liberal Arts program may receive either
the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree depending
on their program of study. Students majoring in the Humani-
ties and Social Sciences will be awarded the A.B. degree,
whereas Natural Science majors who complete the prescribed
requirements for a single area of concentration may receive
the B.S. degree or the A.B. degree depending upon the program
elected.
Fields of Major Study and Concentration
The three fields in which students may pursue major
studies are the Humanities, Natural Sciences and the Social
Sciences. The minimum semester hours requirement in each
field is thirty-six. The student, with the assistance and approv-
al of his adviser, then uses the remaining thirty-seven semester
hours to pursue the study of a particular subject or subjects
as a concentration within his major field.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Humanities Major 36 sem. hrs.
English 6 sem. hrs.
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3
Eng 251 History of the English Language 3
Speech and Theater 6 sem. hrs.
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3
Eng 238 The Nature of Drama 3
Foreign Language 6 sem. hrs.
A two-semester sequence of the foreign
language in addition to that which the stu-
dent has completed to satisfy the General
Education requirement in foreign language 6
Art 6 sem. hrs.
Art 115 Art History I— to 1500 3
Art 116 Art History H— since 1500 3
Music 6 sem. hrs.
Mus 302 Music History II 3
Mus 303 Music History m 3
Philosophy 6 sem. hrs.
Phil 221 Logic 3
Phil 222 Ethics 3
Within this major field of the Humanities the student may pursue
a concentration of study in any one of the following subjects — Fine
Art, English, French, German, Philosophy, Spanish, Russian, Music,
and Speech and Theater. The course requirements for such a concen-
tration and the sequence according to which the courses may be
taken are to be determined by the student's adviser.
Natural Science Major
Mathematics
Math 152 Algebra & Trigonometry
Math 157 Anal. Geometry & Calculus I
Biological Science
Biol 103 General Biology I
Biol 104 General Biology II
Chemistry
Chem 111 Chemistry I
Chem 112 Chemistry II
Physics
Phys 111 Physics I
Phys 112 Physics U
Earth Science
E Sci 211 Astronomy or E Sci 221 Geology 3
Within this major field of the Natural Sciences the student may
pursue a concentration of study in any one of the following subjects —
Biology, Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics. The course require-
ments for such a concentration and the sequence according to which
the courses may be taken will be determined by the student's adviser.
Social Science Major 36 sem. hrs.
History 6 sem. hrs.
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3
Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3
36 sem.
hrs.
5
4
9 sem.
hrs.
4
4
8 sem.
hrs.
4
4
8 sem.
hrs.
4
4
8 sem.
hrs.
3 sem.
hrs.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Political Science 6 sem. hrs.
Pols International Relations 3
Pols 358 Contemporary Political Problems 3
Economics 6 sem. hrs.
Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3
Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Prob. 3
Sociology-Anthropology 6 sem. hrs.
Soc 251 Principles of Sociology 3
Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3
Geography 6 sem. hrs.
Geog 149 Economic Geography 3
Geog 251 Geography of U.S. and Canada 3
Psychology 6 sem. hrs.
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3
Psy 452 Social Psychology 3
Within this major field of the Social Sciences the student may
pursue a concentration of study in any one of the following subjects
— Anthropology-Sociology, Economics, Geography, History, Political
Science and Psychology. The course requirements for such a concen-
tration and the sequence according to which these courses should be
taken will be determined by the students' adviser.
Inter-disciplinary Studies
Students with dual or special objectives may, with the
guidance and approval of his department and the Dean, under-
take an inter-disciplinary program. One example of this type
of program which has been established with well-defined re-
quirements is that in Urban-Regional Planning and Administra-
tion as outlined on page 99. This is an integrated Social Science
program which equips the students for vocational opportuni-
ties in a rapidly expanding field. Another type of inter-discipli-
nary program is illustrated by the study of a cultural area such
as Latin America which would require the selection of courses
in History, Language, Geography, Art, Literature and Political
Science from both the Humanities and the Social Sciences.
Other inter-disciplinary programs can be tailored for the vari-
ous fields of student interests.
Pre -Professional Studies
Indiana University of Pennsylvania is accredited not only
by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Educa-
tion but by the Middle States Association of Colleges and Sec-
ondary Schools and The American Association of University
Women as well. It is on the basis of the latter accreditation
that pre-professional programs of study are offered for admis-
sion to Medical, Dental, Theological, Engineering and Law Col-
leges. These pre-professional programs of study are planned in
consultation with advisers and the Dean.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVAiMA
Students interested in preparing for an engineering career
may take 2.5-3.0 years of pre-engineering work at Indiana
University of Pennsylvania followed by 2.0-3.0 years at an
engineering college or a university. Graduates from this pro-
gram receive the A.B. degree from Indiana University of Penn-
sylvania and the B.S. degree from the engineering school. The
University has established co-operative programs with Buck-
nell University, Drexel Institute of Technology, Pennsylvania
State University, and the University of Pittsburgh.
Students desiring to become Medical Technologists can
take the 4-year baccalaureate program in Natural Science with
an area of concentration in either Biology or Chemistry follow-
ed by a year of clinical work in a hospital approved by the
Registry of Medical Technologists.
HUMANITIES
The Humanities comprise those branches of learning which
are primarily cultural in character. In addition to developing
communication skills, the Humanities program enhances one's
capacities of logic, moral values and imagination. The Humani-
ties also broaden and enrich a student's appreciation of litera-
ture, art, music and philosophy. And as Matthew Arnold so
aptly stated: "We shall find that this art, and poetry, and elo-
quence, have in fact not only the power of refreshing and de-
lighting us, they have also a fortifying, and elevating, and
quickening, and suggesting power, capable of wonderfully
helping us to relate the results of modern science to our need
for conduct, our need for beauty."
ART
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Chiinnan
The Art concentration in the Liberal Arts program is con-
cerned primarily with exploring a significant phase of human
knowledge. The program presumes to do more than provide a
background for specific goals which the student will determine
later. The specific aim of the program at this point is not voca-
tional. However, the concentration has fundamental values for
one or more areas of the visual arts and the preparation of
students for graduate study. In addition, the program affords
an opportunity to develop a sense of aesthetic values which
will lead to a fuller appreciation, a deeper understanding and a
more productive life. The depth offered here is not conclusive,
rather it is sufficient to develop resourcefulness, seasitivity and
satisfaction of the human desire to be expressive.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HUMANITIES
ART
LAWRENCE F. MeVITTY, Chairman
FIRST SEMESTER
SH
Eng 101 English I 4
Biol 193 General Biology I or
Soi 105 Physical Science I 4
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science 2
Art 115 Art Hiatory I to 1500 3
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Art 101 Intro to Art or
Mo* 101 Intro to Music 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
HUt 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Eng 214 Shakespeare S
Art 111 Draw. All Media 2
Art 113 Color and Design 2
Art 214 Model and Scnlp 2
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
Elective 8
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 120 Intro to Phil or
Anth 110 Anthropology 3
Phil 221 Logic 3
Mas 302 Mnsic History U S
Electire* 7
1<
SECOND SEMESTER
SH
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Physical Science 11 4
HPe 102 Physical Ed I or 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Art 116 Art History 11-1500 3
Art 112 Comp. Fig. Dwg 2
Art 114 Des. VoL Space 2
1617
FOURTH SEMESTER
FL Foreign Language* 3
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Pay 201 Gen. Psychology 3
Eng 251 Hist. Eng. Lang 3
Art 315 Pottery & Ceramics 2
Electives S
18
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization 11 3
Eng 238 The Nature of Drama 3
Eng 301 Literature II 2
FL Foreign Language* 3
Electives 7
18
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
PhU 222 Ethics 3
Mns 303 Music History HI 3
Electives 7
J£
ELECTIVES — Humanities Art Concentration
SH
Art 215 Crafts in Metal and Wood 2
Art 216 Seminar in Art 3
Art 313 Water Color— Mixed Media 3
Art 314 Oil and Mixed Media 3
Art 316 Jewelry 2
Art 412 Graphic Arts I 3
Art 451 Advanced Crafts 3
Art 452 Advanced Ceramics 3
SH
Art 453 Advanced Sculpture 3
Art 454 Advanced Painting 3
Art 457 Advanced Graphic Arts 3
Art 458 Art History III 3
Art 459 Architecture and Home Planning 3
Art 460 Fabrics 3
Art 451 Advanced Jewelry 3
*A two semester sequence.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ENGLISH-SPEECH AND THEATER
JAMES R. GREEN, Chairman
ENGLISH
The candidate for the Hberal arts degree who has shown
better than average competence in his language skills may
choose an area of concentration. His work beyond the general
education program will consist of a core of required courses
designed to provide him with an appropriate background in
the development of English language and literature. With the
help and approval of his adviser, a student will plan additional
courses to fit his individual interests from the list of English
Department electives.
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
Sci 105 Physical Science I or
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
FL Foreign Language* 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mui 101 Introduction to Muiic S
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C a
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 201 English II 4
Sci 106 Physical Science II or
Biol 104 General Biology II 4
FL Foreign Language* 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 1-2
15-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Eng 211 Classical Literature 3
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
FL Foreign Language* 3
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Eng 251 History of English Language 3
Eng 258 Nature of Drama 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3
17
15
FIFTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Art 115 Art History I S
Mus 302 Music History II 3
Electires 6
IS
SIXTH SEMESTER
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Art 116 Art History II 3
Mus 303 Music History III 3
Electives 3
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 221 Logic 3
Electivea 15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phil 222 Ethics 3
Electives 12
18
15
*A two semester sequence.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SPEECH AND THEATER
The candidate for the liberal arts degree may choose to
develop a program in Speech and Theater. In addition to two
required introductory courses (Nature of Drama and Oral
Reading), the student will select additional courses from the
list of Speech and Theater courses to develop his interest in
this area of the liberal arts.
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
Sci 105 Phys. Science I or
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
FL Foreign Language* 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C 2
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Eng 211 Classical Literature 3
PHe 203 Physical Education II 1
FL Foreign Language* 3
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3
17
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 201 English H 4
Sci 106 Physical Science II or
Biol 104 General Biology II 4
KL Foreign Language* 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 1-2
15-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Eng 251 History of English Language 3
Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3
IS
FIFTH SEMESTER
Hist lot History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Art 115 Art History I 3
Mus 302 Music History II 3
Electivee 6
15
SIXTH SEMESTER
Puis 111 American Citizenship 3
Anlh 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Art 116 Art History II 3
Mus 303 Music History III 3
Electives 3
IS
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 221 Logic 3
Electives 15
18
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phil 222 Ethics 3
Electives ~, 12
IS
*A two semester sequence.
INDIANA UiNIVERSlTY OF PENNSYLVAiNIA
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
EDWABS ir. BIECHLER, Cbairmui
The Department of Foreign Languages currently offers a
complete undergraduate program in French, German, Spanish,
and Russian. The Department also offers an elementary se-
quence only in Chinese.
In the course of his study of a foreign language as an
element of general education, the non-major student will
•acquire:
1. Some command of the language with primary stress on
comprehension of the printed page, reasonable accuracy
in pronunciation, some oral skill, and basic facts of struc-
ture.
2. Some knowledge of the facts of political and cultural his-
tory of the area where the language is spoken.
3. Some comprehension of current problems, trends, and
directions of this area.
4. A better understanding of language as a condition and tool
of mankind, its nature, functions, and relationships.
5. Development of greater understanding and tolerance of
other cultures and their characteristic points of view.
Those who major in a foreign language acquire active skill
in all phases of the language, enter more deeply into the his-
tory, culture, and literature of which it is the vehicle, find gain
some comprehension of its historical development
Students who specialize in a modem foreign language are
better prepared for careers in government work, librarianship,
and journahsm. Those students who elect to do further grad-
uate work in their languages may thereby prepare themselves
for a career in college teaching. If they prefer teaching in the
secondary area, they may gain excellent preparation and satis-
fy formal requirements for certification by entering into the
Master of Arts in Education program which is offered by
several leading graduate institutions. Finally, language com-
petence is a distinct asset in the business and industrial world,
especially to those involved in foreign trade and overseas op-
erations.
It is assumed that a student electing foreign languages as
an area of concentration will have had at least two years of a
language of his choice in high school. He will then begin with
the sequence 251-252 and will take concurrently with those
courses 053-054, Oral Practice III and IV. If he has not had the
language of specialization in high school, he will begin with
151-152 and 051-052, Oral Practice I and II. An area of
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
concentration requires a minimum of 30 semester hours
excluding 151-152 or the equivalent courses in high school.
The area of concentration in foreign languages requires
30 credits beyond the 151-152 course sequence. It is recom-
mended that a student concentrating in one foreign language
also complete at least the intermediate sequence in a second
language, particularly if he is looking forward to graduate
work. The second language will normally be started in the
sophomore year or the preceding summer session.
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Foreign Language B
Oral Practice 2
Eng 101 Eni-'lish I 4
Biol 103 Genera] Biology I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1
MS 101 Military Science 2
Geog 101 World Geography 3
SECOND SEMESTER
Ck.
Foreign Language 1
Oral Practice 2
Eng 201 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology 11 or
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mns 101 Introduction to Music S
HPe 101 Health 2
17-18
It
THIRD SEMESTER
Eoreigii Language 6
Eng 214 Shakespeare 8
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Art 115 Art History I 3
HPe 203 Physical Education 11 1
FOURTH SEMESTER
I- cireign Language 6
Eng 251 History of English Language S
Psy 201 General Psychology I
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Art 116 Art History II t
17
IS
FIFTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3
Mus 302 Music History II 8
Elective: 6
SIXTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3
Mus 303 Music History HI 8
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Elective* 8-6
17
IS-lt
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Phil 221 Logic 3
Electives 9-12
15-18
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Aiilh 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3
Phil 222 Ethics 3
Electives 9-12
15-18
REQUIRED COURSES
FL 251-252 Language III-IV S er. each
FL 053-054 Oral Practice IIMV ...2er. Meh
FL 351 ■'^S? Advanced Language 3 or. each
FL 3()I-;i62 Development of Culture and Literature .3 cr. each
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MUSIC
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF, OKirman
The Liberal Arts student who desires to concentrate in
Music has the choice of three options: Music Literature, Music
Performance and Music Theory. The programs in these three
phases of music for the Liberal Arts student are designed to
give the student a considerable but not necessarily professional
experience in depth in each phase. The student who chooses to
concentrate in Theory will not become a composer, but he will
acquire a fuller understanding of the art of music and its func-
tion in our culture. Similar statements could also be made in
regard to the concentrations in Music Literature and in Musi-
cal Performance,
The Liberal Arts student will not be preparing specifically
for a vocation or further study, but rather for a deep and broad
understanding of the culture in which he must live. However,
by its very nature, it will be an excellent base for graduate
study in the area of concentration and a fine background for a
rich cultured life.
Music Performance Concentration
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4
Eng 232 Oral Reading •
HPe 101 Health I or
MS 101 Military Science t
Mu8 III Sigiit Singing I 2
Mus 115 Harmony I 3
Mhs 113 Ear Training I 1
Piivate Instraetion/Voie* 1
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 238 Nature of Drama S
FL Foreign Language* 3
Geog 101 World Geography S
Art 115 Art History I 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I (women) 1
Mus 215 Harmony III 3
Private Inttrument or Voice 1
16-17
FIFTH SEMESTER
FL Foreign Language* 3
Biol 103 General Biolofy I
Sci 105 Physical Science i
Eng 301 Introduction to Literatare 2
Private Instrument or Voice 2
Electives 4
Cr.
Eng 201 English II 4
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
MS 102 Military Science (men) (2)
Ma* 112 Sight Singing II 2
Mus 116 Harmony II 3
Mus 114 Ear Training II 1
Private Instruction/Voice 1
16-17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
Art 116 Art History II 3
HPe 103 Physical Education II (women) 1
Mus 216 Harmony IV 3
Mus 301 Music History I 3
Private Instrument or Voice 1
16-17
SIXTH SEMESTER
FL Foreign Language* ■ 3
Biol 104 General Biology II
Sci 106 Physical Science 4
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3
Private Instrument or Voice 2
Elective 3
IS
*A two semester sequence.
IS
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
85
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 120 Introductiim to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Phil 221 Losic 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Private Instrument or voice 2
Elective 2
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phil 222 Ethics 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Eng 251 History of English Language S
Private Instrument or voice 2
Electives 4
IS
16
Music Theory Concentration
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 Eiiflish I 4
Eng 232 Oral Reading S
HPe 101 Health I or
MS 101 Military Science 2
Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2
Mus 115 Harmony I S
Mus 113 Ear Training I 1
15
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr,
Ent! 201 English II 4
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
MS 102 Military Science (men) (2)
Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2
Mus 116 Harmony II 3
Mus 114 Ear Training II 1
14-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 238 Nature of Drama 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
Geog 101 World Geography S
Art 115 Art History I 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I (women) 1
Mus 215 Harmony III S
1S-I6
FOURTH SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology S
FL Foreign Language* 3
Art 116 Art History II 8
HPe 103 Physical Education II (women) 1
Mus 216 Harmony IV 3
Mus 301 Music History I 3
15-16
FIFTH SEMESTER
FL Foreign Language* 3
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
Eng 301 Introduction to Litemtnra 2
Mus 306 Counterpoint I 2
Mus 309 Orchestration I 2
Mus 302 Music History II 3
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
FL Foreign Language* 3
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3
Mus 307 Counterpoint II 2
Mus 310 Orchestration II 2
Mus 303 Music History III 3
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 102 Introduction to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
SS 102 History of Civilization II 3
Phil 221 Logic 3
SS 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Mug 411 Composition I 2
Mus 308 Fugue and Canon 2
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phil 222 Ethics 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Eng 251 History of English Language S
Mus 412 Composition II ...,. 3
Electives 5
16
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Music Literature Concentration
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
Eng 232 Oral Reading S
HPe 101 Health I or
MS 101 Military Science 2
Mns 111 Sigbt Singing I 2
Mai 115 Harmony I 3
Mng 113 Ear Training I 1
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 238 Natnr* of Drama 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
Ceog 101 World Geography 3
Art 115 Art History I S
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1
Mai 215 Harmony III 3
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 201 English II 4
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
MS 102 Military Science (men) (2)
Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2
Mus 116 Harmony II 3
Mui 114 Ear Training II 1
15.17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Pay 201 General Piychology 3
FL Foreign Language* 3
Art 116 Art History 11 S
HPe 103 Physical Education II 1
Mus 216 Harmony IV S
Mus 301 Masic History I S
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
FL Foreign Language* 3
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Mm 302 Music History II 3
Electives 5
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
FIj Foreign Language* 3
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Eng 214 Shakespeare 8
Mus 303 Music History III •
Music Literature Elective 3
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Phil 221 Logic 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Music Literature Elective 3
IS
*A two semester sequence.
16
EIGHTH SEIMESTER
Phil 222 Ethics 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Eng 251 History of English Language S
Music Literature Elective 3
Elective! 5
17
Students must pass a piano proficiency jury examination
in all these areas of concentration.
PHILOSOPHY
ROBERT M. HERMANN, Chairman
Studies in Philosophy should equip any student to better
handle the theoretical issues which confront him. But solutions
to the special problems of Philosophy, problems of logic, of
ethics, of metaphysics and of epistemology, are not easily
agreed upon. Influential as many of the proposed solutions
have been, historically and intellectually, on both science and
art, there have always been dissenters. In the words of William
James, "To know the chief rival attitudes towards life, as the
history of human thinking has developed them, and to have
INDLVNA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
heard some of the reasons they can give for themselves, ought
to be considered an essential part of liberal education ... A
man with no philosophy in him is the most inauspicious and
unprofitable of all possible social mates."
Students who elect an area of concentration in Philosophy
will take Introduction to Philosophy, Ethics, Logic, History of
Philosophy, and Reading Colloquium, together with additional
courses in the field to total a minimum of twenty-seven semes-
ter credits. Although Philosophy is listed in the Humanities
section, a concentration in the discipline may be integrated
with the program of any Liberal Arts major.
NATURAL SCIENCE
The objectives of the Science Departments as they relate
to the Liberal Arts program are as follows:
1. To provide all students with the opportunity to secure a
sound understanding of the nature of the scientific enter-
prise and its relationship to society.
2. To give science students a thorough background of know-
ledge in the specific field of their choice as far as the un-
dergraduate years permit.
3. To provide science students with those skills and attitudes
which will enable them to go on successfully to more ad-
vanced programs.
The Science Departments believe that science has a very
important contribution to make toward the realization of the
objectives of the Liberal Arts program. Those qualities that
promote science such as critical thinking, respect for truth, ob-
jectivity, reasonable skepticism, and a desire for a better knowl-
edge of the natural world are all attributes of the liberally
educated individual.
The Science Departments believe that the objectives of the
science program are reached through careful study in well-
planned courses. The acquisition of knowledge gained by sci-
entists is a first step in understanding the capabilities of sci-
ence. Investigation in the classroom imparts to the student a
knowledge of the methods scientists use to ferret out the se-
crets of their environment. Students are encouraged to under-
take investigations to reach an understanding of the work of
scientists. Students are expected to put forth their best efforts
to achieve the objectives of the courses and of the science pro-
grams.
The Science Departments offer a major in the general area
of the Natural Sciences. This major consists of 36 semester
hours. However, most students will wish to extend this major
by concentrating in one of several areas of Science through
selection of suitable electives. These areas are Biology, Chem-
istry, Geography-Earth Science, and Physics. By selecting a
field of concentration students will be eligible to enter grad-
uate or professional schools in the area of their choice. Stu-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
dents who plan to continue their studies beyond the under-
graduate school should study carefully the requirements of ad-
vanced programs and select courses to meet such requirements.
The vocational opportunities created by science have
caused many young people to specialize in one of the many
areas of Science with the expectancy of finding employment
in work which is satisfying intellectually as well as financially.
Today this hope is being realized as never before. University
graduates who have had thorough preparation in the sciences
have little difficulty in finding suitable employment. Some stu-
dents use their preparation to continue work at the graduate
level and qualify to do basic research which may or may not
have ready application. Such students may join the staff of
universities or research institutions. Others may join the staffs
of industries where their knowledge and skills are used to im-
prove the products of industry. Thus students are well-advised
to look into the possibility of finding life-long work directly
related to their preparation in science at the university level.
BIOLOGY
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER, Chairman
SECOND SEMESTER
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Eng 101 English 1 4
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C 2
Art 102 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Biol 111 Botany I or
Biol 121 Zoology I 3
Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry S
Foreign Language I 3
15
Cr.
Biol 104 General Biology II 4
Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4
Eng 201 English II 4
HPe 102 Health or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 2
Geog 111 World Geography 3
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Biol 112 Botany II or
Biol 122 Zoology II 3
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3
Chem 351 Biological Chemistry 3
Foreign Language II 3
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and
Calculut I 4
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Phys 111 Physics I 4
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
ESci 221 Geology 3
Electives 4
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Biology Electives 6
Electives 7
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Biology Electives 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Psy 302 General Psychology 3
13
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Biology Electives 8
Electives 8
16
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CHEMISTRY
PAUL R. WUNZ, Chairman
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English 1 4
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C 2
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 201 English II 4
Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus I 4
HPe 102 Health or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 2
THIRD SEMESTER
Biol 103 Biology I 4
Math 257 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus II 4
Chem 211 Quantitative Analysis I 4
Ger 101 German I ."?
IS
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Biol 104 Biology II 4
Math 357 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus III 4
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Ger 102 German II 3
Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis 4
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4
Phys 111 Physics I 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Chem 312 Organic Chemistry II 4
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Chem 321 Organic Quat. Anal 2
ESci 211 Astronomy or
ESci 221 Physical Geology 3
Electives 3
Chem 301 Chem. Seminar 1
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Chem 411 Physical Chemistry I 4
.\nth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Chemistry Elective 3
Electives 7
17
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Chem 412 Physical Chemistry II 4
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Chemistry Elective 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Electives 3
Chem 362 Chem. Seminar 1
17
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
I
PHYSICS
RICHARD E. BERRY, Chaiiman
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Phyi 111 Physics I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C 2
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Physics Elective 8
Math 257 Analytical Geometry and
Calcnlas II 4
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Foreign Language III 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mns 101 Introduction to Music 3
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Phys 101 Physics II 4
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus I 4
Eng 201 English II 4
HPe 102 Health or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 3
IS
FOURTH SEMESTER
Physics Elective 3
Math 357 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus III 4
Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Foreign Lanfuage tV 3
17
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phyg 211 Elect, and Mag. I 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
ESci 211 Astronomy 8
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Phys 212 Elect, and Mm. II 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Biol 104 General Biology II 4
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Math 361 Differential Eqna 8
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phys 311 Mechanics I 3
-Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Physics Elective 4
Electlves S
IS
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phys 312 Mechanics U 8
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Physics Elective 4
Elective! 5
15
MATHEMATICS
JAMES E. MeKIKLEY, Chairman
The purpose of the program for a Mathematics concentra-
tion as a part of the Natural Science major is to permit the
students to obtain as much quahty mathematics training as is
possible under the existing program structure. The course of-
ferings are planned so that each student will complete a se-
quence of courses including algebra, geometry, and analysis
through advanced calculus. The additional course offerings are
sufficient to enable each student to progress to a higher level
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
of mathematical training or to supplement the main sequence
with courses which will strengthen his knowledge in a specific
area of mathematics.
Students who graduate in this program have excellent op-
portunities. They are fully prepared to continue advanced
study in graduate schools provided they maintain the necessary
quality point average. Although this program is not normally
considered a terminal program in mathematics, many of our
students are employed in business, industry, and government
in positions where they use their mathematics training. There
is a great demand for students who have had courses in data
processing using the digital computer such as the sequence
offered at Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Our placement
service has been very effective in helping to place graduates.
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Phys 111 Physics I 4
Eng 101 English I 4
HPo 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5
Math 155 Computnr Programming 1
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Eng 201 English II 5
HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1
MS 102 Military Science I 2
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus I 4
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Muaic 8
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 257 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus III 4
Chem 112 Chemistry I 4
Foreign Language 3
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Elective 3
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Math 361 Differential Equa 3
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Math 375 Modern Mathematics 3
Biol 103 General Biolopy 4
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Elective ,.-..... ,,'. S
17-18
FOURTH SEMESTER
Math 357 Analytical Geometry and
Calculus III 4
Chem 112 Chemistry II 4
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Foreign Language 3
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Math 381 Advanced Calculus 8
Biol 104 General Biology 4
Math 355 Foundation of Geometry I 8
Electives 6
16
18
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophv 3
Math 452 Seminar I 1
Math 362 Statistics ., ,. 3
ESci 211 Astronomy or
ESci 221 Geology .'i.i;;...... 3
ElectiTM , , 6
16
EIGHTH SEMESTER
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Math Elective 3
Electives 10-12
16-18
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SOCIAL SCIENCE
RAYMOND L. LEE, Social Service Coordinator
The Social Science Division spans five areas of the So-
cial Sciences — Anthropology, Economics, History, Political Sci-
ence, and Sociology. As a department it is organized to per-
form two functions:
1. To provide a General Education Program for all students.
2. To offer fields of concentration within the various Social
Science disciplines (24 semester hours are required, in-
cluding General Education courses in that area).
The Social Sciences share a concern for man as a social
being, both in his reaction to and molding of his environment
and in his group and institutional relationships. Within this
general framework various disciplines focus their attention on
a segment of the overall pattern. History is concerned with
man's past — the actual record of man on earth thus far. Politi-
cal Science is concerned with man as a political animal — the
art and science of government. Economics is concerned with
the production and distribution of goods within various in-
stitutional arrangements. Anthropology focuses its attention on
primitive societies in an effort to gain a clearer understanding
of man as a social animal. Sociology is chiefly concerned with
the informal controls exercised by groups in more complicated
societies. In every instance the common denominator is man.
Most social scientists share a belief that man can alter, control,
or modify his destiny through the application of knowledge and
institutional arrangements.
Vocational opportunities that emerge from the Social Sci-
ence disciplines are not easily classified. Many students find
that a broad background in this area is excellent preparation
for specialized work in business, government, and journalism.
Economics has long been a stepping stone into management as-
signments; Political Science is frequently a point of departure
for those interested in government service at either the elec-
toral or civil service level. History has long been regarded as
an excellent general background for all kinds of assignments.
A combination of History-Political Science is basic for pre-
law students. Anthropology and Sociology serve as fields of
concentration preparatory to work in such diverse occupations
as Public Relations and Museum work. Graduate work in all
areas may lead to college teaching assignments.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Ens 101 English I 4 '
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Sci 103 Physical Science I 4
Foreign Language 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science 2
10
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 FundamentaU of Mathematics 4
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Music 101 Introduction to Music 3
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3
Geog 149 Economic Geography 3-^
HPe 103 Physical Education II or
Military Science 1-2
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 201 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Foreign Language 3
Physical Education I or
Military Science II 1-2
Soc 131 Principles of Sociology, or
Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3'
15-16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Geog 251 Geography of U.S. and Canada 3'
Psy 352 Ment. Hygiene 3"
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3"
Soc 131 Principles of Sociology, or
Econ 121 Principles of Economics, or
Anth 110 Anthropology 6
Elective 3
18
17-18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Lit II 2
Psy 452 Social Psychology 3
Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Electives 6
SIXTH SEMESTER
SS 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Soc 331 Cont Soc Prnb 3
Econ 241 Cont. Ec. Prob 3
PolS 358 Cont. Pol. Prob 3
PolS 337 Int. Relations 3
17
15
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Electives 18
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Electives • 18
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT
FRANCIS C. McGOVERN, Chairman
Requirements preliminary to specialization in Economics
are those listed above under Social Science. To achieve con-
centration in this Department a total of twenty-four semester
hours must be elected from courses listed below.
REQUIRED
Cr.
Ecun 121 Principles of Economics 3
Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Problems 3
ELECTIVE
Econ 341 Industrial Relations 3
Econ 343 Economic Analysis 3
Econ 344 Public Finance 3
Econ 345 Money and Banking 3
Econ 347 History of Economic Thought 3
Econ 348 International Economics 3
Econ 349 Comparative Economic Systems 3
HISTORY DEPARTMENT
CLYDE C. GELBACH, Chairman
Requirements preliminary to specialization in History are
those listed under Social Science. To achieve concentration in
this Department a total of twenty-four semester hours must
be elected from courses listed below.
REQUIRED
Cr.
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
ELECTIVE
Hist 360 Special Studies in History 3
Hist 361 Contemporary United States History 3
Hist 362 Social and Intellectual History of the U.S. to 1875 3
Hist 363 Diplomatic History of the U.S 3
Hist 364 Great Personalities in History 3
Hist 365 History of Pennsylvania 3
Hist 371 Renaissance and Reformation 3
Hist 372 History of Europe : 1600-1815 3
Hist 373 History of Europe : 18151914 3
Hist 374 History of the Twentieth Century World 3
Hist 375 History of the Far East 3
Hist 376 History of the Middle East 3
Hist 377 History of Latin America 3
Hist 378 History of England 3
Hist 379 History of Russia 3
Hist 380 History of France 3
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
RICHARD F. HrrCES, Acting Chairman
Requirements preliminary to specialization in Political
Science are those listed under Social Science. To achieve con-
centration in this Department a total of twenty-four semester
hours must be elected from courses listed below.
REQUIRED
Cr.
PolS 111 American Citizenship ...,.<. .■>:<. .!.... .,.-. ., 3
PolS 358 Contemporary Political Problems 3
PoIS 357 International Relations 3
Elective
PolS 350 Public Administration 3
PolS 351 Legislative Process 3
PolS 353 American Political Parties 3
PolS 354 Metropolitan ProliVms 3
PolS 355 Comparative Government 8
PolS 359 American Constitutional Law 3
PolS 398-399 News Interpretation 3
PolS 323 Political Philosophy 3
PolS 356 State and Loc.il Covuriimcnl 3
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT
ESKO E. NEWHILL, Chairman
Requirements preliminary to specialization in Sociology-
Anthropology are those listed under Social Science. To achieve
concentration in this Department a total of twenty-four
semester hours must be elected from courses listed below.
REQUIKED COURSES ',
Cr.
Soc 131 Principles of Sociology 3
Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropol6gy 3
ELECTIVE COURSES
Soc 332 Racial and Cultural Minorities 3
Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3
Soc 334 Population Problems 3
Soc 335 Social Stratifications 3
Soc 336 Sociology of the Family 3
Soc 337 World Cultures 3
Soc 338 Introduction to Social Work 3
Soc 339 American Communities 3
.\nth 211 Cultural Anthropology 3
Auth .IlL' World Ethuogr.iphy .;.........^ 3
.\nlh 31,'! Prehistory .' 3
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PSYCHOLOGY
STANLEY W. LORE, Chairman
Modern psychology is a broad field with many specialized
professional areas. While a few jobs requiring limited training
are available to good students with an A.B. degree, most pro-
fessional positions require an M.A. degree or a Ph.D. Psycholo-
gists are employed as therapists, testing experts, counselors and
administrators in psychiatric and child guidance clinics, mental
hospitals, schools and businesses. Others are employed as re-
search workers in industry, business, education and govern-
ment. Colleges employ many psychologists, both as teachers
and as research workers. Demand for qualified psychologists
far exceeds the supply.
The psychology concentration as offered at this university
is equivalent to a major at other colleges, and is in accordance
with the recommendations of the American Psychological As-
sociation. It will serve those students who plan to pursue grad-
uate work in psychology, all of whom should plan to have an
approximate overall average of B for acceptance by a qualified
graduate school. It will also be of value as a background for
such fields as personnel work, advertising, medicine, law, the-
ology, social work, market research and rehabilitation coun-
seling. The student who wishes a general cultural background
which emphasizes the understanding of self and others will
find this a desirable concentration.
Recommended courses for students in the psychology concen-
tration:
Year
Courses
Courses
Freahman-
Sophomore
Pay 201 General Psyehology
(Required for General Education)
Psy. 202 Advanced General Psychology
Junior
Pay. 310 Statistics in Psychology
Psy. 311 Experimental Psychology
Psy. 352 Mental Hygiene
(Required for Social
Science majors)
Senior
Psy. 371 Personality
Psy. 391 Psychology of Learning
Psy. 452 Social Psychology
(Required for Social
Science majors)
Psy. 491 Senior Seminar
in Psychology
At least one of the following:
Psy. 354 Developmental Psychology
Psy. 362 Physiological Psychology
Psy. 363 Perception
Piy. 372 Introduction to Psychological
Measurement
Psy. 451 Psychological Practicum
Psy. 461 Abnormal Psychology
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GEOGRAPHY
THOMAS G. CAULT, Chairman
The function and purpose of geography is to prepare the
future citizen to make rational judgments in his private and
public life as it relates to the use of natural and cultural re-
sources. Geography also acts as a meaningful integrator of the
many subject matter areas taken by the student.
Though geography is listed as social science in the liberal
arts curricula, it is of broader significance. Geography partakes
of both the social and natural sciences. A student may concen-
trate in physical geography (earth science) , cultural geography,
economic geography, urban and regional planning, or combine
these for a broad understanding of geography.
Vocational opportunities in geography are expanding rap-
idly. Students will find a wide variety of well-paid positions
in government service, marketing, urban and regional plan-
ning, army and naval map services, editorial positions, and
business.
A geography-earth science concentration (30 semester
hours) may be taken in the geography department following
the Natural Science major.
30 semester hours in Geography required for concentration.
nRST SEMESTER
SJS.
Eng 101 EnghMi I 4
Sci General Biol, or Physical Science 4
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 AUlitary Science 2
Ceog 153 Physical Geography 3
Foreign Language 3
SECOND SEMESTER
S.H.
Eng 101 English II 4
Sci Continued 4
Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3
HP3 102 Physical Education I or
MS 102 MUitary Science 1 or 2
Foreign Language Continued 3
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
HPe 204 Physical Ed. II
Geog 149 Economic Geography 3
Geog 246 Physiography 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Hist 101 Historv of Civilization I 3
16 or 17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
Geog 241 Climatology 3
Geog 251 United States and Canada 3
Hist 103 History of U.S. and Pa. I 3
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Introduction to Literature 2
Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Geog. Elective 3
Elective 6
IS
SLXTH SEMESTER
Soc 251 Principles of Sociology 3
Econ 342 Contemporary Econ. Problems 3
PolS 357 International Relations 3
Geog. Elective 3'
Elective 3
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3
Psy 352 Kaotsl Hygiene S
Geog. Elective 4
K
15
EIGHTH SEMESTER
PolS 338 Contemporary Political Problems 3
Psy 452 Social Psychology 3
Geog. Elective , 3
Elective 6
15
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Inter-Disciplinary Program in Urban-Regional
Planning and Administration
There is at present a large and unfilled need for students
with a solid background in the Social Sciences and with a con-
centration in one or more of these sciences to enter the fields
of Urban-Regional Planning and /or Administration, Essential-
ly two types of personnel are desired: (1) the trained planner
or administrator to direct and evaluate, and (2) the technician
who is capable of carrying out individual research in relation
to the overall pattern established by planners or administra-
tors.
In response to these needs the Social Science division has
established an inter-disciplinary major in Urban-Regional
Planning and Public Administration so that students interested
in this type of under-graduate program will be prepared to
enter recognized graduate schools of Public Administration to
prepare for positions as city managers, governmental adminis-
trators, and planners. Completion of the undergraduate cur-
ricula will qualify students for employment in subordinate
positions in these fields.
The undergraduate inter-disciplinary program constitutes
an introduction to the professional field of Urban-Regional
Planning or Administration. It provides a basic understanding
of planning or administration as well as the strong liberal arts
and the geography-social studies training necessary for enter-
ing the field of Urban-Regional Planning or Administration.
The program consists of 55 semester hours of general edu-
cation, 30 semester hours of social science, plus a 30 semester
hour concentration in Urban-Regional Planning or Administra-
tion elected from six areas, and 13 semester hours of electives.
In addition, those students who elect the Planning-Admin-
istration option will be expected to devote two hours per week,
for those semesters when they take the Planning or Adminis-
tration courses, to practical problems in the county or borough
offices. Students who complete two planning and /or adminis-
tration courses may elect to take an apprenticeship. If an ap-
prenticeship is elected, it will be served during the summer
sessions in some planning or administrative office within the
state. The student will be compensated for his time during the
apprenticeship.
Students planning to enter Urban or Regional Administra-
tion should advise with the Social Science Department; those
who wish to enter Urban-Regional Planning should advise with
the Geography Department; and those who pursue both fields
may advise in either department. Electives should be taken
only with the advice and approval of the adviser.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Courses in the area of concentration in the Urban-Regional
Planning and Administration program are listed below. A
student will elect 30 semester hours from the six groups of
courses including at least one course from each group.
PROFESSIONAL COURSES FOR
PL.'LNNING OR ADMINISTRATION GEOGRAPHY
Or. Cr.
Geog 455 Introduction to Urban and Geog 246 Physiography 4
Regional Planning 3 Geog 255 Cartography 3
Geog 456 Elements of Urban and Geog 462 Trade and Transp 3
Regional Planning Design 3 Geog 452 Conservation:
SS 350 Public Administration 3 Resource Use 3
Geog 241 Climatology 3
Geog 462 Field Course in Geogiaphj 3
ECONOMICS PM.ITICAL SCIENCE
Econ 343 Economic Analysis 3 I'olS 354 Metropolitan Problems 3
Econ 344 Public Finance 3 PolS 356 State and Local Government 3
ART — BUSINESS — MATHEMATICS SOCIOLOGY
Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting 3 Soc 334 Population Prob 3
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting 3 Soc 332 Racial-Cultural Minorities 3
Math 362 Probability and Statistics 3 Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3
Math 366 Fortran 3 Soc 335 Social Stratification 3
Art 211 Mech. Drawing and Ind. Design 3
Electives 13
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER, JR., Dean
The program of studies in the School of Education is de-
signed to enable the student to pursue a program of study in
general education, a program of major study within an aca-
demic or special field, and a program of professional education
that will qualify the student for certification to teach in the
public schools of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Stu-
dents who meet all of the requirements for graduation from
this school will be granted the Provisional College Certificate
to teach the subjects within their respective fields of major
study.
General Education
All students in the School of Education are required to
take the same program of 55 semester hours in general educa-
tion as is required of all students in the School of Liberal Arts.
This program in general education may be found on page 74.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Professional Education and Certification
Certification standards, established by the Department of
Public Instruction and the State Council on Education, require
work in the field of professional education. In accordance with
these standards all students in the School of Education are re-
quired to take the following courses in professional education —
History and Philosophy of American Education, Education
Psychology, Audio-Visual Education and one or more methods
courses within their major field of academic study or special-
ization. In addition all students in this school are required to
do a semester of student teaching under the supervision of a
cooperating teacher and a college supervisor.
Student teaching is a full-time, full semester experience in
Keith School or in a public school known as a student teaching
center. Student teachers under careful supervision perform the
many role functions of teachers and develop attitudes, under-
standings, skills, and other competencies essential for success
in the profession.
Student teaching during the summer session is available
only to persons wishing to extend their area of certification or
replace the State Standard Limited Certificate. Professional
Practicum, including School Law, is taken as a part of the stu-
dent teaching experience. This course, organized in two parts, is
scheduled concurrently with student teaching. One part is de-
signed to help students gain an overview and understanding
of the total school program and a knowledge of Pennsylvania
school laws governing education. The second part is intended
to help students gain breadth and depth in understanding the
role of the classroom teacher in a particular area of specializa-
tion.
The professional education requirement amounts to ap-
proximately 28 semester hours within the 128 semester hours
required for graduation.
The College Provisional Certificate is issued to the begin-
ning teacher upon graduation from this school. The Provisional
College Certificate can be made permanent upon the comple-
tion of from three to six years of successful teaching during
which period the teacher must have taken twenty-four semes-
ter hours of additional college work. These credits may be
earned at either the undergraduate or graduate level.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
101
Fields of Major Study
The School of Education offers programs of major study-
leading to certification in the following academic fields —
Biology
Chemistry
Earth Science
Esui;h and Space Science
Economics
English
French
General Science
Geography
German
History
Mathematics
Philosophy
Physics
Political Science
Russian
Social Science
Spanish
Urban Planning/
Administration
The School of Education offers programs of major study
leading to certification in the following special fields —
Art
Business
Dental Hygiene
Education for Safe Living
Elementary
Home Economics
School Food Service
Public School Nursing
Music
Speech and Hearing Correction
Special Education for the
Mentally Retarded
The required courses in the foregoing fields and the se-
quence in which they are to be taken are indicated on the fol-
lowing pages.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ART
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Chairman
The major in art for the profession of teaching is 49 se-
mester hours including the basic instruction in design, paint-
ing, and art history, plus the vital supporting courses in arts
and crafts, such as ceramics, jewelry, theater arts, and com-
mercial art. Additional courses of 6 to 9 hours may be elected.
FIRST SEMESTER Hour*
Sem.
Eng 101 English I i
Biol 103 Biol or
Sci 105 Physical Science 4
HPe 101 Health or •Military Science 2
Art 111 Draw All Media 2
Art 113 Color & Design 2
Art 115 Art History I 3
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Mus 101 Introduction to Mueic 3
FL 101 Foreign Language 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Art 214 Modeling and Sculpture 2
Art 211 Mechanical Dra'.ring &
Industrial Design 2
Art 215 Craft in Metal & Wood 2
18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Art 311 Arts & Crafts in Elementary Education.. 3
Art 313 W.C. & Mixed Media 3
Art 315 Pottery & Ceramics 3
18
SEMESTER VII OR VIII
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Phil 120 Philosophy or
Anth 110 Anthropology 3
Art 412 Graphic Arts •
Art 458 Alt HUtory III 8
Electives 6-9
SECOND SEMESTER Hours
Sem.
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 Biology or
Sci 106 Physical Science 4
HPe 102 Physical Education or 1
MS 101 Military Science I* 2
Art 114 Design, Volume & Space 2
Alt 112 Comp. and Figure Drawing 2
Art 116 Art History II 8
1617
FOURTH SEMESTER
FL 102 Foreign Language 3
Psy 202 Educational Psychology 3
HPf 204 Physical Education II 1
Art 212 Costume & Theatre Art 8
Art 213 Lettering Commercial Art & Illustration.. 8
Art 216 Seminar in Art 3
Eng 201 Literature I 2
IS
SIXTH SEMESTER
Geog 101 World Geography 8
Ed 301 Audiovisual Education 2
Ed 302 History & Philosophy of
American Education 3
Art 312 Art & Crafts In Secondary Education... 3
Art 314 Oil Color & Mixed Media 3
Art 316 Jewelry 2
M
SEMESTER VII OR VIII
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Praticum Incl. School Law. 2
U
15-18
Elect 2 or 3 of the following.
Art 451 Advanced Craft S
Art 453 Advanced Ceramics 3
Art 453 Advanced Sculpture 3
Art 454 Advanced Painting 8
Art 455 Advanced Commercial Art 3
Art 457 Advanced Graphic Art 3
Art 458 Art History III 8
Art 459 Architecture and Home Planning 3
A« 460 Fabrica 8
Art 461 Advanced Jewelry 8
ELECTIVES
•MS 101 MUitary Science I 2
•MS 102 MUitary Science I 2
•MS 203 MUitary Science II 2
MS 304 Military Science II 2
MS 305 Military Science III 8
MS 306 Military Science III 8
MS 407 Military Science IV 3
MS 408 Military Science IV 8
•Must be taken in sequence.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER, Qairman
REQUIREMENTS FOR BIOLOGY MAJORS
The major in Biology consists of 32 semester hours credit.
In addition supporting courses in Chemistry, Mathematics and
Physics are required.
Major in Biology
FIRST SEMESTER
Sent.
Htb.
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
Oiem 111 General Chemistry 1 4
Eng 101 English 1 4
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science 2
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mug 101 Introduction to Music 3
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Biology 111-121 Botany I or Zoology I 3
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5
Foreign Language 3
Elective 3
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Phys 111 Physics 1 4
Hist 104. History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Biol 271 Evolution or
ESci 221 Geology 3
Elective 4
16
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Ed 302 History and Philosophy of Educ 3
Elective 6
SECOND SEMESTER
SoBl.
His.
Biol 104 General Biology II *
Chem 112 General Chemistry U 4
Eng 102 English 11 4
HPe 102 Physical Education or
MS 102 Military Science S
Ed 301 AiHlio-Visual Eilucalion 2
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Biol 112-122 Botany II or Zoology II 8
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3
Geog 101 World Geography 8
Foreign Language 8
Elective 3
IS
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Pay 302 Educational Psychology 3
Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools . . 3
Elective °
16
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law .. 2
14
17
Biol 251
Field Botany
Biol 252
Field Zoology
Biol
261
Ornithology
Biol
262
Entomology
Biol
263
Genetics
Biol
271
Evolution
Biol 272
Conservation
Biol 281
Parasitology
Biol
283
Biotechniques
Biol
331
Embryology
Biol
332
Comparative Anatomy
Biology Electives
ol 341
ol 351
ol 352
ol 361
ol 362
ol 371
ol 372
ol 472
ol 498
ol 499
General Physiology
Plant Physiology
Animal Physiology
Microbiology
Ecology
Vertebrate Anatomy
Plant Anatomy
Radiation Biology
Problems in Biology
Research Biology
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BUSINESS
ALBERT E. DRUMHELLER, Chairman
Students may pursue the work of the entire curriculum or
they may elect to pursue work according to their aptitudes,
as follows:
1. The Complete Program leads to certification in all three
fields, thus affording certification in all of the high school busi-
ness subjects. Those who possess aptitudes that indicate success
•in stenographic, accounting, and retailing work may, if they
wish, pursue this complete program.
2. A Combination Program combines either the Steno-
graphic and Accounting, the Stenographic and Retailing, or the
Accounting and Retailing Fields. All students planning to enter
this Department should plan for graduation one of the three
possibilities under this combination arrangement. School ad-
ministrators who employ our graduates believe that a combina-
tion program is necessary for breadth of certification when
teaching in the public schools of the Commonwealth.
3. The Stenographic Field includes all the courses of the
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be
chosen from any other department of the University.
4. The Accounting Field includes all of the courses of the
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be
chosen from any other department of the University.
5. The Retailing Field includes all of the courses of the
curriculum listed under that heading. Elective courses may be
chosen from any other department of the University.
Practical Experience Requirements. Before graduation,
each student will be required to have completed the equivalent
of six months of store practice, secretarial practice, bookkeep-
ing practice, clerical practice, or a combination of these or
other business contacts, acquired at places and under conditions
approved by the chairman of this department. This experience
preferably should be in the field or fields in which the student
is contemplating certification. Much of this experience can be
acquired during the summer vacations.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BUSINESS
FIRST SEMESTER
Hours
Sem.
HPe 101 Health 2
Kng 101 English 1 4
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
Fl Foreign Language (101 or 201) 3
Bug 101 Introduction to Business I
Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting
By Exam or 2
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours
Sem.
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1
KiiK 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology 11 or
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Fl Foreign Language (102 or 202) 3
Bus 111 Foundations of Math (Bus) 4
Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting 2
THIRD SEMESTER
HPe 203 Physical Education II
Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting
Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting
Bus 212 Business Math II
Bus 261 Shorthand Theory
Psy 201 General Psychology
M/A 101 Introduction to Art or Mnsie
FOURTH SEMESTER
Bus 235 Business Law I
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting ,
Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation ,
Geog 101 World Geography
Psy 302 Educational Psychology ,
Hist 102 History of Civilization
Bus 241 Business Organization & Finance (Elee.)
FIFTH SEMESTER
Bus 321 Business Correspondence
Bus 311 Methods of Teaching Business Coarses
Bus 336 Business Law II
Bus 331 Sales & Retailing ,
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting ,
Bus 363 Transcription
Bus 335 Clerical Practice & Office Machines
Eng 201 Literature I
SIXTH SEMESTER
Bus 312 Evaluative Techniques in Bus. Courses
Bus 335 Clerical Practice and Office Machines
Bas 353 Cost Accounting
Bus 454 Tax Accounting
Bus 332 Retail Management
Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education
PolS 111 American Citizenship
Has 342 Consumer Economics (Elec.)
Eng 301 Literature 11
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Ed 802 History A Philosophy of Amer. Ed
Bus 455 Auditing
Bus 415 Economics
Phil 120 Philosophy or Anth 410 Anthropology
Bus 454 Tax Accountiof
Bus 433 Retail Practice
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 4ai Student Teaehing
Ed 422 ProfenloBal PrmcticTini
Combined
Stenog.
Acc'g.
Selling
Seq.
Seq.
Seq.
Seq.
1
1
I
1
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
t
3
3
3
3
3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3
3 3 3 3
3 3
3 3
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT
PAUL R. WUNZ, Chairman
REQUIREMENTS FOR CHEMISTRY MAJORS
The major in Chemistry consists of 27 semester hours
credit. In addition supporting courses in Biology, Mathematics
and Physics are required.
Major in Chemistry
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5
Eng 101 English 1 4
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C 2
15
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calculas I .. 4
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Health or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 2
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 211 Quantitative Analysis I 3
Math 257 Analytical Geometry and Calculus II . . 4
Sci 102 Biology I 4
Foreign Language 3
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4
Phys 111 Physics I ^
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Am. Ed 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
17
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis II 3
Sci 104 Biology II 4
Foreign Language 3
Elective 4
14
SIXTH SEMESTER
Chem 312 Organic Chemistry II 4
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools .. 3
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Efl '^01 Audio-Visual Education 2
Chem 361 Chemistry Seminar 1
SEVENTH SEMESTER*
Chem 411 Physical Chemistry 1 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Anth 110 Anthropology or
PhU 120 Philosophy 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
18
EIGHTH SEMESTER*
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law . . 2
15
These two semesters are interchangeable.
Chem 251 Industrial Chemistry
Chem 351 Biological Chemistry
Chem 362 Chemistry Seminar
Chemistry Electives
Chem 451 Colloidal Chemistry
Chem 452 Advanced inorganic Chemistry
Chem 498 Problems r< Cherristry
INDIANA UNIVKRSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
DENTAL HYGIENIST
GEORGE A. W. STOUrFEK, JR.. Director
The Board of Presidents of the State Colleges approved on
November 17, 1950, a curriculum for dental hygienists leading
to the degree of bachelor of science in education. The require-
ments shown below must be met.
1. The satisfactory completion of an accredited two-year
curriculum for the preparation of dental hygienists ap-
proved by the State Dental Council and Examining
Board.
2. The licensing of the student by the proper state author-
ities.
3. The satisfactory completion in addition thereto of 64
semester hours of professional and general education
courses distributed as follows:
General Education 36
Eng 101 and 102 English I and II 8
Eng 201 and 301 Literature I and II 4
Fine Arts 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music
Geography 3
Geog 112 Geography of United States
and Pa.
Social Studies 6
Plist 101 and 102
History of Civilization I and II
PolS 111 American Citizenship
Econ 121 Principles of Economics
Hist 104 History of U. S. and Pa. II
Soc 131 Principles of Sociology
Education 14
Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed 3
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Electives 14
Total 64
In each category above, credit will be given for equivalent courses pursued in the two-year
dental hygiene curriculum. In such cases students will be permitted to increase their electives by
the number of semester hours so credited.
Electives may be chosen with the approval of the dean of instruction from any field or cur-
riculum offered at the college in which the student is enrolled.
In the case of dental hygienists who have had less than two years of special training on the
basis of which they have been licensed by the State Dental Council and Examining Board such
persons will pursue additional courses in college to fulfill the requirements for the degree.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
EDUCATION FOR SAFE LIVING
JOHN CHELLMAN, Chairman
The State Council of Education approved this new certifi-
cation January 9, 1948. The four courses below, Introduction to
Safety Education, Driver Education, the Organization and Ad-
ministration of Safety Education, and Methods and Materials
in Safety Education in the Secondary Schools meet the require-
ments for certification with 12 semester hours. A temporary
standard certificate is issued upon the completion of these
courses and it becomes permanent after two years of successful
experience in the field.
HPe 251 Introduction to Safety Education 3 cr.
HPe 252 Driver Education 3 cr.
HPe 253 Methods and Materials in Safety Education in
the Secondary Schools 3 cr.
HPe 254 Organization and Administration of
Safety Education 3 cr.
See course descriptions listed under Health and Physical
Education Department.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SPECIAL EDUCATION
MORTON MORRIS, Chairman
The department prepares students in two of the major
areas of programs for exceptional children. One major area
leads to the Comprehensive College Certificate in special ed-
ucation for the mentally retarded. The other area of prepara-
tion leads to certification in teaching of the Speech and Hearing
Handicapped.
Education for the Mentally Retarded
A coordinated program of not less than 48 semester hours
is required in this major area.
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hn.
Enj; 101 English I 4
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I ' 4
SpE 220 Intro, to Except. Child 3
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Muaic S
17
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Grog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1
MS 102 MUitary Science (2)
SpH 254 Speech Dev. & Improve 3
15-17
HPe
THIRD SEMESTER
203 Physical Education II 1
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Ed 263 Developmental Reading and
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3
FL 101/102 Foreign Language 3
El 211 Mus. for Elem. Grades 2
Math 101 Found, of Math 4
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Gcog 112 Geog. of U.S. & Pa 3
Eng 201 Literature I 2
FL 201/202 Foreign Language S
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Psy 215 Child Development 3
Art 330 Arts & Grails for the Mentally Retarded 3
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Ed 301 Audio- Visual Aids 2
SpE 320 Psy. of the Ment. Retarded 3
Hist 302 History of U.S. & Pa. II 3
Elective 3
u
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Amer. Ed 3
El 313 Teaching Math in Elem. Sch 3
Psy 352 .Mental Hygiene 3
SpE 301 Reading & Other Lang. Arts
for the Mentally Retarded 3
Elective! . • • . ^^ 4
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
SpE 431 Curr. & Meth. for Mentally Retarded ... 3
SpE 411 Health & Physical Education for the
Mentally Retarded 2
Electivei 5
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching of the
Mentally Retarded 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law. . 2
14
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Teaching of the Speech and Hearing Handicapped
36 semester hours are required for a major in Speech and
Hearing..
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hn.
Knv: 101 English I 4
FL 101/102 Foreign Language 3
Biol. 103 General Biology I or
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
SpH 111 Introduction to SpH Problems 3
HPu 103 Physical Education 1
SECOND SEMESTETR
Sem.
Hrs.
Eng 102 English H 4
FL 201/102 Foreign Langnage S
Biol 104 General Biology II or
Sci 106 Phyaical Science II 4
SpH 122 Phonetics 3
Hl'c 101 Health Education 2
15
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
Math 101 Fnndamentals of Math 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
SpH 251 Anat. & Physiology of SpH
Mechanism '
111V- JOl Physical Education U 1
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children ... 8
SpH 222 Introduction to Andiology S
SpH 232 Speech Pathology I 8
Lng 201 Litcialure I 2
17
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3
SS 104 Hisli.vy ot U.S. & Pa. 11 •'?
SpH 321 Psy. of SpH Hand. Children 3
SpH 311 Speech Rdg. & Auditory Tmg 3
SpH 310 SpH Clinic I 2
SpH 331 Speech Pathology II 3
16
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed .501 Andic. Visual Education 2
Ed 302 Hist. & PhU. of Amer. Ed 3
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3
SpH 320 SpH Clinic II 2
SpH 362 Lang. Oev. & Lang. Disorders
in Children 3
SpH 312 Org. & Adm. of SpH Programs 3
16
SHVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology or
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3
PolS 111 Anjcrican Citizenship 3
Ed 305 Evalnation Methods 2
Psy 215 Chad Development 3
Eng 301 Literature II -
SpH 254 Speech Dev. & Iniprovenienl 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 401 Student Teaching in Speech and Reading 12
Ed 402 Fundamental Law 2
14
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
p. DAVID LOTT, Chairman
The required courses for a degree in Elementary Education
are listed below. It is expected that most of the electives will
be used in one academic field, so that when they are combined
with the general education requirements in that field, a con-
centration of at least 18 credits will be attained. The areas of
concentration are English, French, Geography, German, His-
tory, Mathematics, Science, Social Studies and Spanish.
It is recommended that students who plan to major in ele-
mentary education should have high school biology, chemistry,
physics, and at least two years of academic mathematics. Stu-
dents will find this background helpful in taking college level
courses in science and mathematics.
(Course sequence subject to change depending upon aca-
demic concentration or for administrative purposes.)
FIRST SEMESTER
Hrs.
Sem.
Eng 101 English I 4
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mu( 101 Introduction to Ma«ic 3
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
10
THIRD SEMESTER
El 213 Art for the Elementary Grades 2
El 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3
El 313 Teaching Mathematics in the
Elementary School 3
Foreign Language 3
Elective 3
SECOND SEMESTER
Hra.
Sem.
Kng 102 English II 4
Math 101 Foundation of Mathematics 4
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4
Geog 112 Geography of U.S. & Pa 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1
MS 102 MUitary Science 11 2
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist IIIJ Hi9l..ry of Civilization II 3
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
EI 221 Children's Literature 3
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
Foreign Language 3
Elective 3
Eiig 201 Literature I
16
FIFTH OR SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 302 History and Philosophy of
American Education 3
Pay 302 Educational Psychology 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II :!
El 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2
Eleetires 6
16
FIFTH OR SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Literature 11 2
Pay 215 Child Development 8
Biol 103 General Biology I 4
Ed 321 Student Teaching (9 weeks) 6
IS
17
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2
El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3
Elective 3
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
El 411 Teaching of Social Studies 3
El 413 Teaching of Language Arts 3
Ed 422 Professional Practicum
including School Law 2
Ed 421 Student Teaching (9 weeks) 6
14
16
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ENGLISH
JAMES R. GREEN, Chainnan
A major in English consists of 40 credit hours, including
English 101, English 102, EngHsh 211, World Literature, and
Education 451, The Teaching of English and Speech in the
Secondary School.
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hr.
Eng 101 English I 4
Biol 103 Biological Science I or
Sci 103 Physical Science I 4
Foreign Language 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science 2
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hr.
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 Biological Soience II or
Sci 104 Physical Soience II 4
Foreign Language i
Art 101 Intro, to Art or
Mas 101 Intro, to Music S
HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1
MS 102 Military Science 2
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
Eng 211 Classiral Literature 3
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Eng 212 Am. Lit. to 1865 3
HPe 203 Physical Ed. II or 1
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3
Elective 8
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 231 The Dramatic Arts S
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Psy 201 Gen. Psychology 8
Elective 9
la
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Psy 302 Educational Psy 3
Eng 221 Journalistic Writing or
Eng 223 CreatiTe Writing 3
Ed 301 Audio Visual Ed 2
Elective 2
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 363 The Structure of Eng S
Ed 302 Hist. & Philosophy of Ed 8
Elective 9
IS
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Ed 451 The Teaching of English and
Speech in Sec. School 3
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosoiihy 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Elective 6
Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching
Ed 422 Professional Practicum
School Law
&
17
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FOREIGN LANGUAGES
EDWARD W. BIEGHLER, Chairman
The major in Foreign Language consists of 30 semester
hours credit beyond the college elementary sequence or equiv-
alent high school preparation.
Specialization in a Foreign Language
A student may work for certification in French, German,
Russian, or Spanish. It is assumed that he will have had at
least two years in high school in the language of his choice. He
will then begin with the sequence 251-252 and will take con-
currently with those courses 053-054, Oral Practice III and IV.
If he has not had the language of specialization in high school,
he will begin with 151-152 and 051-052, Oral Practice I and II.
151-152 are not counted toward the major.
Language Laboratory
All course titles which bear a number beginning with "0"
are language laboratory courses conducted in the language
laboratory, and demand independent laboratory work as a
major part of preparation.
The Pennsylvania- Valladolid Study in Spain Program
Indiana State College is charged by the Department of
Public Instruction with the organization and administration of
this Program for the benefit not only of Indiana students but
also students in the other Pennsylvania State Colleges. The
Program is designed primarily to improve the preparation of
future teachers of Spanish but participation is not a require-
ment for graduation. Students who participate in the Program
will normally have completed the junior year. The Program
runs annually from June to the end of the calendar year at the
University of Valladolid, Spain, under the supervision of a staff
member of this Department and a Spanish Resident Director. A
total of 30 hours may be earned in the areas of Spanish lan-
guage, literature and culture. For further details consult the
current brochure.
FIRST SEMESTER S.H. SECOND SEMESTER S.H.
Eng 101 English I 4 Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 103 Biological Science or Biol 104 Biological Science or
Sci 105 Physical Science 4 Sci 106 Physical Science 4
Geog 101 World Geography 3 FL 252 Language IV 3
FL 251 Language III 3 FL 054 Oral Practice IV 2
HPe 101 Health 2 HPe 1U2 Physical EUucatiuii 1 1
18 Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mu3 101 Introduciioii to Music 3
TF
THIRD SEMESTER FOURTH SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4 Hist 102 History of Civilization. II 3
Fng 201 Lileraturr- I 2 Psy 201 General Psychology 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1 FL 352 Advanced Language 3
FL 351 Advanced Language 3 FL 362 Culture and Literature 3
FL 361 Coltore and Literature S Electives .- 3.6
Electives 3-5
15-18
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2
Ed 451 Teaching Foreign Language in
Secondary Schools 3
Elective
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Pay 302 Educational Psychology 3
Ed 302 History and Philosophy of
American Education 3
Elective
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology or
Phil 120 Introduction tn Philosophy 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Elective
GEOGRAPHY
THOMAS G. GAULT. Chairman
For graduation a Geography major consists of 30 semester
hours of Geography. A Geography-Earth Science major con-
sists of 40 semester hours of Geography and Earth Science and
two years of science (Physics and Chemistry). Geography
education majors may also take Urban /Regional Planning.
FIRST SEMESTER
S.H.
Eng ]01 English I 4
Sci Biological or Physical 4
Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3
Foreign Language Continued 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I or
Military Science I
15
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 101 Foundations of Matk 4
HPe 204 Physical Edoeation 11 1
Ceog 149 Economic Geography 3
Geog 246 Physiography 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Elective 2
SECOND SEMESTER
S.H.
Eng 102 English II 4
Sci Continued 4
HPe 101 Health or Military Science 2
Foreign Language 3
Geog 153 Physical Geography 3
16
FOURTH SEMESTER
SS 102 History of Civilization II 3
Art 101 Intro, to Art or
Mus 101 Intro, to Music 3
(ieog 2S1 Geog. of Anglo America 3
Ceog 241 Climatology S
Elective 3
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Ed 302 History and Philosophy of
American Education 3
Electives — Geography 6
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Pols m Vii,, rican Citizenship 3
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Electives 8
15
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Ed 2
Ed 451 Teaching of Geog. in Secondary Schools 3
Elective — Geography 3
Electives 7
Eng 202 Literature II 2
17
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law.. 2
14
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GEOGRAPHY-EARTH SCIENCE
40 semester hours are required for a major in Geography-
Earth Science major.
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4
Sci 111 Chemistry I 4
HPe 101 Health or M.S 2
Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5
Geog 101 World Geography 3
~w
THIRD SEMESTER
ESci 221 Phy. Geology 3
Psy 201 Gen. Psy 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Sci 111 Physics I 4
FL Foreign Language* 3
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Geog 149 Econ. Geog 3
Ed 302 Hist. & Phil. Am. Ed 3
ESci 351 Oceanography I 3
Geog 249 Meteorology I 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Ed 451 Teaching Geography 3
Pols 111 .American Citizenship 3
Ed 305 Eva!. Methods 2
Geog 452 Conservation : Reg. Use 3
ESci 211 .Astronomy or
Geog 491 Aero-Space Work 3
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4
Sci 222 Cham. II or Math. II 4 or 5
HPe 102 Physical Education or M. S 2
Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3
Hist 202 History of Civilization II 3
leTT
FOURTH SEMESTER
ESci 222 Hist. Gaol 3
Geog 251 Geog. Anglo-America 3
Psy 302 Ed. Psy 3
Sci 112 Physics II 4
FL Foreign Language* 3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 202 Literature II 2
.4nth 110 Anthropology 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
ESci 352 Oceanography II 3
Geog 250 Meteorology 3
Geog 246 Physiography 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Prof. Pract 2
IT
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HOME ECONOMICS
For a major in Home Economics 39 semester hours are
required.
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem,
Hours
Eng 101 English I 4
Foreign Language 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1
Sci 151 Physiology 3
HE 216 Clothing Selection 3
HE 213 Principle* of Design or
Art 101 Intro to Art 2
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hours
Eng 102 English II 4
Foreign Language 3
HE 111 Meal Mgt 3
HE 113 Management & Equip 3
HPe 101 Health 2
15
16
THIRD SEMESTER
Chem 151 Chemistry 3
HE 211 Advanced Foods 3
Math 101 Foundations of Math i
Ceog 101 World Geography 3
Eng 201 Literature I 2
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
FOURTH SEMESTER
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
Chem 152 Chemistry 3
HE 221 Nutrition 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
HE 212 Clothing Const. & Fitting 3
HPe 204 First Aid 1
16
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Soi 361 Microbiology 3
HE 213 Home Planning & Furnishing 3
HE 215 Child Development 3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Elective 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Ed 2
Ed 302 History & Phil of Amer. Ed 3
HE 314 Textiles 3
HE 413 Family Relation 3
17
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HE 415 Methods of Teaching HE Voc S
Ed 421 Professional Practicum 2
Anlli 110 Introduction to Anthropology or
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Elective 2
HE 315 Consumer Ec. & Family Finance 3
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching or 8
HE 414 Home Mgt. Res 3
Ed 422 School Law 1
HE 412 Nursery School 2
HE 311 FamUy Health 1
IS
16
Sequence of courses subject to change for administrative
purposes.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
117
SCHOOL FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT
To obtain certification in this area 12 semester hours in
foods, Nutrition, Quantity Food Preparation and Service plus
12 semester hours in Administration, Equipment and Layout,
Food Purchasing, Microbiology, and Sanitation are required.
American Dietetics Association Membership requires also
credit in Diet Therapy, Industrial Psychology, Experimental
Foods, and additional semester hours in chemistry and nu-
trition.
FOOD SERVICE MANAGEMENT
1966-67
FIRST SEMESTER
Hoars
Clock Sent.
Eng 101 English I 4 4
HE 313 Mgt. & Equip 5 3
HE 111 Meal Mgt 6 3
HPe 102 Phys. Ed. I 2 1
HPe 101 Health 2 2
Foreign Language 3 3
~2F TfiT
THIRD SEMESTER
Psy 201 General Psychology 3 3
Math 101 Foundations of Math 3 3
Sci 151 Inorganic Chemistry 4 4
HE 211 Advanced Foods 6 3
Psy 215 Child Development 3 3
HPe 203 Physical Education II 2 1
"is" W
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I 2 2
HE 313 Quantity F. S. Mgt 9 3
Sci 366 Micro. & Sanitation 5 3
Ed 302 Hist. & Phil, of Am. Ed 3 3
HE 358 F. S. Equip. & Layout 3 3
HE 355 Diet Therapy or Flpctive 3 3
"25" TT
SEVENTH SEMESTER
HE 360 Accounting for F. S 3 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3 3
HE 364 Methods of Teaching 3 3
HE 411 Family Relations 3 3
IT iT
SECOND SEMESTER
Hours
Clock Sem.
Eng 201 English II 4 4
Geog 101 World Geography 3 3
Sci 115 Physiology 4 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mu3 101 Introduction to Music 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
TF IT
FOURTH SEMESTER
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 3 2
Sci 152 Org-Bio Chemistry 5 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
HE 212 Nutrition 4 3
Psy 312 Ed. Psych 3 3
HPe 204 First Aid 2 1
~20^ IF
Chem 351 Bio Chemistry* 3 3
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Literature II 2 2
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
HE 356 F. S. Administration 3 3
HE 414 Con. Ec. & Family Finance 3 3
HE 362 Experimental Foods -6 3
PSN 402 Nut. and Com. Health or Elective 2 2
"iF 16~
EIGHTH SEMESTER
HE 414 Home Mgt 6 3
HE 359 Food Purchasing 6 3
Ed 422 School Law 1 1
HE 361 Food Service Exp.** 20 6
33 Ts"
*To be taken during pre-session of summer school.
••Students are required to have full-time employment in a food service operation for at least six weeks
during one summer period.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MATHEMATICS
JAMES E. McKINLEY. Chairman
The major in mathematics consists of 36 semester hours
credit. It is recommended that mathematics majors take Phys-
ics I and Physics II as supporting courses.
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hn.
Eng 101 English I 4
tMath 152 Algebra and Trig S
•Phys 111 Physics I 4
HPe 101 Health or 2
MS 101 Military Science I 2
Math 155 Ciiinputer Programming 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Hn.
Eiig 102 English 11 4
Math 157 Analytic Ceom. & Calc. I 4
Phys 112 Physics II 4
HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1
MS 102 Military Science II 2
Intro to Art or Music S
16-18
17-18
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 257 Analytic Geoni. & Calc. II 4
Foreign Language 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPo 203 Physical Education II or 1
MS 203 Military Science III 2
Math 375 Intro, to Modern Math 3
Elective 3
17-18
FOURTH SEMESTER
Math 357 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4
Foreign Language S
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
MS 204 Military Science IV 2
Eng 201 Lilt-ratnre 1 2
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Literature H 2
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Math 355 Foundations of Geometry 3
Elective 9
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 301 Audiovisual Ed 2
Psy 302 Educational Psychology S
Ed 302 Hist, and Philosophy of Ed 3
Elective 8
17
16
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Ed 305 Evaluative Marhods 2
Ed 451 Teaching of Math in Secondary School . 3
Math 452 Seminar 1
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Elective 4
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum & School Law ... 2
14
U
tStndente with advanced itanding may begin with the Aiulytle Geometry ft Caloalu leqaeaee.
*A acience seqaenee other than phyeiet may be airaoged.
Stadenu in the Liberal Arts Carrleal>« are net refalred te Uke Kdmcatlen Coanea.
Kathleen McCoy;
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 119
GENERAL MUSIC
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF, dairman
The major in General Music Education consists of 43 se-
mester hours credit. In addition supporting courses in Har-
mony, Ear Training, and Sight Singing are required.
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrg.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPo 101 Health (Women) 2
MS 101 Military Science (Men)
Mu» 111 Sight Singing I 2
Mus 115 Harmony I
Mu8 113 Ear Training I
Mus 151 Class Voice I
Mus 162 Class Clarinat
Pno 211 Private Piano
SECOND SEMESTER
F.ng 102 English II
Mus 112 Sight Singing II
Mug 116 Harmouy II
Mus 114 Ear Training II
Mus 311 Fandamentalg of Conducting
Mus 152 Class Voice II
Mus 155 Qass Violin
Pno 212 Private Piano
Ms 102 Military Science (Men)
Sam.
Hn.
.. 4
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language I 3
Science 4
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Mus 215 Harmony III 3
Mui 160 Class Woodwinds 1
Pno 213 Private Piano 1
Voice 211 Private Voice 1
Mus 204 Eurythmics I 1
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language II S
Science 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Mus 216 Harmony IV 3
Mus 159 Class Strings 1
Pno 214 Private Piano 1
Voice 212 Private Voice 1
Mus 205 Eurythmics II 1
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Hist 102 Histoi-y of Civilization II 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Mus 301 History of Music I 3
Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2
Mus 312 Choral Conducting 2
Mut 156 Class Comet 1
Applied Eleetire I
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Ed 302 History & Phil, of Am. Ed S
Mus 302 History of Music II 3
Mus 332 Jr. H.S. Methods 2
Mus 333 Sr. H.S. Methods 2
Mus 313 Instrumental Conducting 2
Mus 161 Class Brass 1
Eng 301 Literature II 2
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
Puis 111 American Citizenship 3
Ed SOI Aadio-ViinaJ Ed 2
G«o( 101 World Ceosraphy 3
Mus S03 History of Made III 3
Mo* 334 Instmmental Methods 2
Mo* 158 CUaa PaxcBMion 1
Applied Elective 2
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching U
Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF. Chairman
The major in Instrumental Music Education consists of 43
semester hours credit. In addition supporting courses in Har-
mony, Ear Training, and Sight Singing are required.
FIRST SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Fng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health (Women) 2
MS 101 Military Science (Men)
Mus 111 Sight Singing I 2
Mus 115 Harmony I 3
Mus 113 Ear Training I 1
Mus 162 Class Clarinet 1
Pno 111 Private Piano 1
Private Major Instr 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrs.
Eng 102 English II 4
Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2
Mus 116 Harmony II 3
Mus 114 Ear Training II 1
Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2
Mus 155 Class Violin 1
Pno 112 Private Piano 1
Private Major Instr 1
MS 102 Military Science (Men) 2
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language I 3
Science 4
Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4
Mus 215 Harmony III 3
Mus 151 Class Voice I 1
Private Major Instr 1
Mus 204 Eurythmics I 1
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Science 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Mus 216 Harmony IV 3
Mus 152 Class Voice II 1
Mus 160 Class Woodwinds 1
Private Major Instr 1
Mus 205 Eurythmics II 1
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Mus 301 History of Music I 3
Mus 332 Jr. H.S. Methods 2
Mus 306 Counterpoint I 2
Mus 156 Class Cornet 1
Mus 159 Class Strings 1
Private Major Instr 1
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil. 120 Introduction to Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Ceog 101 World Geography 3
Mus 303 History of Music III 3
Mus 309 Orchestration I 2
Private Major Instr 1
Eng 301 Literature II 2
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Ed 302 History & Phil, of Am. Ed 3
Mus 302 History of Music II 3
Mus 333 Sr. H.S. Methods 2
Mus 334 Instrumental Methods 2
Mus 313 Instrumental Conducting 2
Mus 161 Class Brass 1
Mus 158 Class Percussion I
Private Major Instr 1
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
VOCAL MUSIC
HAROLD S. ORENDORFF, Chairman
The major in Vocal Music Education consists of 43 semes-
ter hours credit. In addition supporting courses in Harmony,
Ear Training, and Sight Singing are required.
FIRST SEMESTER
Son*
Hn.
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health (Women) 2
MS 101 Military Science (Men)
Ma* 101 Sight Singing I 2
Mus lis Harmony I 3
Mus 113 Ear Training I 1
Mu» 151 Class Voice I 1
Mui 155 Class Violin 1
Pno 211 Private Piano 1
SECOND SEMESTER
Sem.
Hrt.
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Mus 112 Sight Singing II 2
Mus 116 Harmony II 3
Mus 114 Ear Training 11 1
Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2
Mus 152 Class Voice II 1
Mus 162 Class Clarinet 1
Pno 212 Private Piano 1
MS 102 MUitary Science (Men) 2
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language I 3
Science 4
Math 101 Foundations of Math 4
Mus 215 Harmony III 3
Vce 211 Private Voice 1
Pno 213 Private Piano 1
Mas 204 Eurythmics 1
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 20] Literature I 2
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Mus 301 History of Music I 3
Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2
Mus 312 Choral Conducting 2
Private Voice or Piano 2
Private Piano or Voice 1
FOURTH SEMESTER
Foreign Language II 3
Science 4
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Mus 216 Harmony IV 3
Mus 156 Class Cornet 1
Vce 212 Private Voice 1
Pno 214 Private Piano 1
Mus 205 Eurythmics II 1
SIXTH SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II 4
Ed 302 History & Phil, of Am. Ed 3
Mus 302 History of Mus II 3
Mus 332 Jr. H.S. Methods 2
Mus 333 Sr. H.S. Methods 2
Private Voice or Piano 2
Private Piano or Voice 1
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Phil 120 Introduction lo Philosophy or
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Ed 301 A.idio-Visual Ed 2
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Mus 303 History of Music III 3
Music Elective 2
Private Voice or Piano 1
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching
Ed 422 Professional Practicum
A pi
prnficieocy jury examination is required in all areas of nmsie fldneation.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PUBLIC SCHOOL NURSING
GEORGE A. W. STOUFFER. Director
The Board of Presidents of the State Colleges approved on
January 19, 1951, a curriculum for public school nurses leading
to the degree of bachelor of science in education. The require-
ments shown below must be met.
1. The satisfactory completion of a three-year curriculum
in an approved school of nursing and registration by the
State Board of Examiners for the Registration of Nurses
of Pennsylvania.
2. The satisfactory completion of sixty (60) semester hours
of additional preparation distributed as follows:
A. Courses Related to Public School Nursing
Semester Hours
PSN 301 Public School Nursing 2
PSN 302 Public School Organization 2
PSN 401 Public Health Nursing 6
PSN 402 Nutrition and Community Health . . 2
PSN 403 Family Case Work _3
TOTAL 15
B. General and Professional Education
Hist 104 History of the United States and
Pa. II 3
Eng 102 English II 4
Hist 101 or SS 102 History of Civilization
I or II 3
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Eng 301 Literature II 2
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Soc 251 Introduction to Sociology 3
Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Am. Ed 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3
SpH 354 Audiometry for PSN 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Electives 11
TOTAL 45
GRAND TOTAL ^
In the case of nurses with less than three years preparation
for registration, such persons will pursue additional courses to
meet the requirements for the degree.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PHYSICS DEPARTMENT
RICHARD E. BERRY. Chiirman
REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICS MAJORS
The major in Physics consists of 26 semester hours credit.
In addition supporting courses in Biology, Chemistry and
Mathematics are required.
Major in Physics
FIRST SEMESTER
Eng 101 English I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trig 5
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C 2
Phys 111 Physics I 4
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 201 Literature I "l
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calcnlus 1 . . 4
HPe 102 Physical Education or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 2
Phys 112 Physics II 4
15
17
THIRD SEMESTER
Math 257 Analytical Geometry and Calculoa II . . 4
Foreign Language S
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Physics Elective S
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Eng 201 Literature I 2
Foreign Language 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4
Elective 4
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Phys 211 Elect. & Mag. I 3
Sci 103 General Biology I 4
17
SIXTH SKMESTER
Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools .. S
Ed 302 Hist, and Phil. Am. Ed 8
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Physics Elective 4
Sci 104 General Biology II 4
17
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Ed 305 Audiovisual Education 2
Phys 311-312 Mechanics I or II S
Elective 4
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practlcura and School Law . . 2
14
IS
Physics Elcctives
Phys 382 Heat
Phys 361 Electronics
Phys 472 Modem Physics (Required)
Phy» 371 Optics
Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physici
Phys 452 Selected Experiments in Atomic, Nuclear
and Modem Physics
Phys 483 Quantum Mechanics
Phys 498 Problems in Physics
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICAL SCIENCE MAJORS
The major in Physical Science consists of 34 hours
physics and chemistry with 20 hours in supporting courses.
m
Physical Science Majors
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Chem 111 General ChemiBtry I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5
Eng 101 English I 4
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science I 2
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Chem 112 General Chemistry II 4
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calculus I . . 4
Eng 102 English II 4
HPe 102 Physical Education or
MS 102 Military Science II 2
Art lOI Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
THIRD SEMESTER
Phys 111 Physics 1 4
Chem 211 Qualitative Analysis 3
Math 257 Analytical Geometry & Calculus II ... 4
Foreign Language 3
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
17
FOURTH SEMESTER
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Chem 311 Organic Chemistry I 4
Foreign Language 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 211 Elect. & Mag 3
Chem 411 Physical Chemistry 3
Eiig 201 Literature I 2
Psy 305 Evaluative Methods 2
H ist 101 History of Civilization I 3
Physics Elective 3
16
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phys 311-312 Mechanics I or II 3
Chem. or Phys. Elective 6
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization 11 3
Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Education 3
Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools . . 3
Physics Elective 5
Eng 301 Literature II 2
16
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law . . 2
17
Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis
Chem 312 Organic Chemistry II
Chem 351 Biological Chemistry
Chemistry Electives
Chem 251 Industrial Chemistry
Qiem 498 Problems in Chemistry
Phys 382 Heat
Phys 361 Electronics
Phys 472 Modern Physics (Required)
Phy* S71 Optics
Physics Electives
Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physios
Phys 452 Selected Experiments in Atomic, Nuclear
and Modem Physics
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIREMENTS FOR PHYSICS-MATHEMATICS MAJORS
The major in Physics-Mathematics consists of 36 hours in
physics and mathematics with 8 hours in supporting courses.
Physics-Mathematics Majors
FIRST SEMESTER
Or.
Eng 101 English 1 4
Math IS2 Algebra or Trigonometry 5
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 R.O.T.C 2
Phya 111 Phyaics I 4
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng 102 English II l
Math 157 Analytical Geometry and Calculus 1 . . 4
HPe 102 Physical Education or
MS 102 R.O.T.C 2
Phys 112 Physics II 4
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mus 101 Introduction to Music 3
THIRD SEMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Math 257 Anal. Geom. and Calculus II 4
Phys 472 Modern Physics 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Math. Elective 3
16
FIFTH SEMESTER
Phys 211 Elect. & Mag. I 3
Sci 103 General Biology I 4
Eng 301 Introduction to Literature 2
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Math or Physics Elective 3
17
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Phys 311-312 Mechanics I or II 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Physics or Math Elective 3
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Elective 3
17
FOURTH SEJMESTER
Foreign Language 3
Math 357 Analytical Geometry and Calculus III . 4
Geog 101 World Geography 3
Physics Elective 3
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Eng 201 Literature I 2
18
SIXTH SEMESTER
Physics Elective 4
Sci 104 General Biology II 4
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II "<
Ed 302 History and Phil, of Education 3
Ed 451 Teaching Science in Secondary Schools .. 3
17
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SKMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and School Law . . 2
14
17
Electives in Physics
Phys 382 Haat
Phys 361 Electronics
Phys 472 Modern Physics (Required)
Phys 498 Problems in Physics
Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physics
Phys 452 Selected Experiments in Atomic, Nuclear
and Modern Physics
Electives in Mathematics
Math 253 Theory of Equations
Math 341 Theory of Numbers
Math 353 History of Mathematics
Math 355 Foundations of Geometry I
Math 361 Differential Equations
Math 362 Probabilities & Statistics
Math 366 Computer Math I
Math 371 Linear Alfebra I
Math 375 Introduction to Modern Math
Math 376 Abstract Algebra
Math 381 Advanced Calculus I
Math 382 Advanced Calculus II
Math 452 Seminar in Mathematics
Math 461 Computer Math II
Math 471 Seminar; Research Usage of Computers
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIREMENTS FOR EARTH SCIENCE
The major in Earth Science consists of the minimum of 52
semester hours credit in mathematics, science, and geography
or prescribed.
Major in Earth Science
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English I 4
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5
Phya 111 Physics I 4
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science I 2
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
Math 157 Analytic Geometrr and Calculus I 4
Phya 112 Physics II 4
HPe 102 Physical Education I or 1
MS 102 Military Science II 2
15
16-17
THIRD SEMESTER
ESci 211 Solar System 3
Chem 111 General Chemistry I 4
Foreign Language 3
Ceog 153 Physical Geography 3
Psy 201 General Psychology 3
Eng 201 Literature I 2
FOURTH SEMESTER
ESci 212 Stellar Astronomy 3
Chem 112 General Chemiatry II 4
Foreign Language 3
Hist 102 History of Civilization U 3
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1
18
17
FIFTH SEMESTER
ESci 221 Physical Geology 3
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Sci 103 General Biology I 4
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Ed 305 Evaluative Methoda 2
Ed 201 Audio-Visual Education 2
SIXTH SEMESTER
ESoi 222 Historical Geology 3
.Sci 104 General Biology II 4
Ed 302 Hist, and Phil, of Amor. Ed 3
Elect ives 6
16
16
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 221 Logic or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Ed 451 Teaching Science in
Secondary Schools 3
PolS 111 American Citizenship 3
Geog 249 Meterology 4
Elective 3
SEVENTH OR EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Stndent Teaching
Ed 422 Profeaaional Praeticum and
School Law
14
16
ELECTIVES
Science, mathematics, and other electives to be selected
in consultation with adviser.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SOCIAL SCIENCE
RAYMOND L. LEE, Coordinator
Forty-two semester hours are required for a major in the
Social Sciences, including general education courses in this
area. A rninimum of six semester hours must be programmed
in each of five areas: Sociology- Anthropology, Economics,
Geography, History, and Political Science.
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 101 English 1 4
Biol 103 General Biology I or
Sci 105 Basic Physical Science 4
Foreign Language 3
Ceog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science 2
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Eng 102 English II 4
Biol 104 General Biology U or
Sci 106 Basic Physical Science 4
Foreign Language 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I or
MS 102 Miliury Science 12
15-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Moi 101 Introduction to Music 3
Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4
HPe 103 Physical Education II or
Military Science 1-2
Elective 6
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization 11 3
Psy 302 Education Psychology 3
Elective 7-10
Eng 201 Literature I 2
15-18
17-18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Ed 302 Hist-Phil Education 3
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Elective! or Pro Courses 9
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Ed 354 Teaching Social Studies 3
Electivei 12
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Antb 110 .-Vnlhropology or
Pliil 120 Philusuphy 3
Puis 111 American Citizenship 3
Elective 9
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and
School Law 2
14
17
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HISTORY
CLYDE C. GELBACH. Chairman
Thirty semester hours are required for a major in History.
Beyond General Education requirements at least one course
must be programmed in each of the following sub-divisions:
European History, United States History, and Regional History.
FIRST SEMESTER
Cr.
Eiig 101 English I 4
Biol 103 Ceneral Biology or
Sci 105 Basic Pbfsical Science 4
Foreign Language 3
Geog 101 World Geography 3
HPe 101 Health or
MS 101 Military Science 2
16
SECOND SEMESTER
Cr.
Erig 102 English II 4
Biol 104 Ceneral Biology or
Sci 106 Basic Physical Science 4
Foreign Language 3
HPe 102 Physical Education I or
MS 102 Military Science 1-2
15-16
THIRD SEMESTER
Pay 201 General Psychology 3
Art 101 Introduction to Art or
Mas 101 Introduction to Music 3
Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4
HPe 103 Physical Education II or
Military Science 1-2
Elective 6
FOURTH SEMESTER
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3
Pay 302 Education Psychology 3
Elective 7-10
Eng 201 Literature I 2
15-18
17-18
FIFTH SEMESTER
Ed 302 Hist-Phil Education 3
Eng 301 Literature II 2
Hist 104 History of U.S. and Pa. II 3
Electivea or Pro Courses 9
17
SIXTH SEMESTER
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2
Ed 354 Teaching Social Studies 3
Electives 12
17
SEVENTH SEMESTER
Ed 305 Evaluative Methods 2
Anth 110 Anthropology or
Phil 120 Philosophy 3
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3
Elective 9
EIGHTH SEMESTER
Ed 421 Student Teaching
Ed 422 Professional Practicum and
School Law
17
VIEWS and SCENES
at
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Indiana, Pennsylvania
; /
^^mf¥'
^
^^
■jm
^*eV *
If*
T^ m- JTS ^^j/Fy^ ' f W.
m^
w
J'.
^*^'.^r\
m
^^
m
»w^
\i:
~ /
'■M
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THE DEPARTMENTS AND COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
THE ART DEPARTMENT
LAWRENCE F. McVITTY, Cbainnan of Departmant
ROBERT J. CRONAUER RALPH W. REYNOLDS
THOMAS DONGn-LA FRANK ROSS
JOHN A. CHRIST ROBERT SEELHORST
JAMES M. INNES ROBERT E. SLENKER
JOANNE LOVETTE ROBERT J. VISLOSKY
MARK W. MILLER
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE
Art 101 Introduction to Art 3 cr.
Studies in the understanding and enjoyment of the visual
arts as modes of expression, feeling, and communication make
up the content of this course. Reproductions, demonstrations,
slides, moving pictures as well as field trips to see original
works of art, are used in sampling our cultural heritage.
REQUIRED COURSES FOR ART STUDENTS
Courses are listed in the order in which they should be
completed in each field. Subjects in the various fields are car-
ried simultaneously in order to facilitate the development of
the student. The student should understand that where classes
are studio in nature, 2 clock hours are required in order to re-
ceive 1 credit.
THE BASIC COURSES
Art 111 Drawing in All Media 2 cr.
A foundation course in drawing which includes a study of
perspective light and shadow and composition with a variety
of media and subject matter.
Art 112 Composition and Figure Drawing 2 cr.
Figure construction, anatomy, and life drawing are studied.
Included are pictorial design and composition.
Art 113 Color and Design 2 cr.
Basic elements and principles of design and color are
studied. Problems in two and three dimensional design are
completed.
Art 114 Design in Volume and Space 2 cr.
This course provides the student with a wide variety of
experiences in three-dimensional design using various ma-
terials. Form, volume, and space are considered in different
materials and in their relationship to sculpture, architecture,
and the crafts. The emphasis is on experimentation with ma-
terials and ideas.
130 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Art 115 Art ffistory I 3 cr.
The visual arts are examined as modes of expression in
relation to the life of the individual in the home and in the
community. The period covered is from Prehistoric times to
the Renaissance.
ART EDUCATION
Art 311 Arts and Crafts in Elementary Education 3 cr.
This course is designed to help the future art teacher un-
derstand the aesthetic and creative development of elementary
school children. Art education is studied as a process which
helps develop the total growth of the child, and his art prod-
ucts are evaluated by this criterion. Art programs, planning,
and motivation are studied critically. Experience is given with
two dimensional materials as they apply to the elementary
level.
Art 312 Art in Junior and Senior High School 3 cr.
(This course is a prerequisite to student teaching)
The relationship of art education to the total secondeiry
curriculum is studied to determine the goals of junior-senior
high school art. The adolescent and his creative products are
analyzed to help the prospective art teacher identify himself
with the problems of his students. Emphasis is placed upon the
concept of the adolescent's waning self-confidence in his crea-
tive expression and his dire need of aesthetic experiences to
help reorient himself.
Art 330 Arts and Crafts for the Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied
for opportunities they offer in the training, therapy and educa-
tion of students who are mentally retarded, crippled, or need
special help for any reason.
Ed 421 (Art) Student Teaching (and Directed Student
Activities) 12 cr.
Here the prospective art teacher is given many opportuni-
ties, under capable supervision, to guide the creative efforts of
students at all age levels in the primary, elementary, junior,
and senior high schools. Current philosophies of general and
art education are applied in a practical teaching situation. Em-
phasis is placed on the creative growth of teacher and pupil.
Ed 422 Professional Practicum (including School Law) 2 cr.
Consideration is given to recent education trends and
methods, art curricula, and to planning of art courses for all
grade levels. Practicum also includes professional readings,
discussions, observations, and the accumulation and organiza-
tion of pertinent teaching materials.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ART HISTORY AND AESTHETICS
Art 116 Art History U 3 cr.
This is a combination of Art History in which appreciation
and critical judgment of old and modern masterpieces are
goals. The relation of art to the world from the Renaissance to
the 20th century is presented. A brief survey of modern art is
presented in the latter part of the course.
Art 216 Seminar in Art 3 cr.
In the course the theoretical background of the arts are
studied. The historical, sociological, and formal approaches to
the arts are examined with a particular emphasis on the visual
arts. This course is a survey of speculative aspect of the arts,
and the relation of the arts to life.
Art 458 Art History HI 3 cr.
The great revolutionary movements which began about
1850 and the trends of contemporary arts are vital to the art
students of today. This course completes the sequence in the
History of Art through the ages, (This course will be offered
if fifteen students pre-register for it.)
CRAFTS
Art 214 Modeling and Sculpture 2 cr.
This experience offers the student an opportunity to de-
velop a personal expression while acquiring knowledge of three
dimensional design related to sculpture and modeling. He be-
comes familiar with the structural nature of terra cotta, sheet
material, wire, plaster, wood and stone. This is a basic course
in which the materials are treated experimentally to achieve
an interpretation of the material by hand and tool.
Art 215 Crafts in Metal and Wood 2 cr.
In this course the student is given an opportunity to de-
velop his design awareness through experiencing those craft
processes associated with wood and metal. Hand and power
tools are used to experiment with these materials in discover-
ing inherent design and construction possibilities.
Art 315 Pottery and Ceramics 3 cr.
This is a creative experience directed toward the teaching
of craftsmanship in ceramic art. Basic procedures of building
forms by hand and wheel are performed in this course. Stu-
dents also work with decoration and learn the fundamentals of
kiln operation and glazing.
Art 316 Jewelry 2 cr.
The jeweler's art is approached from the point of view of
the creative craftsman who has to learn the metal arts pro-
cesses associated with jewelry making. The lapidary arts, sil-
ver-smithing, and enameling are experienced.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
DESIGN, DRAWING, AND PAINTING
Art 211 Mechanical Drawing and Industrial Design 2 or.
The principles and methods of instrumental drawing and
shape description are studied in theory and in practice. Modern
industrial design practices are studied through the planning
and building of three dimensional products.
Art 212 Costume and Theater Arts 3 cr.
Color and design are used to solve problems in school and
college dramatics and pageantry. Theory and practice in the
design, construction, painting of scenery, lighting, costume, and
properties are basic experiences.
Art 313 Water Color and Mixed Media 3 cr.
The course is primarily concerned with transparent water
color painting but includes gouache and mixed media. Work
begins with a study of brush strokes and realistic on-the-spot
painting and progresses through creative realism, semi-ab-
stract, and non-figurative approaches.
Art 314 Oil Color and Mixed Media 3 cr.
This is a beginning course in the field of painting with
opaque, plastic media. The student is introduced to the techni-
cal as well as the aesthetic bases of painting with a creative
approach to the design possibilities inherent in these plastic
materials and their associated processes.
COMMERCIAL ART AND ILLUSTRATION
Art 213 Lettering, Commercial Art and Illustration 3 cr.
Design is the major concern in this study of the methods of
planning and preparing art work for reproduction including
lettering, layout, and illustration. Single stroke pen and brush
types of lettering are practiced for rapid execution in making
signs, showcards, and posters.
Art 412 Graphic Arts 3 cr.
The techniques of graphic expression studied are, etching,
lithography, block printing, photography, engraving, and siUc
screen printing.
ELECTIVES IN THE ART CURRICULUM
With the foundations already established in three years
of college art work the student may elect advanced courses.
The work will be mainly individual, experimental, and in
depth, with the aim of helping the student to make the trans-
ition from the position of student in the college classroom with
directed studies to the position of artist. These studio-workshop
courses will stress advanced techniques in the particular field
of study.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Art 451 Advanced Crafts 3 cr.
This course is designed to have the student explore the
crafts area in depth. The design and construction of functional
objects will be undertaken with emphasis on innovation.
Art 452 Advanced Ceramics 3 cr.
The basic practices of processing, decoration, forming, and
firing of ceramic objects will be pursued in a more specific way
on a studio basis. This will include beginning glaze computa-
tion.
Art 453 Advanced Sculpture 3 cr.
This course will provide the student with an opportunity
to experience the area of sculpture with greater depth. Em-
phasis will be placed upon uniqueness of idea within the bonds
of the material toward producing a more significant sculpture.
Art 454 Advanced Painting 3 cr.
Individual experimentation and exploration by the devel-
oping artist are encouraged in this course. Studying and ex-
ploring the various technical approaches from the era of the
masters to those used in contemporary methods and media.
Students are helped to discover their individually unique meth-
od of self expression.
Art 455 Advanced Commercial Art 3 cr.
This course stresses advanced techniques in layout and
illustration. The student explores ideas, such as invention of
trademarks and how products are brought about. Layouts are
analyzed as to their quality. Package design is studied.
Art 457 Advanced Graphic Art 3 cr.
The student elects to study the art of the print in greater
depth.
Art 459 Architecture and Home Planning 3 cr.
This course is designed for the student who wishes to ex-
plore basic ideas in home planning and architecture through
studio experience, and a study of architectural history. The
emphasis is upon building in the United States and contempo-
rary houses.
Art 460 Fabrics 3 cr.
This involves the study of the construction, decoration, use
and history of textiles. Weaving, hooking, batik, silk screen,
block printing, applique and stitchery will be techniques avail-
able to students in this course.
Art 461 Advanced Jewelry - 3 cr.
The design and processes associated with the jeweler's art
are given greater concentration. The student jeweler is en-
couraged to investigate, in depth, one or more facets of jewelry
making as experienced in the basic course.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
BIOLOGY DEPARTMENT
DONALD E. HOFFMASTER, Chairman
WILLIS H. BELL DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER
WALTER W. GALLATI MARTIN L. STAPLETON
LOUIS L. GOLD RICHARD M. STRAWCUTTER
FRANCIS W. LIEGEY WILLIAM J. VAIL
ROBERT E. MERRITT RICHARD F. WAECHTER
CHARLES D. REESE CYRIL ZENISEK
ARTHUR G. SHIELDS
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Biol 103 General Biology I 4 cr.
This course deals with the principles of biology. Topics
include cellular structure and physiology, growth and repair,
reproduction and development, control sources of food energy,
inheritance, and man's interrelationship with his biological
environment. The classification of plants and animals is re-
viewed briefly. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Biol 104 General Biology II 4 cr.
A continuation of General Biology I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE COURSES
Biol 111 Botany I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
Botany I is primarily a study of the flowering plants.
Topics include the anatomy and life processes of plant cells,
leaves, stem, roots, flowers, seeds, and fruits. The economic
importance of plants used by man and the recognition and
classification of the seed plants in the immediate environment
of the college are included. Two hours lecture and three hours
laboratory per week.
Biol 112 Botany II 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Botany I. Three hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
Botany II is concerned primarily with the non-flowering
plants. It considers both the anatomy and life processes of
selected algae, bacteria, fungi, mosses, ferns, and their allies.
The economic importance and health implications of certain of
these groups are emphasized. The recognition and classifica-
tion of the non-flowering plants of the immediate surroundings
are stressed.
Biol 121 Zoology I 8 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and 11.
This is a study of the life history, habits, origin, develop-
ment, physiology and anatomy of the main phyla of inverte-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
brates. A phylogenetic sequence is followed to show interre-
lationships among the phyla. The student becomes acquainted
with the many invertebrate species found locally. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 122 Zoology 11 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Zoology I. Three hours lecture and three
hours laboratory per week.
This course is a study of the chordata in general, and more
particularly the classes of vertebrates. Topics studied include
the anatomy, physiology, origin, development, and life history
of representative members of each class. Special attention is
given to the vertebrates found in the vicinity of the college.
Biol 352 Animal Physiology 3 or.
Prerequisites: Zoology I and II. Two hours lecture and
three hours laboratory per week.
The purpose of this course is to give the student a general
background of how animals carry on their bodily processes
and a more detailed knowledge of human physiology. Related
anatomy is taught as needed.
Biol 361 Microbiology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Botany I and II, Zoology I and II. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
This course is a study of microscopic forms of life, both
plant and animal, which are commonly encountered in biologi-
cal work. Some emphasis is placed on the study of disease-
producing species of man and his domesticated animals. Meth-
ods of culturing forms used in high school teaching are studied.
Biol 261 Ornithology 3 cr.
Ornithology is a study of the birds of the region supple-
mented by a review of the major orders of birds of the western
hemisphere. Indoor studies of skins are made during the early
part of the course, while the latter part of the course is largely
field work. Early morning field trips are required. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 262 Entomology 3 cr.
This is an introduction to the orders of insects, considering
their characteristics, habits, and economic relations, together
with the collecting and identifying of representative forms
from Western Pennsylvania. Two hours lecture and three hours
laboratory per week.
Biol 281 Parasitology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Zoology I.
An introductory course which covers the parasitic proto-
zoa, flatworms, and roundworms. Major emphasis is placed
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
upon species infesting man and includes their structure, physi-
ology, ecology, life cycles, pathogenicity and treatment. Labor-
atory work includes some dissection of vertebrate hosts and
fixing, staining and mounting of any parasites recovered. Ar-
thropods involved in parasite transmission are also included.
Biol 272 Conservation of Plant and Animal Resources 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Biology I and II.
In this course special attention is devoted to a study of
accepted practices in soil, water, forest, and game conservation.
Numerous local and state conservation specialists are called in
to assist in the discussion of the specialized fields of conserva-
tion. Field work is an essential part of the course. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Biol 499 Research Biology 3 cr.
A course designed to acquaint the undergraduate student
with the techniques of modern research by actively engaging
in a program of biological experimentation and /or research.
Students will work in close harmony with the faculty member
(or members) engaged in an active research project. There are
no formal lectures or laboratories and a broad biological back-
ground is required. Enrollment is by permission only.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
THE BUSINESS DEPARTMENT
AliBERT E. DRUMHELLER, Chairman of Department
LEE ROY H. BEAUMONT, JR. PATRICIA PATTERSON
MARY JANE BOERING JOHN POLESKY
CHARLES L. COOPER ARLENE RISHER
ROBERT H. DOERR JAMES K. STONER
FRANK GHESSIE BEATRICE F. THOMAS
ALBERT R. McCLURE HAROLD W. THOMAS
DALE WOOMER
REQUIRED BUSINESS COURSES FOR ALL
BUSINESS EDUCATION STUDENTS
Bus 101 Introduction to Business 1 cr.
The purpose of this course is to introduce the student to
the make-up of the business world, acquaint him with the con-
tacts of everyday business, orient him in the field, and provide
exploration in the various areas in Business Education. This
should assist him greatly in his choice of his major field or his
fields in the department. This course has pronounced guidance
features.
Bus 111 Business Mathematics I 3 cr.
Prerequisite and designed to lay a groundwork for Busi-
ness Mathematics II.
This is a review of the fundamental processes with empha-
sis on speed and accuracy through adequate drill and practical
application in the handling of the fundamental business opera-
tions. Topics considered which especially concern business are
the 60-day 6 per cent method of computing interest, compound
interest; bank, cash and trade discount; along with partial pay-
ments.
Bus 131 Principles of Typewriting 2 cr.
For those persons who have had l^^ oi" more years of ex-
perience in this area in high school, a test is given and exemp-
tion from taking the course granted if course standards are met.
This introductory course places emphasis on the develop-
ment of correct techniques in typewriting. The student is intro-
duced to the basic styles of business letters, simple tabulations
and simple manuscripts. Individual remedial work is given.
Specific standards of speed and accuracy are required.
Bus 132 Intermediate Typewriting 2 cr.
This course continues the development of speed and ac-
curacy. Students learn to type tabulated reports, special prob-
lems in letter arrangement and business forms, rough drafts
and manuscripts. Production ability is developed.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Bus 212 Business Mathematics II 3 cr.
The purpose of this course is to teach students to apply
principles of business mathematics with speed and accuracy in
solving advanced problems encountered by the businessman
and the consumer. The mathematics of production, marketing,
accounting, finance, and management correlate with the ac-
counting courses.
Bus 221 Introduction to Accounting 3 cr.
This is the first course in this area and a prerequisite. Its
purpose is to introduce the students to the keeping of records
for the professional man as well as a mercantile enterprise in-
volving the single proprietor. Emphasis is placed upon the dis-
tinction between keeping records on the cash basis as compared
to the accrual basis of bookkeeping. Consideration is given to
special journals, the combined-cash journal, auxiliary records,
and business papers.
Bus 235 Business Law I 3 cr.
This course deals with the nature of law and the agencies
and procedures for its enforcement, contracts, agency employ-
ment, negotiable instruments, property, bailments and trans-
portation. The aim is to apply principles of law to everyday
life and to establish proper interests, ideals and attitude toward
law as a means of economic and social control.
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus. 221, a "C" average in Business Mathe-
matics and English.
Special consideration is given in connection with accruals
and deferred items; the significance and handling of evaluation
accounts and the interpretation of the effect of all types of
transactions on the operation of the business are stressed
throughout the course. Special attention is given to the voucher
system and to the preparation of columnar records for different
types of business along with the preparation and interpretation
of comparative financial reports. Special consideration is given
to the legal and accounting aspects, payroll and partnership
organization, operation and dissolution.
Bus 271 Advanced Typewriting 2 cr.
Emphasis is placed upon the further development of speed
and accuracy. Advanced letter forms, manuscript writing, legal
documents, stencil duplication, statistical reports and typing
from problem situations are given much attention. Improve-
ment in production ability is stressed.
Bus 311 Methods of Teaching Business Courses 3 cr.
This includes methods of teaching general business courses,
as well as shorthand, typewriting, and bookkeeping. Unit plans.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
demonstrations and lesson planning are emphasized. Aims,
techniques and procedures of teaching, grade placement of sub-
jects and classroom management are considered items of the
course. All courses in the student's major area along with the
two Psychology courses must have been cleared before this
course is taken.
Bus 312 Evaluative Techniques in Business Courses 2 or.
This course includes the construction, administration, scor-
ing, treatment and grading of various type tests. The analysis
of test results, remedial teaching and retesting, the evaluation
of tests, all tied together in the psychological foundation of
good methods as they function in the field of Business Educa-
tion.
Bus 321 Business Correspondence 3 cr.
This is a course rich in the fundamentals of grammar;
study of the vocabulary of business; setup of business forrns
and modern business letters; emphasis of the "you" attitude in
the writing of letters of inquiry, response, order letters, adjust-
ment letters, sales letters; preparation of data sheets, and ap-
plication letters.
Bus 331 Sales and Retailing 3 cr.
This course comprises a survey and analysis of the fields of
retailing. A study is made of textile and non-textile merchan-
dise, requirements for sales personnel, types of customers, mer-
chandising plans and procedures, merchandise pricing and sell-
ing techniques.
Bus 335 Clerical Practice Office Machines 2 cr.
Clerical office routine is covered, together with the funda-
mentals of operating various office machines — calculators, add-
ing machines, key punch, dictaphones, and various office ap-
pliances; also, the theory and practice of office management is
stressed.
Bus 336 Business Law II 3 cr.
The basic aim of this course is the same as that stated for
Business Law I. Attention is given to kinds of business organi-
zations, sales, insurance, surety and guaranty, leases and mort-
gages, trusts and estates, bankruptcy, business torts and crimes.
Bus 415 Economics 3 cr.
This course is designed to give the business student a basic
understanding of our economic system and how it operates
from the viewpoint of the economist as compared to the de-
veloped viewpoint of their business training. It includes an un-
derstanding of the role of money and its effects on our econo-
my; to present a measurement of production, employment, and
income; to explain the causes of business fluctuations; and to
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
develop an understanding of the economic policies used to
stabilize the level of economic activity.
COURSES REQUIRED IN
THE STENOGRAPHIC SEQUENCE
Bus 161 Shorthand Theory (Diamond Jubilee Edition) 3 cr.
This is an introductory course in the basic principles of
Gregg Shorthand Simplified.
Bus 262 Shorthand Dictation 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Bus 161, a "C" average in English.
There are three major objectives for this course: to review
and strengthen the student's knowledge of the principles of
Gregg Shorthand Simplified, to build shorthand-writing speed
and to build transcription skill.
Bus 263 Transcription 3 cr.
This course develops additional speed in taking dictation
with much emphasis placed on the development of transcrip-
tion skill. Teaching techniques are considered a vital part of
the work in this course.
Bus 364 Secretarial Office Practice 3 or.
This course is an advanced study of the theory and the
practice in activities common to the office — handling the mail,
telegraphic services, shipping services, meeting callers, various
business reports, financial and legal duties, filing, transcription,
secretarial standards; personality, reference books, itineraries,
preparation of documents, editing, etc.
COURSES REQUIRED IN THE ACCOUNTING SEQUENCE
Bus 352 Corporate Accounting 3 cr.
Special attention is given to the records and reports pecul-
iar to the corporate form of organization as well as to the
methods of handling capital and surplus. Emphasis is given to
the methods of accounting for inventories, tangible and intan-
gible fixed assets, investments, long-term liabilities, funds and
reserves and the methods of amortizing bond premium and
discount.
Bus 353 Cost Accounting 3 cr.
This course is designed to give the students an understand-
ing of the theory of costing used in manufacturing establish-
ments. The voucher system is introduced in this course and at-
tention is given to budgeting, estimating and prorating of man-
ufacturing expenses, the technical aspects of charting produc-
tion data, and investigating time and motion study techniques.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Bus 454 Tax Accounting 3 or.
This course is designed to enable the students to gain a
familiarity with the Federal Income Tax Laws as they pertain
to individuals, single proprietorships and partnerships. The
Social Security Tax Law will also be considered as a phase of
this course. In addition to studying the Internal Revenue Code
in connection with the above topics problems will be consider-
ed which involve the use of the different forms that are neces-
sary in tax accounting. The case method is utilized in the study
of this subject.
Bus 455 Auditing 3 cr.
In this course students conduct a semi-detailed audit of
business records, make the corrections, and submit statements
of results. Problems of public and private auditing are develop-
ed by the instructor. The construction and organization of
working papers and the auditor's final report are covered. It
also provides the prospective teacher with a knowledge of the
current tax laws in connection with Social Security, Excise and
Income Taxes.
COURSES REQUIRED IN THE
RETAIL TRAINING SEQUENCE
Bus 251 Intermediate Accounting (see previous outline) 3 cr.
Bus 332 Retail Management 3 cr.
This course is an advanced study of the units of Retail
Training I, and includes a study of merchandising control, stock
planning, buying, pricing, personnel training, store layout and
equipment, retail advertising and display. Suggested public
relations activities are practiced in this course. A part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the Pennsylvania Distribu-
tive Education Program.
Bus 433 Retail Practice 6 cr.
Prerequisites: Bus 221, 251, and 331.
This is a practical course of cooperative part-time training
in the retail establishments of Indiana. The student spends a
minimum of 15 clock hours per week for a semester in actual
retail work at which time he puts into practice the theories of
retailing studied in previous retail training courses. This course
may be taken by the student in or near his home town during
the summer term by special arrangement and provided the
distance is no greater than sixty miles from Indiana. Each of
these plans is under the cIosq supervision of store officials and
of the university.
142 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ELECTIVES FOR BUSINESS STUDENTS
Bus 241 Business Organization and Finance 2 cr.
The contents of this course are designed to give an over-
view of business management. Modern business organization,
finance, personnel administration, production, and public rela-
tions are studied and made meaningful as they fit into our in-
dustrial society. The organization and management of the cor-
poration and other forms of business are covered.
Bus 342 Consumer Economics 3 cr.
Problems of production, distribution, merchandising and
buying are studied. Intelligent consumership is stressed
throughout all aspects of the course. Importance is placed upon
maximum satisfaction from goods and services consumed by
the individual.
Bus 454 Tax Accounting (see previous outline) 3 cr.
This course is available only to Accounting Majors in Busi-
ness Education and can be elected in either the Junior or
Senior year.
GENERAL ELECTIVE
Bus 371 Elective Typing and Duplicating 1 cr.
This course is available to all upper classmen except Busi-
ness Education students.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
CHEMISTRY DEPARTMENT
PAUL R. WUNZ, Chairman
CARL W. BORDAS WILLIAM HEARD
EDWARD N. BROWN RONALD L. MARKS
EDWARD G. COLEMAN ROBERT N. MOORE
JOSEPH COSTA JOHN H. SCROXTON
DONALD W. GKOFF WILLIAM C. SHELLENBERGER
CHEMISTRY COURSES
Chem 111-112 General Chemistry I and II 8 cr.
General Chemistry I includes the study of the nature of
matter, atomic structure, periodic law, chemical bond, stoi-
chiometry, gases, liquids, solids and solutions. General Chem-
istry II includes chemical kinetics, chemical equilibrium, elec-
trical energy and chemical change, oxidation and reduction,
descriptive chemistry and organic chemistry. The laboratory
work illustrates fundamental principles; during the first semes-
ter it is semiquantitative in nature, and the second semester
is devoted to qualitative analysis. Three hours lecture and
three hours laboratory per week.
Chem 211 Quantitative Analysis I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Chem 111 and 112. Lectures, two hours per
week; laboratory four hours per week.
The theory and practice of quantitative analysis includes
gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Special emphasis is placed
on perfecting the students laboratory technique and application
of general chemical knowledge through problem solving.
Chem 212 Quantitative Analysis II 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Chem 211.
A continuation of first semester with special attention de-
voted to advanced topics in analytical chemistry. Student ap-
plication of standard analytical technique and theory of the
first semester to practical research problems. Bilateral labora-
tory and lecture study of modern instrumental techniques.
Lectures, two hours per week. Laboratory four hours per week.
Chem 251 Industrial Chemistry 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Chemistry I and II.
This course is a study of the applications of chemistry and
science to the industries of Western Pennsylvania for the sci-
ence teacher. The course consists of lectures, laboratory work,
and field trips to representative industries. Two hours lecture
and three hours laboratory per week.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Chem 411 Physical Chemistry I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Calculus I, and one year of either Organic
or Quantitative Chemistry.
Classical Thermodynamics, thermochemistry, gases, solu-
tions and other topics as time permits. Two lecture and three
laboratory hours per week.
Chem 412 Physical Chemistry II 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Chem 411 and Calculus II.
Application of classical thermodynamics to the study of
phase equilibria, kinetics, diffusion, and other topics as time
permits. Introduction to statistical thermodynamics and quan-
tum physics. Lectures, two hours per week and laboratory
three hours per week.
Chem 451 Colloidal Chemistry 3 cr.
Prerequisites: General Chemistry I and II and Organic
Chemistry I.
This course consists of discussion and laboratory work
dealing with the theory of colloidal behavior. Stress will be
placed upon proteins and other materials encountered in the
colloidal state which are important in nature or industry. Two
hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Chem 452 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Qualitative Analysis and Organic Chemistry
This course is designed to give the student an imderstand-
ing of the advanced theory of atomic structure, chemical bond-
ing, acids and bases, coordination compounds, and selected
topics. Three hours lecture per week.
Chem 498 Problems in Chemistry 1 to 3 cr.
This course includes laboratory work, library reading, and
conferences with a staff member. The purpose of the course is
to give the student experience in the investigation of selected
problems in chemistry. The credit is to be arranged.
Chem 151-152 Organic and Biochemistry I-II 6 cr.
This course is planned to include those topics from the
fields of organic chemistry and biochemistry that are most im-
portant for the student of home economics. The structures,
properties, and preparation of the various classes of organic
compounds are surveyed. This information then serves as a
basis for the study of various materials encountered by a pro-
fessional home economist, whether teaching or employed by
private industry. Three hours of lecture and two hours of lab-
oratory per week.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 cr.
A study of the physical world, focusing on the fundamental
concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on what
science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the emer-
gence of the more fundamental physical laws. Topics include
those often associated with astronomy, chemistry, geology and
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr.
A continuation of Physical Science I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
EARTH SCIENCE COURSES
ESci 211 Solar System 3 cr.
Fundamentals of astronomy with emphasis on the tele-
scope, observational methods, an examination of the sun, moon,
planets, asteroids, comets, and meteors, the mechanics and
origin of the solar system, and the spatial relationship of the
solar system to the other members of the universe. Scheduled
laboratory periods and night observations are part of the
course. Two hours lecture and one laboratory period or night
observation per week.
ESci 212 Stellar Astronomy 3 cr.
Fundamentals of astronomy with emphasis on the sun,
stars, galaxies, the siderial universe, and the use of spectro-
scopy for gathering astronomical data. Scheduled laboratory
periods and night observations are part of the course. Two
hours lecture and one laboratory period or night observation
per week.
ESci 331 Navigation 3 cr.
A thorough grounding in the meanings of terms used in
navigation, in the purposes and use of navigational instru-
ments and publications and in the theory and general methods
of piloting, dead reckoning and electronic and celestial naviga-
tion. Emphasis is placed upon chart work and the solution of
practical navigational problems. Two houi's lecture and two
hours laboratory.
ESci 217 Meteorology 3 cr.
A basic study of the atmosphere and physical processes that
produce commonly observed weather phenomena, including
discussion of radiation, temperature, humidity, evaporation,
condensation and precipitation, clouds, pressure systems and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
winds, air masses and fronts, cyclones, anti-cyclones, hurri-
canes, tornadoes, and thunderstorms. In the laboratory, em-
phasis is on common and useful meteorological instruments,
observations, weather reporting, and the weather map. Two
lectures and two hours laboratory per week.
ESci 221 Physical Geology 3 cr.
A basic course, with no college prerequisites, designed to
meet the needs of science and non-science majors. It provides
a survey of the physical forces molding, modifying and destroy-
ing earth structures. Laboratory work includes map study, the
identification of rocks and minerals, and field trips. Two hours
of lecture and one three hour laboratory per week.
ESci 222 ffistorical Geology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Physical Geology or permission of instructor.
A basic course providing a historj' of our planet from the
fiery beginnings to the present. Special consideration is given
to rock stratigraphic sequences, invertebrate fossil distribution
and geologic map interpretation. Laboratory work includes
field studies. Two hours of lecture and one three hour labora-
tory per week.
ESci 321 Paleontology 3 cr.
This course covers the morphology, classification and evo-
lution of the common fossils. Indiana State College is fortunate
in being located in an area in which a wide spectrum of rep-
resentative fossils ranging from Cambrian to Permian time
may be found within easy-driving distance of the campus,
work is an essential part of the course. Two hours lecture and
Major emphasis is placed on the invertebrate fossils. Field
work is an essential part of the course. Two hours lecture and
three hours laboratory.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT
FRANCIS G. McGOVERN, Chairman
WILLIS J. KICHAKU ROBERT C. VOWELS
Econ 121 Principles of Economics 3 or.
Introduction to the nature and scope of economics; ex-
amination of universal principles and laws of economic activi-
ty; study of the structure of American capitalism; the role of
money and banking; the role of government; national income,
its fluctuations and growth.
Econ 241 Contemporary Economic Problems 3 cr.
The study of what determines value: the problem of pric-
ing goods and services; the problem of pricing the factors of
production; understanding the kinds of competition; introduc-
tion to the problems of labor, international trade, world pover-
ty, competing economic systems.
Econ 341 Industrial Relations 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
A study of the problems involved in the relations between
the workers and management in a dynamic industrial society,
and the economic aspects of the solutions of these problems
proposed or attempted by labor, management, and the govern-
ment.
Econ 343 Economic Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
An analysis of prices, output and distribution with applica-
tion to current problems of economic policy.
Econ 344 Public Finance 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
A survey of the revenues, expenditures and debt operations
of governments. Special attention will be given to the different
requirements and character of the Federal government and of
state and local units respectively.
Econ 345 Money and Banking 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
A study of the history and present state of the American
monetary and banking system. The Federal Reserve System,
instruments of credit control, proposals for monetary reform
and the relationship between money and economic stability
will be covered in the course.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Econ 346 Economic Development 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
An empirical and theoretical analysis of the nature of the
economic growth of nations. Special emphasis given to the
problems of underdeveloped countries.
Econ 347 History of Economic Thought 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
Presenting a study of the fundamental contributions which
outstanding economists have made to economic ideas.
Econ 348 International Economics 3 cr.
International Economics is a study of international trade,
international investment, current international institutions, and
United States foreign economic policy.
Econ 349 Comparative Economic Systems 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Economics.
Basic economic issues in capitalism, socialism, communism,
and fascism, and their relationships to political and social
problems.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY DEPARTMENT
STANLEY W. LORE, Chairman of Department
A. DALE ALLEN JOHN W. REID
DON-CHEAN CHU PAUL A. RISHEBERCER
LEONARD B. DeFABO NORMAN W. SARGENT
KENNETH F. EDGAR ROBERT H. SAYLOR
JOHN J. HAYS EDWARD D. SHAFFER
JOYCE B. KLAWNHN DOROTHY M. SNYDER
WILLIAM J. LEVENTRY GEORGE L. SPINELLI
DONALD M. MacISAAC JAMES C. WILSON
BLANCHE W. McCLUER HAROLD J. YOUCIS
J. ROBERT MURRAY
PSYCHOLOGY COURSES
Psy 201 General Psychology (General Education Course) 3 er.
This is an introduction to the scientific study of the be-
havior of hving organisms. The student will acquire a psycho-
logical vocabulary, know the major psychological concepts and
principles, will understand the application of the scientific
method to psychology, be able to distinguish between empirical
psychological facts and theories, develop a critical attitude to-
ward popular generalizations and misconceptions, and, to a
degree, understand others and himself better.
Psy 202 Advanced General Psychology 3 or.
Prerequisite: Psy 201
A course designed to extend one's knowledge of general
psychology as a science. An extension of general psychology
for science and liberal arts students who desire acquaintance
with topics in perception, the senses, and human learning.
Weekly demonstrations and laboratory exercises.
Psy 310 Behavioral Statistics 3 cr.
An introduction to both Descriptive and Interpretative
Statistics as applied to behavioral science data. A non-mathe-
matical course, with emphasis on the appropriate application
of statistical tools.
Psy 311 Experimental Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202, and 310
A laboratory course on designing, conducting and evaluat-
ing experiments. Students carry out both original and classical
experiments in the major areas of psychology. Outstanding
studies in each area are surveyed. Two lecture periods plus
one double-period laboratory session.
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 cr.
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
A course designed for aiding the development of strong,
hygienic personalities; mental hygiene as related to the child,
adolescent, and teacher in the home, classroom, and social
situation; maladjustments and mental diseases with emphasis
on prevention.
150 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Psy 353 Child Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
This course aims to study the developmental changes in
intellectual, emotional, motor, and social behavior from early
infancy to adolescence. Outstanding experimental, clinical and
theoretical contributions that show the important practical
relationships between self-understanding, understanding of
others, and the process of helping children to discover them-
selves will be given special attention.
Psy 354 Developmental Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A comprehensive study of the principles of psychological
development in the individual from conception to old age. Em-
phasis is on research methodology and experimental evidence
pertaining to developmental principles.
Psy 355 Adolescent Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
This course is a study of the adolescent, his growth and
development, behavior, personality, and problems. All areas
in his experience will be considered, the physical, mental,
emotional, social.
Psy 362 Physiological Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202.
This course will be an intensive study of the physiological
bases of behavior, with respect to the receptor, adjustive and
effector systems. Selected principles of psychophysics and neu-
roanatomy are emphasized. Registration only with the consent
of the instructor.
Psy 363 Perception 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202
A study of perceptive processes, their acquisition, and
their effects upon the individual. Sensory mechanisms and
their thresholds as well as responses to complex stimuli are
also included.
Psy 371 Personality 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, and (202 or 352).
The leading experimental and clinical findings on person-
ality and motivation and the major theories of personality,
including Freudian theories.
Psy 372 Introduction to Psychological Measurement 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A survey of psychological measurement techniques, with
emphasis on the theoretical assumptions underlying these tech-
niques and discussion of the interpretation and limitations of
the measuring instruments. The course includes a consideration
of individual and group tests, objective and projective tech-
niques, and self-rating scales.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Psy 391 Psychology of Learning 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, 202, 310, 311
The description and analysis of theories of the learning
processes. Discussion of experimental findings relating to the
acquisition, maintenance, and control of behavioral changes in
terms of these theories.
Psy 451 Psychological Practicum 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Approval by Director of the Psychological
Clinic.
Under the supervision of the Director of the Psychological
Clinic selected students receive experience in the application
of psychological technique.
Psy 452 Social Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Psy 201.
A study of the interaction of people, either in pairs or in
groups. Examination of the effects of their respective person-
alities, motives, attitudes and cultural backgrounds upon each
other. Also a study of leadership, role playing, group conform-
ity and group effectiveness.
Psy 461 Abnormal Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
The systematic study of the full range of psychological
functioning from the basic and accepted normal to the most
extreme aberrations. Etiology, dynamics, symptomatology,
treatment, and prognosis of the psychoneuroses, psychoses, psy-
chomatic disorders, character disorders, and disorders of in-
telligence constitute the major emphases of the course.
Psy 491 Senior Seminar in Psychology 3 cr.
Open only to students with a specialization in psychology
and senior standing. Discussion of the basic concepts in psy-
chology, their evolution, and their current status. Exploration
of current research and trends in the various areas of psy-
chology.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES
(Required of all Students in Education)
Ed 301 Audio-Visual Education 2 cr.
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
A consideration of the needs for sensory techniques and
materials is given with attention to the psychological processes
involved. Through class and laboratory work the student will
have an opportunity to become acquainted with materials and
equipment and skilled in audio-visual techniques, within the
teaching field. Activities will include actual production of ma-
terials for class use and participation in their use.
Ed 302 History and Philosophy of American Education 3 cr.
(Required of all Education Majors)
This course is designed to promote a clearer understanding
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
of modern educational practice through a study of historical
changes in instructional processes and ideas underlying it.
Through the emphasis placed upon the study of educational
beliefs and points of view, the course seeks to foster critical
thinking which will lead to better judgments about the role of
the school in our social culture, the meaning of democracy, the
teacher and his profession, and the objectives and methods of
the school.
Psy 302 Educational Psychology 3 cr.
Prerequisite: General Psychology.
A course designed to promote a better understanding of
the principles of psychology that govern human behavior, with
particular emphasis on their relation to the learning process,
the learning situation, and the learner himself. The significance
of evaluation, individual variation, group dynamics, and child
growth and development will be stressed throughout the
course.
Ed 305 Evaluation Methods 2 cr.
This course includes elementary statistics concerning
graphs, sampling, frequency distribution, averages, measures
of central tendency and dispersion, and the normal curve. Em-
phasis is placed on an understanding of the various evaluation
instruments with much attention being given to standardized
tests, how to select them wisely, and how to interpret and use
the results. The course also includes the use and construction
of tests made by the teacher, and the systems of reporting
pupil growth and development.
GENERAL ELECTIVES
(These courses are open to all students.)
Ed 251 Fundamentals of Guidance 2 cr.
This course gives consideration to the function and im-
plementation of guidance services. It presents an over-all-view
of guidance in relation to individual problems of adjustment
in home and school, on the job, and to civic and social relation-
ships. Throughout the course the relation of the curriculum to
guidance and of the teachers to the guidance worker is domi-
nant. The knowledge, techniques, and opportunities for careers
in guidance service are presented for consideration.
Ed 362 Developmental Reading 3 cr.
This course, planned especially for the teacher of second-
ary students, will assist the participating student to understand
the developmental reading process. The study will include such
areas as objectives, background knowledge and understandings
of the reading process, an overview of the elementary program,
the pre-adolescent and the adolescent and their needs in read-
ing, finding and providing for instructional needs, and special
problems. Specific helps, experiences, techniques, and materials
will be considered.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
It is suggested that the course be taken by secondary stu-
dents just before the student teaching experience.
Ed 371 Photography in Education 3 cr.
This course is designed to give the beginning student a
good introduction to photography, and to emphasize the poten-
tial value of teacher-made photographic materials in teaching.
The student will learn to use his own camera effectively,
he will determine exposures, develop, contact print, and en-
large his own black and white negatives, experiment with
natural and artificial lighting for a variety of subjects, and
shoot, develop, and mount his own color slides. Both the tech-
nical and the artistic aspects of photography will be discussed
in lecture, and considerable time, both in and out of class will
be devoted to practical laboratory work.
No prerequisite required. Student must, however, provide
his own 35mm camera and an acceptable exposure meter in
good condition. See instructor.
Ed 372 Motion Picture Production 3 cr.
This course will emphasize the possibilities for effective
use of teacher-made films in the classroom. The student will
learn to use his own 8mm or 16mm motion picture camera
effectively. He will learn to choose the right film stock, to
determine the correct exposure, to plan and direct the action,
to break the material up into scenes for effective presentation,
to edit the material shot, and to use natural and artificial light-
ing as the situation demands. Some work in script presentation
and in magnetic sound recording will also be included. Classes
will emphasize practical, individual and group work, sup-
plemented with lecture and demonstration.
No prerequisite required. Student must, however, provide
his own camera and an acceptable exposure meter in good
condition. See instructor.
Ed 454 Public School Administration 3 cr.
The course is designed to acquaint the teacher with the
administration and organization of the American public school.
Attention is given to the cultural role of the schools. Treatment
is given to decision-making in the operation of the schools and
the total task of school operation with emphasis on what should
be done. The functions and methods of all professional person-
nel in the operation and improvement of the schools will be
considered.
REQUIRED COURSE FOR STUDENT NURSES
Psy 203 Psychology in Nursing
This is a basic course in psychology for student nurses. Em-
phasis is placed upon principles and generalizations that will
aid the nurse to understand herself, her patients, and those
with whom she will work. Attention is given to individuals of
all age levels from the prenatal organism through the aged.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SPECIAL EDUCATION AND CLINICAL SERVICES
MORTON MORRIS, Chairman of Department
MAUDE O. BRUNGARD EUGENE F. SCANLON
MARSHALL G. FLAMM SEYMOUR SCHWARTZ
MARION M. SEISEL DOROTHY M. SNYDER
The department offers two major curriculum sequences
leading to certification. These include Education for the Men-
tally Retarded and Teaching of the Speech and Hearing Handi-
capped. Students in other departments not intending to obtain
certification in this field who wish to improve their under-
standing of exceptional children may, with permission of the
instructor, elect certain courses. All students in the School of
Education are encouraged to elect Introduction to Exceptional
Children.
INTRODUCTION COURSES
(These courses are open to all students)
SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children 3 or.
This introductory course gives students an opportunity to
survey the characteristics, needs, problems, and behavior pat-
terns of those children who deviate sufficiently from the
"normal" to be considered exceptional. Consideration will be
given to those who fall intellectually both above and below the
average; to those who are handicapped visually, acoustically,
orthopedically, medically, or in respect to speech patterns. Be-
havior disorders resulting from brain impairment will also be
considered.
SpH 254 Speech Development and Improvement 3 cr.
(See course description under TEACHING OF THE
SPEECH AND HEARING HANDICAPPED).
SpE 215 Child Development 3 cr.
Childhood foundations of human growth and development
are considered in this course. Research from various disciplines
are studied in terms of understanding physical, mental, social
and emotional factors and how these interrelate throughout
childhood development. Implications of growth and develop-
ment. Implications of growth and development are considered
in aspects of adjustment to home, school, and community life.
EDUCATION FOR THE MENTALLY RETARDED
Students may become certified as teachers of the mentally
retarded by pursuing a coordinated sequence of prescribed
courses and by fulfilling requirements for student teaching
with the mentally retarded. The program also provides a foun-
dation for pursuing additional work at the graduate level. Fur-
ther specialized training in mental retardation offers opportu-
nities for qualified persons in administration, supervision, voca-
tional rehabilitation and related fields.
I. Basic Courses in Mental Retardation:
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Psy 320 Psychology of Mentally Retarded Children 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children.
This course will point up the importance of viewing the
retarded child as a living, adjusting individual who responds to
many kinds of situations and who is capable of far more than
usualty imagined. The importance of the way in which he
learns and adjusts, relevant to the nature and manifestation of
his retardation, will be stressed. An attempt will be made to
promote an understanding of all the factors that influence his
development and adjustment. To do this it will be necessary
to explore the forces that operate within and upon him and the
dynamic way in which he attempts to resolve them.
Art 330 Arts and Crafts for the Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
The materials and processes of arts and crafts are studied
for opportunities they offer in the training, therapy and edu-
cation of students who are mentally retarded, crippled, or
need special help for any reason.
SpE 301 Reading and Other Language Arts for the
Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
This course deals with the preparation and execution of
teaching units in reading, vocabularj^ development, spelling,
handwriting, and/or written communication. The emphasis will
be on what retarded children can reasonably be expected to do
at elementary and secondary levels. Consideration will be given
to objectives, procedures and experiences designed to meet the
unique needs of the mentally retarded.
SpE 411 Health and Physical Education for Exceptional Chil-
dren 2 cr.
Prerequisite: Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children.
This course will provide an opportunity for the prospec-
tive teacher of the mentally retarded to gain a thorough under-
standing of a program of health, physical education and rec-
reation as it applies to individuals with mental handicaps.
Special attention v/ill be given to the needs of children with
physical handicaps or developmental problems which frequent-
ly accompany mental retardation.
SpE 431 Curriculum and Methods for the
Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
This course will consider the basic content and method for
teaching the mentally retarded. Emphasis will be placed upon
organization of curriculum in the fundamiCntals and in social
and pre-vocational skills for daily living. Resource materials
used for instruction at elementary and secondary levels will
be explored.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
II. Basic Courses in Reading and Arithmetic Methods:
El 313 Teaching of Math in the Elementary School 3 cr.
(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA-
TION DEPARTMENT)
Elem 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr.
(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA-
TION DEPARTMENT)
III. Electives and Courses for Teachers Completing Require-
ments:
Mus Ed 310 Music for the Mentally Retarded 2 cr.
Prerequisite: El 211 Music for Elementary Grades
The concept of the function of music in the light of the
mentally retarded child will be developed from the standpoint
of functional use rather than critical evaluation of skill de-
velopment. Materials will be surveyed, evaluated, and selected
for use as well as specific techniques of presentation.
SpE 420 Teaching Mentally Retarded Children 3 cr.
Prerequisite: SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children.
This course will consider the basic design, philosophy, and
procedure developed for teaching mentally retarded children.
Emphasis will be placed upon how to organize for teaching
the mentally retarded child, how to guide the activities of the
mentally retarded child, and how to teach the "fundamental
processes" to the mentally retarded child.
SpE 421 Student Teaching of the Mentally Retarded 2-3 cr.
Students will be required both to observe and to partici-
pate in the teaching of mentally handicapped students. (Ordi-
narily this course will be offered in conjunction with Ed 451
for Summer School Students.)
SpE 451 Special Class Methods for the
Mentally Retarded 3 cr.
Prerequisite: SpE 220 Introduction to Exceptional Children.
The chief emphasis of this course will be upon practical
and workable methods and materials which can be used effec-
tively with slow-learning children. It is intended as a supple-
ment to Ed 420 as well as to serve as a course in specific tech-
niques which the classroom teacher will find to be valuable in
actual classroom teaching of the mentally retarded.
TEACHING OF THE SPEECH AND
HEARING HANDICAPPED
The curriculum in Teaching of the Speech and Hearing
Handicapped prepares students to meet Pennsylvania State
Certification requirements to act as speech and hearing thera-
pists or speech correctionists in the public schools. It is also
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
designed to encourage and promote students' participation in
graduate programs of speech education leading to careers as
speech pathologists or audiologists.
Students are urged to follow the eight semester sequence
of courses in orderly progression. Required courses provide a
background in the philosophy of exceptional children with
special emphasis on speech and hearing handicapped, and in-
form students concerning the theoretical and practical aspects
of speech correction, audiology, and language disorders. The
Speech and Hearing Clinic serves as a laboratory for required
clinical practice. Student participation in a public school speech
and hearing program is also a requirement.
Students not intending to obtain certification in this field
but who are interested in assisting children to develop better
communication skills may, with the permission of the instruc-
tor, elect certain courses in this curriculum. Elementary Edu-
cation students and students in Education for the Mentally Re-
tarded are urged to elect Speech Development and Improve-
ment. Persons in Public School Nursing are encouraged to
enroll in Introduction to Audiology.
REQUIRED COURSES
Group I — Basic Courses in Speech Correction and
Audiology
SpH 111 Introduction to Speech and Hearing Problems 3 cr.
(Prerequisite for all other required courses in the Depart-
ment except Phonetics.)
Basic orientation to the field of speech and hearing therapy.
A survey of the major types of speech disorders, their prev-
alence, and causes. The genetic development of speech sounds
and a study of when speech can be considered defective. Ob-
servation of children with normal and defective speech.
SpH 122 Phonetics 3 cr.
The study of the sounds of the English language from a
physical and acoustical point of view. Mastery of the Interna-
tional Phonetic Alphabet for transcription and translation to
speech sounds. Application of phonetics to clinical speech prob-
lems. The study of research techniques through classroom ex-
perimentation, reading and movies.
SpH 222 Introduction to Audiology 3 cr.
The auditory function, anatomy of the auditory mechanism,
the psychophysics of sounds, types and causes of hearing loss,
measurement of hearing by pure tones and speech audiometry,
and educational considerations for the hearing handicapped
child.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SpH 232 Speech Pathology I 3 cr.
Background study of the symptoms, causes, and treatment
of speech abnormalities. The functional disorders of articula-
tion, voice, and rhythm will be emphasized.
SpH 310 Speech and Hearing Clinic I 2 cr.
Elementary practicum in clinical methods of diagnosis and
therapy. Experience in working with individuals or groups of
persons who exhibit speech problems. Practice in lesson plan-
ning and writing of case histories and reports. Supervision in
the use of clinical instruments.
SpH 311 Speech Reading and Auditory Training 3 cr.
Prerequisite: SpH 222 Introduction to Audiology
The basic principles of understanding language by observ-
ing the speaker's lips, and facial expressions, and developing
residual hearing to the maximum. Educational and rehabili-
tative considerations for hard-of-hearing children and adults.
Observation of hard-of-hearing.
SpH 320 Speech and Hearing Clinic II 2 cr.
Advanced practicum with children or adults presenting
speech and hearing problems. Students are expected to assume
greater responsibility and self-direction in the handling of
clients, than in Clinic I. Lesson planning, writing of reports
and case histories of a detailed nature.
SpH 331 Speech Pathology II 3 cr.
A study of the etiologies, diagnosis, and management of
speech defects associated with structural anomalies and physio-
logical dysfunction. Voice disorders, cleft palate, cerebral palsy
and post-laryngectomy will be emphasized.
Group II — Courses in Psychology of Exceptional Children
with Special Emphasis on Speech and Hearing
Handicapped.
Ed 220 Introduction to Exceptional Child
(See Special Ed.) 3 cr.
SpH 321 Psychology of Speech and Hearing
Handicapped Children 3 cr.
Study of causative influences and effects of speech and
hearing handicaps on personality development. Normal evolve-
ment of social, motor, and speech skills will be emphasized
and their inter-relationship in making satisfactory personal
adjustments. Attention will be given to individuals at all age
levels.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Group III — Professional Education Courses.
SpH 312 Organization and Administration of Speech
and Hearing Programs 3 cr.
Consideration of varied procedures in establishing and
maintaining successful speech and hearing programs. The
philosophy and methodology for work with speech and hearing
handicapped children in the public schools. Techniques of
screening and other case finding methods, scheduling principles,
means of limiting case load, record keeping, teacher and paren-
tal counseling and coordination with other school activities.
Public school programs are contrasted with clinical programs
and advantages and needs for both are emphasized.
Elem 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr.
(See course description under ELEMENTARY EDUCA-
TION DEPARTMENT)
Group rV — Electives
SpH 251 Anatomy and Physiology of the Speech and
Hearing Mechanism 3 cr.
Consideration of the genetic development, structure and
functions of the mechanisms for speech and hearing. A study of
the anatomical systems involved in respiration, phonation, and
articulation, and the relationships between the systems in the
production of speech.
SpH 254 Speech Development and Improvement 3 cr.
A study of those aspects of speech and hearing problems
pertaining to the classroom situation. Types of speech and
hearing disorders, conducting speech improvement lessons,
classroom aids for the speech and hearing defective child, and
school and community resources for these children. Open to
both education and speech and hearing majors.
SpH 354 Audiometry for Public School Nurses 3 cr.
This course is designed as an intensive review of the physi-
ology of hearing; the etiologies and classifications of hearing
loss; the use of audiometric testing equipment in the schools;
interpretation of the audiogram; and the role of the nurse in
public health hearing programs.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SpH 362 Language Development and Language
Disorders in Children 3 cr.
Prerequisite: SpH 111 Introduction to Speech and Hearing
Problems
Includes the dimensions, sequences, and purposes of sym-
boHc functioning in the development of language concepts.
Expected levels of symbolic achievement at various ages. Dif-
ferential diagnosis of language disorders in the deaf, mentally
retarded, emotionally disturbed and the aphasic and principles
of education.
SpH 454 Articulation Disorders 3 cr.
Detailed consideration of the speech-sound production dis-
orders in children and adults. Etiology of articulation disorders,
methods of testing articulation and techniques of therapy for
persons exhibiting articulation disorders. Current thinking
and research in the field is emphasized. Open only to majors.
SpH 474 Faculty-Student Research Projects 1-2 cr.
Investigation of worth-while problems within the limits
of the resources of the Speech and Hearing Clinic. Collection
of data, data analysis, and the writing of an article to be sub-
mitted for publication. Open only to seniors, and with the per-
mission of the faculty. Should be taken for two semesters, one
credit each.
ELECTIVES — Related Areas
SpE 215 Child Development 3 cr.
See Introductory Courses.
EI 313 Teaching of Math in Elementary School 3 cr.
See Elementary Education Department Required Courses.
Psy 352 Mental Hygiene 3 cr.
See Psychology courses Electives.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 161
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
p. D. LOTT, diainnan of Department
LOIS y. ANDERSON EDWARD R. MOTT
DONALD A. BENZ ANNA K. O'TOOLE
RALPH M. CLOTT JOANN B. WALTHOUR
BiAY E. KOHLHEPP HERBERT G. WENGER
REQUIRED COURSES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
EI 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2 cr.
The content of this required course for all Elementary
Students includes the following: review of music fundamentals,
keyboard knowledge, the teacher's voice, care and development
of the child voice, problems of the non-singer, rhythmic ac-
tivities, listening activities, creative activities, rote to note
process, special days, and lesson planning. To get practical
application of class activities, students will be assigned obser-
vations in the Laboratory School. Emphasis is placed on the
primary grades.
El 213 Art for Elementary Grades 2 cr.
The creative growth and development of children are
studied. Students are given experiences in the basic art ma-
terials and media, as well as opportunity to plan art motiva-
tions for children.
Psy 215 Child Development 3 cr.
This course is designed to enable the teacher to under-
stand and help children. A survey of human development from
conception through early adolescence is made in terms of
basic scientific data. Developmental growth and behavior are
studied and their implications for home, school, and community
are considered.
El 221 Children's Literature 3 cr.
In this course the students acquire a wide acquaintance
with children's literature, old and new. Poetry selections, an-
notated stories, and bibliographies will be assembled. Ways
and means to develop, stimulate, and guide children's reading
of literature are presented. Principles and techniques of suc-
cessful story-telling are studied and practiced.
El 222 Teaching of Reading 3 cr.
This course is given before the first student teaching ex-
perience. Emphasis is placed upon methods and materials used
in the developmental reading program. Its objective is to pro-
vide the student with a general backgroimd of knowledge and
techniques for teaching children in the elementary school to
read. Students are introduced to the experience, textbook, and
individualized reading approaches to the teaching of reading.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 or.
Based on the previous work in science, this course takes
up the planning and presentation of material suitable to the
elementary field. Students are required to perform demonstra-
tions and take part in science activities which illustrate
facts or principles taught in the elementary science program.
Considerable attention is given to the literature of the elemen-
tary science program as well as other aids such as community
resources and simple equipment that can be secured for ex-
perimentation and other activities.
El 313 Teaching of Math in the Elementary School 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 101.
In this course emphasis will be given to the place of arith-
metic in the elementary school and to the recent changes in
curriculum and method; to techniques for developing concepts
and processes; to recent research in the field of arithmetic; and
to books and material helpful to prospective teachers. Obser-
vation of master teachers at work will be planned.
El 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2 cr.
This course includes games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tumbl-
ing, dances, and skills suitable for the elementary school child.
The teaching of health in the elementary school is emphasized.
Methods, materials and lesson planning are a part of the course.
El 411 Teaching of Social Studies 3 cr.
This course gives an overview of social studies in the ele-
mentary school. It includes study of objectives, trends, areas
of content, patterns and principles of organization. The Penn-
sylvania Course of Study for this area is studied. Emphasis is
placed on unification of subject matter and on implication of
research in child development for content and methods. Stu-
dents will have experience in preparing an individual resource
unit and in planning, participating in, and evaluating social
studies in class. A variety of learning experiences and materials
will be used and evaluated.
El 413 Teaching Language Arts 3 cr.
This course is designed to give the elementary student a
knowledge of the latest techniques, methods, and materials in
the language arts area. Research and trends are studied. The
fields of handwriting, spelling, oral and written communication,
and vocabulary development are included.
Ed 422 Professional Practicum Including School Law 2 cr.
This course includes a series of conferences and related
activities planned to prepare students for experiences which
they wiU meet in teaching. It parallels the student teaching
experience in the junior and senior years. Through these plan-
ned experiences, students are expected to be able: to know
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 163
and understand Pennsylvania laws governing education; to
discuss adequately problems related to teaching; and to know
and use materials of instruction and professional reference
reading. A file of materials, required of each elementary stu-
dent, is used during each student teaching experience and is
checked during the senior year.
ELECTIVE COURSES IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
El 212 Teaching of Music in the Elementary Grades 3 cr.
Prerequisite: El 211.
A continuation of skills and understandings as developed
in El 211 is treated with emphasis on methods and materials
for the upper grades. Additional opportunities for growth in
music reading and part singing are provided. Lessons are de-
veloped in correlation of music with other areas. Type lessons
are taught by students and constructively evaluated by the
instructor and the class.
El 214 Teaching Art in Elementary Grades 3 cr.
This course provides the student with a wide variety of
two and three dimensional art experiences with the emphasis
on a developmental sequence from simple to more complex
variations of a craft. Emphasis is placed on the creative chal-
lenges of the art experience.
El 351 Creative Activities in the Elementary School 3 cr.
This course is planned to provide the student with a wide
range of creative experiences in the fields of art, crafts, music,
rhythmics, dramatics and games in the elementary school.
Stress is placed upon the need to help children in developing
their capacities for creative expression in these areas.
El 352 Diagnostic and Remedial Reading 3 cr.
This course is planned for in-service teachers and students
who have done their student teaching. It deals with methods
and materials which help children who are retarded in reading
ability. Attention is given to recent findings in the areas of
reading readiness, word recognition including phonics, com-
prehension, evaluation, and textbook selection.
El 353 Pre School Education 3 cr.
Students in this course will be mainly concerned with the
five-year-old in kindergarten. Principles and practices of this
age group will be studied. Special attention will be given to
observations, the kindergarten program and its curriculum,
materials, and methods of instruction.
Ed 356 Guidance in Elementary Schools 3 cr.
This course is designed to give the student an initial nn-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
derstanding of the guidance of young children. Study and dis-
cussion center around the child himself — his characteristics,
needs, problems, motives, and relations with others — and
aroimd the techniques and procedures for identifying, study-
ing, and giving help to children in respect to these facets of
personality.
EU 451 Teaching of Reading in the Primary Grades
This course is concerned with the teaching of develop-
mental reading, consistent with child growth, in the primary
grades.
Methods and techniques for readiness, word perception,
comprehension, work-study skills, independent reading in both
group and individualized approaches will be studied.
Consideration will be given to the nature of reading, sig-
nificant research in the field, the curriculum, selection of ma-
terials and the use of formal and informal tests.
El 452 Social Studies in the Primary Grades
With El 411, Teaching of Social Studies, as a prerequisite,
this course will include a more detailed examination of content,
objectives, and resource materials for social studies in kinder-
garten through third grade. Research problems will be ex-
amined and representative units developed.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ENGLISH DEPARTMENT
JAMES R. GREEN, Cbaiiman of Department
MARGARET L. BECK CHARLES MAHAN
WILLIAM W. BETTS, JR. LAURABELLE MILLER
LORRIE J. BRIGHT ARTHUR F. NICHOLSON
MORRISON BROWN RICHARD E. RAY
FAIRY H. CLUTTER MABLE RIDDLE
DAVID COOK MAURICE L. RIDER
HARRY E. CRAIG GERTRUDE RITfERT
ROBERT CUREY GEORGE K. SEACKIST
JOHN A. DAVIS FRED SEIICriLT
ROBERT W. ENSLET CATHERINE P. SHATFEa
WILLIAM M. FORCE HELENA M. SMITH
SAMUEL F. FURGIUELE GERALD STERN
DOROTHY GOURLKY MARGARET O. STEWAHT
WILLIAM CRAYBURN WILLIAM 8TUBB8
HARRY W. HALDEMAN CRAIG G. SWAUGER
WAYNE C. HAYWARD RAYMOND THOMAS
RAYMONA E. flVlL JAMES A. WADDELL
LAWRENCE A. lANNI JOHN C. WATTA
DOROTHY F. LUCKER KATHRYN WELDY
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
(Required of all students)
Eng 101 English I 4 cr.
This course is designed to develop skills in the major uses
of language through studies in literature, general semantics, the
structure of English, and a review of the mechanics of written
and oral composition. The student is trained to read and listen
perceptively and critically, and to write and speak effectively —
especially in those areas which relate to his own observation
and personal experience.
Eng 102 English 11 4 cr.
Prerequisite: English I
This course continues to refine and intensify those skills
developed in English I, provides additional study and practice
in critical and argumentative exposition, and gives instruction
and practice in library research and the writing of the research
paper.
Eng 201 Literature I 2 cr.
The emphasis in this course will be placed upon Intensive
critical study of selected world classics with which every liter-
ate man should be familiar. Some critical writing will also be
required.
Eng 301 Literature 11 2 cr.
This course should be taken during the junior year. An ex-
ploration is made of the various forms of literature, reading for
the perception of levels of meaning in works of enduring
literary value. Through lecture, discussion and student writing,
analysis is made of the relation of structure and form to the
content of the works studied.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIRED AND ELECTIVE COURSES IN ENGLISH
Eng 211 Classical Literature 3 cr.
A course for English majors that replaces Eng 301 Intro-
duction to Literature. The masterpieces studied range from
those of ancient Greece to the Middle Ages. English literature
and American literature are excluded.
Eng 212 American Literature to 1865 3 cr.
This course provides a study of major American writers
from colonial times to the Civil War,
Eng 213 Pre-Renaissance 3 cr.
Beowulf, Chaucer's Canterbury Tales, the Middle English
lyric, the popular ballad, and the Arthurian romance are
studied in this course.
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 cr.
Shakespeare's development as a poetic dramatist is studied
against the background of the Elizabethan stage; the audience,
textual problems, language, imagery, and philosophy are ex-
amined. A few plays are read in detail and others are assigned
for rapid reading. Phonograph recordings of complete plays,
and of scenes and speeches by professional actors are used.
Eng 215 Eighteenth Century Literature 3 cr.
This course emphasizes the major works of leading English
Augustan writers of the Eighteenth Century as seen against the
political and social backgrounds of the period.
Eng 216 The Romantic Movement 3 or.
Basic tenets of Romantic philosophy are examined as they
are expressed in the major writings of the period from 1780-1832
— poetry, the essay, and fiction. Special attention is given to the
aesthetic creed of the Romantic poets and to the means of in-
terpreting and evaluating their poems.
Eng 217 Victorian Literature 3 cr.
Essays, novels, and poetry of the second half of the nine-
teenth century are read with special consideration of the criti-
cism they offer of political, economics, social, and religious
practices and creeds of Victorian England.
Eng 218 The Age of Spenser 3 cr.
This course surveys the non-dramatic literature of the
English Renaissance, with particular emphasis on the poetry of
Spenser. Some attention will be paid to both Elizabethan criti-
cal theory and classical and continental backgrounds.
Eng 219 The Age of Milton 3 cr.
This course includes a brief reading of the later meta-
physical poets and cavalier poets with concentration on the
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
major poems of John Milton. Some attention is given to the
religious and political conflicts of the time as they are reflected
in both prose and poetry.
Eng 221 Journalistic Writing 3 cr.
This course places special emphasis upon the writing of the
news story, the column, the feature, and the editorial. Some
attention is given to college and school publications and to
make-up and editorial policy. May be substituted for Eng 222.
Eng 222 Advanced Composition 3 cr.
This course primarily seeks to improve writing style, par-
ticularly in the more utilitarian forms such as the magazine
article and the personal essay. Opportunity is offered also for
developing creative ability in the more imaginative types such
as the short story, the one-act play, and poetr3^ The student is
expected to develop artistic sensitivity in handling and judging
language and literary forms.
Eng 223 Creative Writing 3 cr.
Prerequisite for admission to this course is demonstrated
ability and interest in creative writing. May be substituted for
Eng 222.
This is a seminar course in which the kinds of writing done
are chosen in line with the special interests and abilities of each
student after consultation with the instructor.
Eng 224 The Metaphysical Poets 3 cr.
The primarj^ objective of this course is to promote a criti-
cal understanding of the work of the Metaphysical Poets from
Donne to Marvell. Some attention will also be paid to the cul-
tural milieu which gave rise to the genre; i.e., poetic archetypes
and the rise of British empiricism.
Eng 231 The Dramatic Arts 3 cr.
This course will deal with the basic problems that confront
a director of plays in high school. The course will study the
principles of play selection, rehearsal procedures, scenic de-
mands, and all other aspects pertinent to a successful produc-
tion.
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 cr.
Study and practice is given in the fundamentals of oral
reading, beginaing with the nature and function of the speech
mechanism, speech production, and pronunciation with some
attention to both phonetic and phonemic analysis.
Eng 241 The English Novel 3 cr.
Representative novels are read to trace the rise and de-
velopment of the English novel from its beginnings to the
present day.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Eng 242 The American Novel 3 cr.
Novels, ranging from Hawthorne to contemporary pieces
of fiction, are read to trace the rise and development of the
American novel.
Eng 243 Contemporary Short Fiction 3 cr.
In this course attention is given to the form, the structure,
and the art of the modem short story, British, American, and
Continental.
Eng 244 Poetry and Its Forms 3 cr.
This course offers a study in the appreciation of poetry,
with special attention to the technique of the poet and the
structure of poetry.
Eng 245 Modern Drama 3 cr.
The reading of plays will start with Ibsen and other Scan-
dinavian dramatists, followed by plays by outstanding Con-
tinental, British, and American playwrights such as Becque,
Chekhov, Pirandello, Wilde, Shaw, O'Casey, O'Neill, Williams,
and Miller.
Eng 246 Modern American Literature 3 cr.
This course provides a study of major American writers
from the Civil War to the present.
Eng 251 The History of the English Language 3 cr.
The historical development of the English language is
studied as a basis for a better understanding of modern Amer-
ican English. An examination is made of changes in sound,
vocabulary enrichment from various sources, and changes in
syntax and usage. The course is open to students from all de-
partments and curricula, but is especially recommended to
elementary majors and English majors.
Eng 351 English Drama to the Restoration 3 cr.
This course traces the development of English drama from
900 to the closing of the theatres in 1642, but does not include
the plays of Shakespeare.
Eng 353 Restoration Literature 3 cr.
The history of the drama between 1660 and 1710 is pre-
sented through the study of the major plays of the period. The
influence of the audience on the playwright's style and actor's
technique is demonstrated.
Eng 354 The History of the Theatre 3 cr.
A study of the nature of dramatic performance from the
Greeks to the present day.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Eng 355 Modern European Literature 3 cr.
The study of selected works of dramatic and non-dramatic
literature of influential continental writers from the eighteenth
century to the present.
Eng 356 The English Essay 3 cr.
The major essayists are seen both as members of and in-
fluences on the society of their time. Emphasis is given to a
study of the individual styles of the writers by employing a
close textual analysis.
Eng 357 Modern British Literature 3 cr.
A survey of selected works of major twentieth century
British authors including Forster, Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce,
Woolf, Huxley, Yeats, Eliot, and Shaw.
Eng 358 Criticism of Contemporary Writing 3 cr.
This course considers recent trends in literary criticism by
examining statements of critical principles in the writings of
influential twentieth century critics and by applying these
standards of evaluation to current literary productions. Not
open to freshmen and sophomores.
Eng 359 Seminar in English Studies 3 cr.
Individually assigned readings and discussions to provide
a comprehensive knowledge of the major figures and periods of
English literature. Basic bibliographical sources will be used
for several long documented papers. Restricted to senior Eng-
lish majors.
Eng 363 The Structure of English 3 cr.
Training is given in the analysis of modern English by the
methods and materials of structural linguistics. An elementary
study of phonology and morophology is used as the basis for
describing the patterns of the statement, substitution within
patterns, the word classes, inflection, and structure words, as
well as varieties of modern American English usage. This
course is a prerequisite to Ed 451, Teaching English and Speech
in the Secondary School.
Ed 451 Teaching of English, Speech and Reading in the
Secondary Schools 3 cr.
Eng 363 is a prerequisite to this course, and this course is
in turn a prerequisite to student teaching in English,
This course introduces the student to the current profes-
sional practices in the teaching of English in high school. Back-
ground for competence in teaching is provided through (1)
study of professional literature, (2) individual reports, (3) writ-
ing of unit plans and lesson plans, (4) observing teaching in high
school classes, (5) participating in class demonstrations, and
(6) building a professional file of instructional materials.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
REQUIRED AND ELECTIVE COURSES IN
SPEECH AND THEATER
Eng 214 Shakespeare 3 cr.
Eng 231 Dramatic Arts 3 cr.
Eng 232 Oral Reading 3 cr.
Eng 238 The Nature of Drama 3 cf.
A study of selected plays of various styles and periods to
gain greater understanding and appreciation of the art of
drama.
Eng 245 Modem Drama 3 cr.
Eng 351 English Drama to 1600 3 cr.
Eng 352 English Drama, 1600-1642 3 cr.
Eng 353 Restoration Literature 3 cr.
Eng 354 The History of the Theatre 3 cr.
Eng 371 Directing and Play Production 3 cr.
This course affords each student the opportunity to select,
cast, rehearse, and produce a one-act play. Included are sug-
gestions on how to improvise for meeting the demands of small
stages.
Eng 375 Television in Education I 3 cr.
This course stresses television as a medium of instruction
both from the viewpoint of the classroom teacher and the pro-
ducer-teacher. Through workshop experience students learn
to plan, to write, and to produce telecasts of an educational
nature.
Eng 377 Creative Dramatics and Story Telling 3 cr.
This course, through workshop experience, stresses creative
dramatics as a way of teaching for adults, a way of learning for
children in both the elementary and secondary schools. It em-
phasizes the student planning, acting, and evaluating tech-
niques as they apply to unscripted, spontaneous dramatic ex-
pression. As a preliminary to creative dramatics, students learn
various techniques in story telling.
Eng 378 Costume and Make-up 3 cr.
This course deals with the practical application of straight
and character make-up. Emphasis on costuming to show how
mood and illusion can be created through proper selection of
style, color, and texture of materials.
Eng 379 Stagecraft 3 cr.
Theories and techniques of designing, building, and paint-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ing, of stage settings; organization and operation of production
crews.
Eng 381 Fundamentals of Acting 3 cr.
This course gives attention to theory and practice in the
techniques of acting. It introduces styles of acting as related to
dramatic forms, with emphasis on stage movement and voice
projection.
Eng 391 Group Discussion 3 cr.
The nature of discussion and its role in democratic society.
Theories related to participation, leadership, and group behav-
ior. Topics for class discussion will center upon current prob-
lems.
Eng 392 Occasional Speech 3 or.
Various formats for the preparation and presentation of the
many kinds of speech experiences are studied and practiced in
this course.
Eng 393 Applications of General Semantics to Speech 3 cr.
The principles of general semantics will be presented with
special emphasis on the application to the field of speech.
Eng 394 Advanced Acting 3 cr.
Students learn how to perform roles through doing scenes
from plays. Stress is placed on expressiveness of both the voice
and the body.
Eng 395 Playwriting 8 cr.
Theory and practice of playwriting; the reading of selected
plays and texts; the writing of various types of scenes and a
one-act play.
Eng 396 Television Script Writing 3 cr.
This course stresses the writing techniques involved in
commercials, documentaries, demonstrations, interviews, panel
discussions and television plays of various kinds. Emphasis is
also placed on the limitations of the medium and the terms
and symbols used in television scripting.
Elng 397 Scenic Design and Lighting 3 cr.
An analysis of composition and tone relations in designing
the settings for plays, and the practical application of the
problems that arise. In lighting the student is acquainted with
the principles of stage lighting, instruments and materials
employed, and the methods of control.
Eng 469 Oral Interpretation 3 cr.
This course emphasizes the understanding and appreciation
of literature through developing skill in reading aloud. Special
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
attention is given to selecting, adapting, and preparing material
for presentation in high school classes.
Eng 472 Public Speaking 3 or.
Fundamental principles of public speaking, audience anal-
ysis, interest and attention, selection and organization of speech
material, and delivery are taught in this course. Practice in
preparation and delivery of extemporaneous speeches will be
provided for.
THE DRAMA WORKSHOP
By arrangement with the director of the summer theater
program, a student from any curriculum of the college may
earn three semester hours of credit in the pre-session and six
semester hours of credit in the main summer session for any
of the following courses:
Eng 231 The Dramatic Arts 3 cr.
Eng 371 Play Production 3 cr.
Eng 378 Costume and Make-up 3 cr.
Eng 379 Stagecraft and Scenic Design 3 cr.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
FOREIGN LANGUAGES DEPARTMENT
HERBERT E. ISAR, Chairman of Department
EDWARD W. BIEGHLER
MARGARET BIEGHLER
KENNETH W. BRODE
SHOW-CHIH RAI CHU
EDITH M. CORD
LEONARD B. DtFABO
CHARLES W. FAUST
FERJ^AND FISEL
WERNER J. FRIES
ANTONIO GUARDIOLA
AURORA P. GUARDIOLA
ISOLDE A. HENNINGER
CARMEN ISAR
FRANK E. LANDIS
ONEIDA E. LOZADA
nrO OMRCANIN
LUDO OP DE BEECK
BERNARD ROFFMAN
ANDREE-MARIE SRABIAN
MARIA URIA-SANTOS
MATTHEW H. VOLM
Required Courses in the General Education Program
Fr 101-102 French I and II 3 cr. each
Ger 101-102 German I and 11 3 cr. each
Lat 101-102 Latin I and II 3 cr. each
Rus 101-102 Russian I and 11 3 cr. each
Sp 101-102 Spanish I and II 3 cr. each
Chi 101-102 Chinese I and n 3 cr. each
This elementary sequence is designed primarily for the
general student who will complete a two-semester sequence
only. Its basic objective is maximum reading ability; further
but secondary objectives are accuracy of pronunciation, some
ability to understand the spoken word and in self-expression,
and an introduction to the motives and currents of the back-
ground cultures. These courses may not be taken for credit by
those who have completed a two-year sequence in high school.
Fr 201-202 French III and IV 3 cr. each
Ger 201-202 German m and IV
Lat 201-202 Latin IH and IV
Rus 201-202 Russian m and IV
Sp 201-202 Spanish lU and IV
Chi 201-202 Chinese IH and IV
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
3 cr. each
This sequence is designed for students who have had two
years of the language in high school and wish to continue in
the same language to fulfill the foreign language requirement of
the College, and for those students who have completed 101-
102 and wish to deepen their knowledge of the language with-
out electing a foreign language major.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Courses Required in French, German, Russian, or Spanish
Fr 151-152 French I and 11 3 cr. each
Ger 151-152 German I and II 3 cr. each
Rus 151-152 Russian I and II 3 cr. each
Sp 151-152 Spanish I and II 3 cr. each
This sequence is designed for those who will continue their
study through several semesters. Strong emphasis is given to
development of oral skills. The student must elect 051-052,
Oral Practice I and II, to be taken concurrently.
Fr 051-052 Oral Practice I and II 2 cr. each
Ger 051-052 Oral Practice I and 11 2 cr. each
Rus 051-052 Oral Practice I and n 2 cr. each
Sp 051-052 Oral Practice I and H 2 cr. each
This laboratory sequence introduces the phonetic structure
of the language, and encourages automatic response to recur-
ring basic phrase units through constant oral drill. Majors
must take this sequence concurrently with 151-152.
Fr 251-252 French lU and IV 3 or. each
Ger 251-252 German III and IV 3 cr. each
Rus 251-252 Russian HI and IV 3 cr. each
Sp 251-252 Spanish HI and IV 3 cr. each
This intermediate sequence for majors and minors aims
toward further development of the basic skills. On completion
of 251-252 and 053-054, the student should be able to read stand-
ard modern French, German, Russian, or Spanish with little
difficulty, understand what is said to him, and express himself
in familiar situations.
Fr 053-054 Oral Practice m and IV 2 cr. each
Ger 053-054 Oral Practice HI and IV 2 cr. each
Rus 053-054 Oral Practice IH and IV 2 cr. each
Sp 053-054 Oral Practice IH and IV 2 cr. each
This advanced laboratory sequence is a continuation of
051-052, and carries oral skills to a higher level. It should be
taken concurrently with sequence 251-252.
Fr 351-352 Advanced French Language 3 cr. each
Ger 351-352 Advanced German Language 3 cr. each
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 175
Rus 351-352 Advanced Russian Language 3 cr. each
Sp 351-352 Advanced Spanish Language 3 cr. each
This sequence reviews and supplements the grammar of
earlier courses, and aims toward a systematic analysis of the
structure of the language. Some attention is given to the his-
torical background of the language, particularly those phases
which lie beyond apparent irregularities and anomalies. Fre-
quent original themes are required in the second semester.
Fr 361-362 Development of French Culture and
Literature I and 11 3 cr. each
Ger 361-362 Development of German Culture and
Literature I and 11 3 cr. each
Rus 361-362 Development of Russian Culture and
Literature I and 11 3 cr. each
Sp 361-362 Development of Hispanic Culture and
Literature I and 11 3 cr. each
This course sequence examines the historical and cultural
aspects of the countries involved, reviews their characteristic
contributions over the centuries, and analyzes the relationship
of each literary school to the moment which produced it.
Ed 451 Teaching of Foreign Languages in the Secondary School
3 cr.
The objective of this course is to prepare teachers of mod-
ern foreign languages for the modern high school. It considers
methods and materials of instruction, current theories and
techniques, and requires preparation and presentation of illus-
trative units.
Elective Courses in French
Fr 055 Advanced Oral Practice I 1 cr.
Fr 056 Advanced Oral Practice n 1 cr.
These are relatively informal conversation courses which
the student may elect after completion of the required oral
practice sequences. They meet two periods per week.
Fr 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr.
This course, usually reserved for the main summer session,
has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college French.
Fr 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr.
Fr 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr.
These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of
an individual or a group as they may arise.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Fr 365 Seventeenth Century French Literature 3 cr.
Fr 366 Eighteenth Century French Literature 3 cr.
Fr 367 Nineteenth Century French Literature 3 cr.
Fr 368 Twentieth Century French Literature 3 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera-
tion of the social factors and events behind them.
Fr 371 The French Novel 3 cr.
This course constitutes a coherent survey of the origin and
development of the French novel. A selected list of works rep-
resentative of the major modes are read in their entirety.
Fr 372 Studies in Contemporary French Literature 3 cr.
The content of this course will vary in accordance with the
needs and interests of those who will elect it.
Elective Courses in German
Ger 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr.
This course, usually reserved for the main summer session,
has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college
German.
Ger 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr.
Ger 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr.
These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of
an individual or a group as they may arise.
Ger 363-364 Introduction to German Literature I and II 3-6 cr.
Selected readings in German poetry, drama, and fiction.
The aim of the course is to acquaint the student with some
techniques for intelligent understanding and formal criticism
of works of literature.
Ger 367 Nineteenth Century German Literature 3 cr.
Ger 368 Twentieth Century German Literature 3 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due consideration
of the social factors and events behind them.
Ger 370-371 The Age of Goethe I and II 3-6 cr.
Selected readings to demonstrate the antecedents and ac-
complishments of the Golden Age of German letters, 1750-1832.
Elective Courses in Russian
Rus 291 Special Projects I 1-3 cr.
Rus 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr.
These courses are planned to satisfy the special needs of
an individual or a group as they may arise.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Rus 367-368 Nineteenth Century Russian
Literature I and II 3-6 cr.
Rus 369 Twentieth Century Russian Literature 3 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera-
tion of the social factors and events behind them.
Rus 371 Russian Poetry 3 cr.
A survey of Russian poetry from the eighteenth century
to the present with particular emphasis on Puskin and
Lermontov.
Rus 373 Russian Drama 3 cr.
The theater in Russia from Fonvizin to Chekhov and
Stanislavski.
Elective Courses in Spanish
Sp 055 Advanced Oral Practice I 1 cr.
Sp 056 Advanced Oral Practice II 1 or.
These courses parallel Fr 055 and 056, q. v.
Sp 253 Intermediate Composition and Conversation 3 cr.
This course, usually reserved for the main summer ses-
sion, has as its prerequisite a minimum of one year of college
Spanish.
Sp 291 Special Projects I 1-3 or.
Sp 391 Special Projects II 1-3 cr.
These courses parallel Fr 291 and 391, q. v.
Sp 365 Spanish Literature Before 1650 3 cr.
Sp 367 Nineteenth Century Spanish Literature 3 cr.
Sp 368 Twentieth Century Spanish Literature 3 cr.
These courses are designed to present general surveys of
the literature of their respective periods, with due considera-
tion of the social factors and events behind them.
Sp 370 Golden Age Drama 3 cr.
This course traces the development of Spanish theater and
examines its flowering in the Baroque period.
Sp 371 The Spanish Novel 3 cr.
After brief survey of the origins and course of the Spanish
novel major stress is given to the novel of the nineteenth
century and the Generation of 98.
Sp 376 Spanish-American Literature 3 cr.
Following a consideration of the salient tendencies of
Spanish-American literature, this course may take the form
of a comprehensive survey, or it may concentrate its attention
upon the recent novel of social thesis.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Sp 390 Spanish in the Elementary School 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Sp 251-252.
In this course the prospective teacher of Spanish on the
elementary level is introduced to materials suitable for grades
1-6. Much time is devoted in the language laboratory to the
preparation of games, songs, poems, and story telling.
LINGUISTICS
Ling 421 Language and Society 3 s.h.
The work of this course is designed to inform the student
as to the salient facts of language and its fundamental role in
the development and continuity of society and culture. Some
points considered are: language families and their character-
istics, factors of linguistic change and development, reciprocal
influences of culture and language, linguistic borrowing, lan-
guage and religion, and systems of writing.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 179
GEOGRAPHY DEPARTMENT
THOMAS C. CAULT, Chairman of Department
MAMIE L. ANDERZHON PAUL A. PRINCE
DONALD J. BALLAS RICHARD REIDER
FRANK BASIL ROBERT N. THOMAS
JAMES E. McCONNELL CHARLES E. WEBER
VINCENT P. MILLER DAVID C. WINSLOW
JAMES E. PAYNE MAURICE M. ZACUE
GEOGRAPHY-EARTH SCIENCE COURSES
Geog 151 Earth and Space Science 3 or.
(This course may not be taken by majors or minors.)
Spatial relationships in the universe, origin of the earth,
structure and composition of land masses, the nature of oceans,
the face of the land and water surfaces, the activities of the
atmosphere are given special attention. This survey course is
designed to give the non-major or non-minor an introduction
to the physical environment wherein he lives.
Geog 153 Physical Geography 3 cr.
(May be taken in lieu of Geog 101)
Physical Geography introduces (1) the natural factors of
the landscape as studied by the geographer: weather, climate,
soils, rocks, minerals, structure of the earth's crust, the oceans;
and (2) the tools of geography: globes, maps, aerial photo-
graphs.
Geog 241 Climatology 3 cr.
The primary objective of this course is the understanding
of the elements of weather and climate. The climatic regions of
the earth, their limitations and advantages are studied with
reference to what they offer man's occupancy. This course is a
valuable aid to students of World Problems. Understanding
and application are underscored in the laboratory.
Geog 246 Physiography I 4 cr.
This course studies the form of the earth's crust and its
associated water bodies: classification, distribution, processes
involved in their geomorphological development, and effect
upon the human landscape.
Geog 248 Composition and Structure of Earth's Crust 4 cr.
This course treats the nature and properties of the mate-
rials composing the earth, the distribution of these materials
over the earth's face, the processes by which they are formed,
altered, transported, and distorted. It also considers the nature
and development of the landscape and its economic use. Lab-
oratory experiments make learning more meanin£ful
180 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Geog 249 Meteorology I 4 cr.
Introduction to meteorological science. Composition and
structure of the atmosphere. Radiation principles. Elementary
thermodynamics and heat balance. Cloud physics. The meri-
dional, zonal and tertiary circulations. Air masses, fronts and
storm structures. Common instruments in use. Elementary
weather map reading and forecasting techniques. Lectures,
readings and laboratory.
Geog 255 Cartography 3 cr.
Cartography gives an understanding in the compilation
and use of maps, and develops an ability to construct economic
and geographic maps. The use of aerial photographs is briefly
treated.
Geog 347 Meteorology 11 4 cr.
An introduction to physical, dynamical and theoretical
meteorology. Hydrodynamic equations of motion. Circulation
and vorticity. Atmospheric turbulence. Energy transformations
in the atmospheric. Examination of circulation theories. Fluid
dynamics. Lectures, readings and a term paper.
Geog 351 Introduction to Oceanography 3 cr.
An introduction to the physical, chemical, geological and
biological nature of the ocean. Topography, submarine geology
and bottom deposits. Water masses and their circulation. Com-
mon instruments in use. Dynamical aspects of waves, tides,
and currents. Elementary discussion of the principles of ocean-
ic mechanics, dynamics and thermodynamics. Economic prob-
lems of the sea. Lectures, readings, term paper and laboratory.
Geog 452 Conservation-Resource Use 3 cr.
A comprehensive survey of conservation in natural and
human resources. It stresses regional understandings; accom-
plished through inventory, planning and utilization evaluation.
Field work, workshop activities, projects, and use of resource
specialists are an integral part of the course.
Geog 464 Field Techniques in Earth and Space Science 3 cr.
Prerequisite — 12 s.h. in Earth Science,
Field techniques will acquaint the student with the tools
of Earth and Space Science. It will provide first-hand experi-
ences in the field with geology, meteorology, hydrology, soil,
conservation, and astronomy,
GEOGRAPHY COURSES
Geog 101 World Geography 3 cr.
(Geog 101 or Geog 153 are prerequisite to all other geog-
raphy courses.)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 181
The purpose of this course is to develop a knowledge and
appreciation of patterns of the natural environment through-
out the world, with special emphasis on man's adjustment to
these environments. Understanding and appreciation of man's
interrelationship with the earth are accomplished through the
study of the physical, cultural, economic, and demographic
factors.
Geog 112 Geography of the United States and Pennsylvania
3 cr.
A comprehensive treatment of the adjustments of the
people of Pennsylvania and the United States to the physical
factors — structure, relief, climate, soils, and natural resources
— which influence their way of life is the major objective. The
interrelationships between the United States and Pennsylvania
and their world relations are stressed.
Geog 149 Economic Geography 3 cr.
Economic Geography is designed to promote geographic
and economic concepts, methods, and skills pertinent to the
understanding of the spatial variation of production, consump-
tion, and exchange over the earth's surface.
Geog 154 Cultural Geography 3 cr.
Prerequisite — World or Physical Geography
The geographical aspects of population, settlement, ethno-
geography, and the cultural landscape are studied. The course
considers the relationships of various ethnic and cultural
groups to the natural environment. The student is acquainted
with the tools, philosophy, and literature of cultural geography
and related disciplines.
Geog 251 Geography of Anglo-America 3 cr.
A regional study of the United States and Canada con-
cerned with the investigation of man's adjustment to his en-
vironment as influenced by the physical factors of climate,
vegetation, relief, soils, and natural resources. Recognition of
political adjustments to the geographic environment, and the
interrelations between the two countries and the rest of the
world.
Geog 252 Geography of Pennsylvania 2 cr.
Prerequisite — Geog 112 or 251
The topography, climate, natural vegetation, natural re-
sources, population, agriculture, manufacturing, mining, etc.,
are treated. Internal and external relationships are studied to
gain an insight into the various regions of the state and Penn-
sylvania's world relationships.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Geog 353 Geographic Influences in History 3 cr.
Prerequisites: World Geography and Geography of the
United States and Canada.
A study is made of the relationship of the natural environ-
mental factors to the settlement, development, and progress of
selected countries — with major emphasis on the United States.
Geog 354 Trade and Transportation 3 cr.
A study of trade and transportation which considers ports,
railroad centers, hinterlands, trade centers, and trade relations
between production and consumption areas of the world.
Geog 356 Geography of Europe 3 cr.
This regional course aims to help students acquire the abil-
ity to find and apply geographic relationships underlying land
use, dominant international problems, boundary disputes and
the regional complexes of the European continent. Special at-
tention is paid to the natural and cultural patterns as developed
in modern times.
Geog 357 Geography of U. S. S. R. 3 cr.
Special emphasis is placed upon the major geographic re-
gions of the Soviet Union. Human adjustment to the physical
environment of the various regions is given major considera-
tion. Natural resources, cultural patterns, population — both
numbers and distribution, strategic areas and related geo-
political problems are studied.
Geog 361 Geography of Far East 3 cr.
This study of Korea, Manchuria, Outer Mongolia, Japan,
and China involves an intensive investigation of the natural
factors and man's adjustment to them. This is accomplished
through the study of the geographic, economic and political
regions of eastern Asia. The geographic background needed in
planning solution for raising the standards of living, for the
wise use and restoration of natural resources, and the indus-
trialization of countries is presented.
Geog 362 Geography of Asia (South and Southeast) 3 cr.
India, Pakistan, Indochina, Ceylon, Burma, Thailand, and
Indonesia are the major areas studied. Students are given an
understanding of the geographic relationships that affect land
use, land reform, population, industrialization, nationalism, and
boundary disputes. Special attention is given to regional simil-
arities and differences, particularly as they pertain to human
adjustment.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Geog 363 Geography of North Africa and Southwest Asia 3 cr.
This study of the countries north of and including the
Sahara Desert in Africa, Turko-Arabian peninsulas and Af-
ghanistan in southwest Asia emphasizes the critical problems
of water supply, land use, over-population, industrialization,
resources and the relations of these countries to other parts of
the world.
Geog 371 Geography of South America 3 cr.
A regional study is made of South America with special
emphasis placed on regional differences and similarities. South
American relations with other areas, especially the United
States, are stressed. The unique problems of South America,
with special attention to tropical land use are considered.
Geog 372 Geography of Middle America 3 cr.
The regional method is applied to Mexico, Central America
and the West Indies. Similarities and differences are noted both
in the cultural and natural landscapes. Special emphasis is
placed upon cultural relationships and problems evolved from
international commerce and trade. The effects of the United
States economy upon these areas, are given serious attention.
Geog 381 Geography of Africa, South of Sahara 3 cr.
This course begins with a systematic study of the basic
features of Africa's physical, cultural, and economic geography.
This is followed by a geographical analysis of the landscapes,
populations, potentials, and problems of the various regions of
subsaharan Africa. Topics include political geography, settle-
ment patterns, land-use, and environmental relationships.
Geog 391 Geography of Australia and Pacific Islands 2 cr.
Australia, New Zealand, and the Pacific Islands are studied.
Cultural patterns in relation to natural environments are con-
sidered to discover interrelationships. Geographic aspects of
land tenure, race, population, location, geopolitics and the stra-
tegic importance of the various areas are considered.
Geog 392 Geography of Polar Regions 2 cr.
Both Antarctica and the North Polar Area are studied
setting forth (1) the history of their exploration, (2) the phys-
ical environment, (3) the importance of the regions and of
knowledge concerning the areas, and (4) future use and con-
trol of the areas.
Geog 441 Geography Seminar 1-2 cr.
The seminar is limited to junior or senior geography ma-
jors. The emphasis will be upon individual study, research, and
presentation of geographic data — both written and oral. This
course will be offered every semester and all geography majors
are required to complete this for major in education or in an
area of concentration within the Liberal Arts.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Geog 453 Political Greography 3 cr.
Consideration is given to the geographic elements as re-
lated to geopolitical concepts, types and distribution of politi-
cal systems, major political units and association, factors which
influence political power, areas of friction, conflict and arbi-
tration.
Geog 454 World Problems in Geography 3 cr.
Geographic studies are made of selected world problems
such as boundary-making, border disputes, use of international
waterways, settlement and resettlement schemes, population
problems, military geography, use of land and oceanographic
resources, and similar topics. The course will involve extensive
reading and student reports, as well as lectures and class dis-
cussion.
Geog 461 Field Trips in Geography 1-3 cr.
These trips, which involve the study of a selected area
through the agencies of travel and actual investigation, are ar-
ranged from time to time to suit the needs of the student group.
Geog 462 Field Techniques in Geography 1-3 cr.
This course proposes to give experiences in the study of
land utilization and use of geographic tools and techniques in
the field.
Geog 455 Introduction to Urban /Regional Planning I
Geog 456 Introduction to Urban /Regional Planning II
Students are introduced to the field of urban and regional
planning, its background, its purposes and methods, and its
implementation and ramifications. Work in the local office of
planning familiarizes the student with practical planning.
Geog 491 Aerospace Science 3 cr.
A seminar, with a number of visiting aerospace authorities,
which considers the atmosphere and space environment; his-
tory of flight and flight problems; satellites and space probes;
manned orbital and space exploration projects; propulsion,
communication, and other systems. Problems of teaching and
bibliography at the elementary and secondary levels are con-
sidered. An indoctrination flight in a small craft and field trips
to an air age installation or project may be taken.
Geog 492 Geography Honors 3 cr.
Admission to the Geography Honors course is by invitation
only to students who have attained junior standing. Students
will do independent research over two semesters under the
direction of a department member. Prerequisite is a "B" aver-
age in Geography courses, and a "B" average in Geography
must be maintained during the honors program.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Geog 493 Geography High Honors 3 cr.
This course is a third semester extension of Geog 492.
Admission is by invitation only to those who have completed
Geog. 492.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION COURSES
Ed 451 Teaching of Geography in Secondary Schools 3 cr.
Prerequisite — 18 semester hours of geography
The major objective of this course is the development of
geographic concepts, techniques of inquiry for teaching geo-
graphy, use of geographic materials as applied to current cur-
ricula in geography. Emphasis is placed on geography dimen-
sional spare relationships involved in national and world
problems.
Ed 452 Teaching of World Cultures 3 cr.
Prerequisite — 18 semester hours of Geography or Social
Studies
The course will emphasize modern techniques of teaching
"World Cultures" in the curriculum, selection of texts, source
materials for classroom use, and the preparation of resource
and teaching units. Additional study will better enable the
classroom teacher to maintain the proper balance between
Geography and Social Studies.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
JOHN CHELLMAN, Chairman of Department
SANDRA J. BEZILA REGIS McKNIGHT
OWEN DOUGHERTY RUTH PODBIELSKI
ANN ELUOTT LEWIS SHAFFER
CHARLES L. KLAUSING HERMAN L. SLEDZIK
EUGENB E. LEPLEY SAMUEL SMITH
BEVERLY LUCAS
The Health and Physical Education Department provides
required Health and Physical Education courses for all students
in all curricula, a number of elective courses for those seeking
certification in the field of Education for Safe Living and some
non-credit activity courses.
The Health and Physical Education Department serves the
college by means of:
1. Required courses in Health and Physical Education
which help the student develop usable physical skills
and health knowledge.
2. Professional courses in health, physical education and
safety which will prepare the student to be a competent
teacher in these areas.
3. Provides opportunities for participation in worthwhile
leisure time activities which can be used throughout life.
The usual programming pattern for meeting the four-hour
physical education requirement is as follows: Students taking
Health the first semester will take Physical Education I the
second semester; conversely, students taking Physical Educa-
tion I the first semester will take Health the second semester.
Physical Education II will be scheduled for the third or fourth
semester. The three required courses will be offered each
semester in order to alleviate scheduling difficulties.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
(Required of all students)
HPe 101 Health 2 cr.
This course includes the study of individual and commun-
ity health problems with the primary emphasis placed on the
improvement of the student's own health.
HPe 102 Physical Education I 1 cr.
This course provides a program of carry-over sports and
activities which improve general physical fitness and develop
usable physical skills. Students in this course will be required
to pass a proficiency examination in swimming.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HPe 203 Physical Education II 1 cr.
This course provides an opportunity to develop additional
sport skills not covered in P.E. I. The student is also taught
game strategy, advanced skills and new techniques used in
various activities.
REQUIRED IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
El 314 Teaching of Health and Physical Education 2 cr.
This course includes games, stunts, rhythms, relays, tum-
bling, dancing and skills suitable for the elementary school
child. The teaching of health in the elementary school is em-
phasized. Methods, materials and lesson planning are a part
of the course.
ELECTIVE COURSES
HPe 204 First Aid 1 cr.
This course provides the student with an understanding of
the practices and skills used for the proper care of all types of
injuries.
The American Red Cross Standard and Advanced Certifi-
cation cards are issued upon successful completion of the
course.
HPe 205 First Aid Instructor 1 cr.
Prerequisite: American Red Cross Standard and Advanced
Certificates.
The course emphasizes the teaching phase of first aid.
Qualified students may receive the American Red Cross First
Aid Instructor's Certificate.
HPe 261 Red Cross Lifesaving and Swimming 1 cr.
The college cooperates with the American Red Cross in
conducting lifesaving and swimming courses in the college
pool. Many students earn the Senior Lifesaving certificate
which enables them to acquire jobs in summer camps, pools
and other places where lifeguards and swimming instructors
are needed.
HPe 262 Water Safety Instructor 1 cr.
The Water Safety Instructor's Course is offered to those
students who have successfully completed the Senior Life-
saving Course. It emphasizes the teaching aspect of the skills,
techniques and attitudes that are necessary in all areas of
swimming.
Those students who successfully complete the course are
qualified for such positions as waterfront directors, aquatic
director and other similar positions.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HPe 263 Advanced Swimming 1 cr.
This course emphasizes skill development in the nine basic
swimming strokes. Diving, underwater swimming, endurance
swimming and the elementary fundamentals of synchronized
swimming are also included.
The course is designed for those persons who want to be-
come more proficient in the various swimming skills. It also
prepares students for the Senior Lifesaving and Instructor's
HPe 264 Skin and Scuba Diving 1 cr.
Prerequisite: American Red Cross Senior Life Saving
Certificate
This course is designed to teach the necessary skills and
the proper use of equipment for underwater swimming, ex-
ploring, and hunting. Tanks, regulators, weights, and special
equipment will be furnished. The student must purchase the
mask, fins, and snorkel ($15.00). The course will include both
theory and practical work.
NON-CREDIT ACTIVITY COURSE
Beginner Swimming
This course teaches the non-swimmer to swim. It provides
instruction in the various swimming strokes, elementary div-
ing and simple water skills which serve as the basic structure
for safe, enjoyable swimming for the beginning student. This
course is required for all students registered in Physical Educa-
tion I who do not pass the required swimming examination.
CERTIFICATION IN THE FIELD OF EDUCATION
FOR SAFE UVING
HPe 251 Introduction to Safety Education 3 cr.
The Introduction to Safety Education course is one which
will be valuable to teachers of all grade levels and all depart-
ments. It deals with the recognition of unsafe conditions and
practices, and the methods by which they may be eliminated
or minimized, in an accident prevention program. The study
includes home, school, occupational, and public safety,
HPe 252 Driver Education 3 cr.
The prerequisites for the course are: the student should
have driving ability above the average and evidence of holding
a driver's license, plus at least two years of driving experience
without having a major accident for which the driver is re-
sponsible.
Driver Education is a combination of class instruction in
traffic safety and driver training in actual behind-the-wheel
practice in a dual control car. It prepares the student to teach
driver education in a high school.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HPe 253 Methods and Materials in Safety Education in the
Secondary Schools 3 or.
Methods and Materials in Safety Education in the Second-
ary Schools is a course that emphasizes the use of correlating
and integrating safety with many different subjects and school
activities, teaching as a separate subject and centering safety
education around pupil organizations and special projects.
HPe 254 Organization and Administration of Safety Education
3 cr.
The Organization and Administration of Safety Education
deals with the basic principles of organizing, administering and
supervising safety education procedures in schools. A large
part of the course is devoted to methods of teaching pupil safety
activities in school and community.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HISTORY DEPARTMENT
CLYDE C. GELBACH, Department Chairman
STEVEN CORD JOHN MERLE RIFE
KATHLEEN E. McCOY JOHN R. SAHLI
IRWIN MARCUS ALICE K. SCHUSTER
JANE S. MERVINE ALBERT J. WAHL
ROBERT L. MORRIS FLORENCE WALLACE
JAMES M. OLIVER JOHN YACKUBOSKEY
HISTORY ELECTIVES
Hist 101 History of Civilization I 3 cr.
A survey course presenting in integrated form the origin
and development of man's major political, social, economic,
religious, and intellectual institutions from historical times to
1600 A.D, Although part of the course is devoted to Oriental
and Near Eastern civilizations, the major emphasis remains on
Greek, Roman, Medieval, and early Modern European civiliza-
tions. Through comparison and effort is made to point up both
the similarity an the uniqueness of these civilizations. Through
the presentation of detail and conflicting historical interpreta-
tions an effort is made to create an appreciation of the depth
and complexity of man's past.
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 cr.
This course deals with man's development from 1600 to the
present. Among the topics discussed are: The Commercial Rev-
olution; the Age of Reason; the Age of Revolution — political,
economic, and social; the rise of constitutional governments;
nationalism and the clash of cultures incident to the growth of
empire. Considerable attention is given to democracy, capital-
ism, communism, fascism, and socialism as the major ideologies
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The course con-
cludes with an examination of the various formulas for world
order proposed or attempted since 1900.
Hist 103 History of the United States and
Pennsylvania I 3 cr.
A course covering the period in American history from the
discovery of America to 1865 with emphasis on the history of
Pennsylvania. Special attention is given to the colonial founda-
tions of our nation, the emergence of our Federal Union, the
rise of an American culture, territorial and economic growth
of the United States, the rise of political democracy, social re-
form, and the controversy over sectionalism and slavery.
Hist 104 History of the United States and
Pennsylvania H 3 cr.
A course in the history of the United States and Pennsyl-
vania from 1865 to the present in which the industrialization of
America, urbanization, the rise of organized labor, and the de-
velopment of a distinctly American culture are stressed. At-
tention is also given to the political, economic, and social re-
form movements of this period in our history as well as to the
increasing role of the United States in world affairs.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Hist 360 Special Studies in History 3 cr.
Selected periods or problems for intensive study.
Hist 361 Contemporary United States History 3 cr.
A course devoted to the analysis of the fundamental
changes in American culture since 1900. In evaluating social,
intellectual, economic, and political developments since the era
of the "Full Dinner Pail," the United States is studied as a
product and as a part of the world community of nations. For-
eign policy is interpreted as the pursuit of American interests
under the conditions imposed by contemporary international
politics.
Hist 362 Social and Intellectual History of the
United States to 1875 3 cr.
A study of the social and intellectual factors which helped
to shape the nation up to the time of Henry George.
Hist 363 Diplomatic History of the United States 3 cr.
This course traces the history of our foreign relations from
the American Revolution to the present. Emphasis is placed on
those principles and major policies upon which our foreign
policies are based.
Hist 364 Great Personalities In History 3 cr.
This course deals with how the personality and ideas of
important historical figures have influenced the shape of his-
tory.
Hist 365 History of Pennsylvania 3 cr.
A study of the founding and development of Pennsylvania
from its colonial beginnings to the present time. Emphasis is
placed on the social, economic and political developments in the
different periods of its history. Special attention is given to the
diversity of the people, their institutions and problems and the
growth of Pennsylvania to a leading position in our modern
industrial world.
Hist 371 Renaissance and Reformation 3 cr.
This is a course dealing with the study of the Renaissance,
with reference to the artistic, literary, scientific and political
aspects, and the vital personalities motivating them; the Ref-
ormation as it affected the religious, economic, and political
development in Europe. Particular attention will be given to
the educational ideas of Erasmus and other reformers in this
period.
Hist 372 History of Europe: 1600-1815 3 cr.
This course puts emphasis upon political, diplomatic, eco-
nomic, and intellectual developments from 1600 to 1815. Com-
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
ing in for special consideration are the development and opera-
tion of the European state system, the Enlightenment, the ex-
tension of the parliamentary institutions in England, and the
French Revolution and Napoleon.
Hist 373 History of Europe: 1815-1914 3 cr.
A study of Europe in the nineteenth century with emphasis
on political, diplomatic, military, and economic affairs. Ap-
proximately two-thirds of the course is devoted to a description
of the major European states in this century. An effort is made
to integrate this account through diplomatic history and by
devoting approximately one-third of the course to topical con-
sideration of such items as Imperialism, Nationalism, Socialism,
and the Industrial Revolution.
Hist 374 History of Twentieth Century World 3 cr.
This course examines political, economic, social and in-
tellectual trends in the world since 1900, with a major emphasis
on European contributions. Consideration is given to the causes
and results of twentieth century warfare and the search for
international order and stability.
Hist 375 History of the Far East 3 cr.
A survey of the development of the peoples of China,
Japan, India, and adjacent territories for the purpose of gain-
ing an understanding of their contemporary problems and ways
of thinking as they relate to current world affairs. Special em-
phasis is placed on the impact of the West as a conditioning
factor in the development of the Far East in Modern times.
Hist 376 History of the Middle East 3 cr.
This course is a study of the Ottoman Middle East and its
lack of political imity resulting from the rise and development
of Arab, Turkish, Zionist and other nationalist movements.
Special attention is given to the effect of these movements upon
the contemporary history of the Middle East and to the sig-
nificance of that area in current world affairs.
Hist 377 History of Latin America 3 cr.
The course surveys the development of the Latin American
countries from the period of discovery to the present. The eco-
nomic, social, political and cultural areas receive special atten-
tion first as domestic problems, then as they are related to the
various political units involved. The influence of European and
American relations as they are reflected in local changes are
given consideration.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 195
Hist 378 History of England 3 cr.
This course traces the growth of the people and institutions
of England from the conquest by the Anglo-Saxons to the pres-
ent. The emphasis is placed on the development of these factors
that give rise to the struggle and events that culminated in the
establishment of the democratic principles and organizations
in both the British Commonwealth and elsewhere in the
modern world.
Hist 379 History of Russia 3 cr.
A general survey of Russian history, culture and institu-
tions. Special consideration is given to the study of those his-
torical forces which were formative of the Revolution of 1917.
Consideration is also given to post-Revolution Russia.
Hist 380 History of France 3 cr.
Prerequisite: History of Civilization II.
An investigation of the political, cultural, economic, and
social developments since 1600. Lectures, discussions, papers.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HOME ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT
A. CAROLYN NEWSOM, Chairman
PATRICIA ANN BELL ELIZABETH HEARN LaVELLE
WILLA RUTH CRAMER YU CHEN LIU
HELEN HOVIS VANNIS LUCAS
M. KATHLEEN JONES MIRIAM McKINLEY
ALMA KAZMER LEOLA H. NORBERG
BERNICE KING MILDRED E. OMWAKE
sallie sue KOON C. ELDENA PURCELL
The Home Economics Department offers courses leading
to certification in two major fields: The teaching of Home
Economics in Secondary Schools and The School Food Service
Management. The School Food Service major includes courses
required for membership in the American Dietetic Association
and hospital internships.
COURSES REQUIRED FOR
ALL HOME ECONOMICS STUDENTS
HF 111 Meal Management 3 cr.
Basic principles of menu planning, marketing, food prep-
aration and table service for family meals are covered. Dem-
onstrations and other teaching techniques give emphasis to the
preparation for teaching. Laboratory work provides experience
and evaluation of products. White uniforms and comfortable
white shoes are needed.
HE 113 Management and Equipment 3 cr.
Management, decision making processes and organization
relative to the administration of a home, is emphasized. Prin-
ciples needed for the wise selection, efficient operation and
care of kitchen, laundry, and other household equipment are
studied and applied. Comparative studies of operation and effi-
ciency of various kinds of equipment, procedures and cleaning
materials, and work processes are emphasized. Good manage-
ment in arrangement, storage and working heights and pro-
cedures that will save time, energy, and money and secure
good results in family living form the basis of the course.
HE 211 Advanced Foods 3 cr.
Foods studied and prepared present more advanced prob-
lems in cookery and meal service than those of meal manage-
ment. Some of these relate to food preservation, freezing of
foods, meat and poultry selection and cookery, methods of
making breads, cakes and pastry, sugar cookery and frozen des-
serts. Recent research and improved methods of cookery are
considered. Demonstrations and other teaching techniques are
used.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 212 Nutrition 3 cr.
Positive relation of food to health is emphasized. Signs of
good and poor nutrition, functions of nutrients, interdepend-
ence of dietary essentials, and nutritive essentials of an opti-
mum diet are studied. Nutritional requirements in infancy,
childhood, adult life, pregnancy, lactation, the aged, common
nutritional deficiency and disorders are emphasized. Adequate
diets for the different economic levels, and racial and national
backgrounds are considered. Food additives and food fads and
fallacies are also studied. Laboratery work provides for further
understanding of these problems. Organic Chemistry is a pre-
requisition or parallels nutrition.
Psy 215 Child Development 3 cr.
The physical, emotional, social and intellectual develop-
ment of the child from conception through early adolescence
is considered. Research from psychology, anthropology, medi-
cine, sociology and child development contributes toward a
better understanding of normal development and behavior of
the child.
HE 217 Home Planning and Furnishing 3 cr.
Problems confronting families in finding suitable housing
are considered. Community planning, selection or construction
of homes, factors affecting cost and quality, legal aspects, plans
for convenience, comfort and aesthetic values and maintenance
are studied.
HE 315 Family Finance and Consumer Economics 3 cr.
Economic, sociological and psychological principles and
factors are applied to family money management. Production,
distribution, retailing, consumer protection and aid are investi-
gated. Income (real and psychic), budgeting, installment buy-
ing, savings and investment, banking and wise use of time,
materials and human resources are related to consumer satis-
factions. Ways of living better on a given income are empha-
sized.
HE 411 Family Relations 3 cr.
Students have opportunity to gain knowledge and under-
standing of personality development and the importance of
early family and community influence in well adjusted lives
and family stability. Emphasis is on preparation for marriage
and problems of human relations within homes. Reading, dis-
cussion, and conferences are used in facing and solving prob-
lems.
HE 414 Home Management (Residence) 3 cr.
Students experience decision making in group living. Man-
agerial ability, values, goals, and satisfying human relations
are developed as family members care for the baby; shop; plan,
prepare and serve attractive, nutritious meals; use and care for
equipment and furnishings and in other ways provide for in-
dividual and group home needs and social functions.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Required Courses for Teacher Education Students
HE 112 Clothing I Construction and Fitting 3 cr.
Principles and problems related to the construction of
clothing are studied. Laboratory experiences provide the op-
portunity to apply these learnings. Selection and use of tech-
niques suitable for the fabric to produce a garment that is
recognizably of high quality are emphasized. Efficient methods
of construction are employed.
HE 213 Principles of Design 2 cr.
Principles of design and color are studied.
HE 216 Clothing Selection 3 cr.
Selection of clothing for the individual considering aes-
thetic, economic and social factors,
HE 311 Family Health 1 cr.
Family health problems are recognized and solutions in-
vestigated. An understanding of the part the home plays in
positive health is developed. Principles of the care of the sick
in the home and needs in time of disaster and emergencies are
studied. Practical laboratory experience is provided. American
Red Cross requirements are met.
HE 314 Textiles 3 cr.
Knowledge of fibers, fabrics and finishes used in clothing
and household textiles is applied to the appropriate use and
care of such articles in the home. Laws governing the labeling
of fibers in ready-made clothing are studied from the consumer
standpoint.
HE 412 Nursery School 2 cr.
Participation in the nursery school as a student teacher
applying the content of Psychology 215 is the major focus of
this course. Student teachers learn techniques of planning for
and managing a group of pre-school children.
HE 415 Methods in Teaching General and Vocational
Home Economics 3 cr.
Methods in teaching home economics provides students
with the opportimity to plan curricula in relation to the needs
and interests of pupils and their families within the school
community.
This course is a prerequisite to student teaching and is
taken concurrently with Ed. 522 Professional Practicum (for
teacher education students).
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Ed 422 Professional Practicum 2 cr.
Students gain confidence in the classroom and put theories
to practice through observation and participation in secondary
home economics classes. This course is taken concurrently with
HE 415 Methods in Teaching General and Vocational Home
Economics.
Ed 421 Student Teaching 8 cr.
Student teaching centers are located in high schools having
capable supervisors and programs that meet vocational re-
quirements. Saturday campus conferences with the college
supervisor provide help with professional problems and an
exchange of experiences and ideas.
REQUIRED COURSES FOR
SCHOOL FOOD SERVICES STUDENTS ONLY
HE 313 Quantity Food Service Management 3 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 111, HE 211. HE 212
Instruction and fundamental experiences essential to
quantity food service are stressed. These experiences include
planning, preparing and serving lunches that are nutritionally
adequate, attractive and inexpensive. The requirements of the
National School Lunch Program are emphasized.
HE 356 Food Service Administration 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Psy 201, HE 313
Emphasis is given to organization and administration of
food service, personnel policies and training, work simplifica-
tion and sanitation. Field trips to various types of food service
institutions are included.
HE 358 Food Service Equipment and Layout 3 cr.
Selection and layout of food service equipment in relation
to production requirements, materials and usefulness are
studied. Field trips permit the investigating of a variety of
layouts.
HE 359 Food Purchasing 3 or.
Prerequisite: HE 313
Sources, standards of quality, grades, methods of purchase,
care and storage of various classes of food are discussed. Trips
to markets are included.
HE 360 Accounting 3 cr.
Business procedures and practices; the use of accounting
as a managerial tool; introduction of the basic theory of ac-
counts; knowledge and skill adequate to keep books for a food
service operation; journalizing, posting use of ledger accounts,
closing of books of original entry and statement preparation
are included.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 361 Food Service Experience 6 cr.
This experience is under the supervision of a certified
School Food Service Manager in schools enrolled in the Na-
tional School Lunch Program. It provides opportunities to gain
knowledge in all phases of a large school food service opera-
tion.
HE 364 Methods in Teaching 3 cr.
An intensive study is made of Home Economics as it is
related to and interrelates with the entire school and educa-
tional program. Curriculum, teacher responsibilities, pupil-
teacher planning, home-school relations, teaching techniques
and aids, learning, evaluation and special school functions are
studies. Observations are included.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Ed 101 Professional Orientation 3 cr.
This orientation and guidance course is designed to ac-
quaint prospective teachers with the opportunities and require-
ments of their profession, the relationship of the school to soci-
ety, the organization of the American school system, the pupil
and the educational process. Extensive directed observation of
various schools and learning situations will be required.
HE 214 Clothing H (Fitting and Pattern Study) 2 cr.
The student makes her own basic pattern, designs a dress
and develops the pattern from her own design. She then makes
the dress using construction processes best suited to the fabric
and the design.
HE 215 Home Furnishing 3 cr.
Through the application of art principles students develop
the ability to create attractive livable homes and judgment in
selecting and purchasing suitable home furnishings. Floors,
walls and windows, the arrangement of furniture and furnish-
ings and remedies for problem rooms and houses are studied.
Improvising; mending, remodeling and refinishing furniture;
making curtains, slip covers, draperies, etc., provide practical
problems.
HE 312 Housing 2 cr.
Housing problems of families and communities are con-
sidered. Architectural designs, floor plans, processes in con-
struction, factors affecting cost and quality, financing, legal
aspects, heating, ventilation, lighting, plumbing and mainte-
nance are studied. Convenience, comfort and aesthetic values
are emphasized. Extensive reading, projects and field trips are
expected.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 351 Nutrition Education (School Education) 2 cr.
Menu making and principles of nutrition are applied to
growth needs, economic levels, and social and nationality back-
ground. The contribution of the school lunch program in the
nutrition of children is emphasized.
HE 352 Nutrition Education (pre-school) 2 cr.
Nutritional needs of pre-school children are studied. Em-
phasis is placed on menu making, factors for establishing good
dietary habits, and the influence of social, economic, racial
and nationality background.
HE 353 Clothing IV (Millinery and other Accessories) 2 cr.
An appreciation of what constitutes a complete, appro-
priate and aesthetical pleasing ensemble is developed. Selec-
tion, construction and remodeling hats for different seasons is
included. Costume accessories are designed and selected.
HE 354 Clothing V (Special Problems in Clothing) 3 cr.
Prerequisite. Consent of the instructor.
Clothing problems met by individuals, families and teach-
ers are solved. This course provides excellent opportunities for
students who have had too little experience in construction and
other clothing problems.
HE 355 Diet Therapy 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Meal Management, Nutrition, Chemistry,
Physiology or Biology.
A study is made of the modification of the normal adequate
diet to meet the nutritional meals of the dietary problems of
the infant, growing child, the aged, the pregnant and lactating
woman, and pathological conditions requiring special dietary
treatment. Special diets are planned and calculated. The course
is planned for students desiring advanced study in nutrition.
HE 357 Special Problems in Foods 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Meal Management or the Instructor's per-
mission.
Foods of different nations and for special occasions are
studied from a cultural and economic point of view. Demon-
strations are emphasized. Food interests of individuals may be
met.
HE 362 Experimental Foods 8 cr.
Prerequisites: Foods and Organic-Biochemistry. -
Experimental Foods is designed as a study of food prepara-
tion based upon the scientific method wherein effects of chemi-
cal and physical principles are observed. This will be accom-
plished by investigating problems of a group as well as on an
200 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
individual basis. Studies on fruits, vegetables, gelatin products,
meat, milk, eggs and baked goods will be covered in laboratory
preparation. Problems studied in the laboratory will be an-
alyzed and observed objectively with resulting conclusions set
forth in written reports.
HE 363 The Family and the Community 3 cr.
An intensive study is made of community contributions and
problems that affect the family as well as of the contributions
of families to the community. Group dynamics, media of com-
mimication, and other experiences that aid understandings of
human processes and that develop leadership will be investi-
gated and used. Field work is an integral part of the course.
HE 403 Home and Family Living 3 cr.
Economic competency for the consumer is stressed. Nutri-
tional, housing, home furnishing, household equipment, hecilth,
clothing, transportation and operational needs of families are
investigated. Insurance, investment and financing purchases
are studied. Information is gained so that each family may de-
rive the greatest benefits and satisfactions within their income
and values. This course not only meets the needs of non-majors
but provides a review for home economists returning to the
profession and up-to-date material in the many areas of Home
Economics.
HE 413 Consumer Economics 2 cr.
Sociological and psychological reactions are discussed in
relation to customs, advertising and income. Knowledge of
production, distribution, retail merchandising and consumer
buying is fundamental to wise use of resources. Emphasis is
placed on use of governmental and other aids to consumers.
Studies are required of each student. Gaining maximum satis-
faction from goods and services available to each family is an
important goal.
HE 416 Family Finance S er.
Economic principles underlying personal and family finan-
cial problems are studied. Sources of income; how family mem-
bers can reduce expenditures through wise use of time, ma-
terial and human resources, increasing real and psychic income,
accounts; savings and investments; legal contracts; banking;
home production; the optimum use of social income sources;
and planning for the wise use of the family income are all
studied. An understanding of what low incomes mean in terms
of living is sought. Living better on an income is emphasized.
HE 417 Clothing HI 2 cr.
Principles of tailoring are applied to the construction of a
coat or suit. Efficient methods are emphasized in the selection
of ready-made tailored clothing is studied.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 421 Pre-School Education (ages 2-5) 4 cr.
Prerequisites: General and Educational Psychology, Child
Development and Nursery School.
Actual experience in assisting a master teacher in a nurs-
ery school is required. Experience includes observation of and
work with children in a variety of situations. Specific children
are studied intensively and research is investigated as a basis
for understanding child behavior and to help in guidance.
HE 422 Early Childhood Education (Equipment and
Materials) 2 cr.
Prerequisites: Child Development and General Psychology.
Materials, stories, activities, situations and equipment that
will aid in the physical, social, emotional and intellectual de-
velopment of pre-school children are studied. Children and
variations of behavior are observed as 2, 3 and 4-ye£ir-olds
react and interact.
HE 423 Marriage and Family Relations 3 or.
Prerequisite: Family Relations
Emphasis will be on the development of an understanding
of interpersonal relations and adjustments within family living.
Potential problem areas of marriage and possible reactions will
be explored to develop an understanding of what constitutes
good adjustment. Interviews, projects, observations, case-stud-
ies, discussions and conferences will be used.
HE 424 The Family 3 cr.
Students will be able to concentrate on and study inten-
sively specific areas of family life. Interpersonal relationships
and the family as a group and social institution will be the
focus. Group projects and study, panel discussions and con-
ferences will be used in addition to extensive reading of re-
search and other literature.
HE 450 Industrial Psychology or Personnel Management 2 cr.
Prerequisites: HE 313 and General Psychology.
The psychology of personnel-supervision relations is stud-
ied and personnel management policies formulated. The prob-
lems of employees are investigated.
HE 451 Clinic in Home Economics Education 3 cr.
This course is planned to meet the needs of experienced
teachers and of college Home Economics graduates expecting
to return to teaching. Educational philosophy as it applies to
Home Economics, the psychology of learning, evaluation, cur-
riculum planning and effective teaching are reviewed in terms
of the best present educational practice. Special problems of
class members are solved where possible.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
HE 452 Curriculum Construction 2 or.
The theory, principles and practices of curriculum con-
struction are studied and applied to specific situations. The
Pennsylvania Resource Material is used as an example and a
basis for planning for specific communities.
HE 453 Materials and Methods in Home Economics
Education 2 cr.
Teachers are given an opportunity to prepare teaching aids
that will be useful in each area of Home Economics. Methods
and techniques of teaching are studied and tried.
HE 454 Adult Homemaking Education 2 cr.
The principles and theory of adult education are studied.
The psychology of adults is considered and their needs in the
areas of homemaking investigated. Plans for implementing a
broad program are formulated and communities sponsoring
such a program used as case studies.
HE 455 Education and Vocational Guidance 3 cr.
Implications of the Manpower Act of 1962 and the Perkins
Bill for home related employment are studied. Needs in Penn-
sylvania communities are investigated. Possible programs are
formulated and experiences needed for their implementation
sought.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MATHEMATICS DEPARTMENT
JAMES E. McKlNLEY, Chairman of Department
JOSEPH ANGELO WALLACE F. MORRELL
IDA Z. ARMS CARL P. OAKES
EDWIN W. BAILEY GLENN W. OLSEN
BLAINE C. CROOKS JOSEPH A. PETERS
RAYMOND D. GIBSON MILDRED M. REIGH
WILLARD HENNEMAN DALE M. SHAFER
JAMES L. KLEMM HARVEY A. SIMMONS
WILLIAM F. LONG WILLIAM R. SMITH
JAMES H. MAPLE EMMA LOU SOMERS
DOYLE R. McBRIDE ANNA T. WINK
RONALD L. McBRIDE MELVI.X WOODARD
RONALD E. McCOY
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Math 101 Foundations of Mathematics 4 s.h.
This course is designed to familiarize students with some of
the ideas underlying the development of mathematics and an
elementary treatment of problem solving and decision making.
The primary objective is not to develop "computational" skills
but to study mathematics in its role as both an art and a
science.
Topics to be studied include: numeration and number sys-
tems with special emphasis on recognizing patterns and struc-
ture; intuitive set theory and applications, including probabili-
ty and statistics; and informal logic in its relation to mathe-
matics, both in algebra and geometry.
Math 152 Algebra and Trigonometry 5 s.h.
Prerequisite: Satisfactory score on the Placement Exam-
ination.
Number systems and equations; plane trigonometry; in-
equalities; functions and graphs; complex numbers; theory of
equations; mathematical induction; the binomial theorem.
Math 155 Computer Programming 1 s.h.
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the
facilities in the area of computer programming available to
him. The basic language rules of the Fortran compiler system
and library programs and their use are studied. It is hoped
that the student will then apply his knowledge in other courses
throughout his college career.
Math 157 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: Algebra and Trigonometry or permission of
the department.
Analytic Geometry of the straight line; circle; and the
conies; polynomials and their graphs; elements of differential
and integral calculus with applications involving polynomials.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Math 160 Elementary Numeration Theory I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: 3 years high school academic mathematics.
This course is designed for those students whose major is
elementary education with mathematics as their area of con-
centration.
Among the topics included in this course are: Early history
and development of arithmetic and numeration systems; nu-
meration systems other than base 10; properties of the natural
numbers; introduction to Boolean algebra and other mathe-
matical systems; properties and operations with rational num-
bers; primes; factorization; fundamental theorem of arithmetic.
Math 250 Elementary Numeration Theory 11 3 B.h.
Prerequisite: Math 160
This course is a continuation of Math 160 and will include
such topics as: Rules of divisibility; properties of and opera-
tions with real numbers; finite and infinite sets; Venn diagrams;
order relations; modular and clock arithmetic; introduction to
algebra and geometry; informal look at probability and topol-
ogy; truth tables; implications; slope of a line; distance form-
ula; conic sections.
Math 251 Basic Concepts of Algebra (Elementary) 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Math 160 and 250.
This course will include such topics as those touched upon
in earlier courses but from a more general point of view. Gen-
eralization and abstraction in linear equations, systems of
equations, sets, groups and fields, inequalities, absolute values,
complex numbers, polynomials, algebraic structures and func-
tions will be stressed.
Math 253 Theory of Equations 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.
Among the topics considered are algebraic equations; de-
termination of roots; algebraic solutions of cubic and quartic
equations; systems of equations; determinants; matrices, and
symmetric functions.
Math 257 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 11 4 s.h.
Prerequisites: Analytic Geometry and Calculus I.
Differential and integral calculus of algebraic and trans-
cendental functions with applications to the physical sciences.
Math 341 Theory of Numbers 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor.
A study of the foundation of number theory with special
attention being given to such topics as repeating decimals and
congruences; number theoretic functions; diophantine equa-
tions, continued fractions.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Math 350 Foundations of Informal Geometry
(Elementary) 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Math 160, 250, 251
This course includes a discussion of such topics as: con-
gruences, measurement, parallelim, similarity, concurrence of
medians, altitudes, construction of proofs, practical applica-
tions, elements of spherical and plane coordinate geometry.
This will be a course of greater depth and generality than that
found in the secondary school and will be in line with the cur-
rent curriculum revisions.
Math 351 Pre-Calculus Mathematics (Elementary) 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Math 160, 250, 251, 350
This course is designed to give an over-all view of funda-
mental topics in trigonometry, analytic geometry, probability
and statistics, permutations and combinations, the binomial
theorem, sequences and fundamental calculus.
Math 355 Foundations of Geometry I 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Math 375.
The major content of this course will be a study of Euclid-
ean plane and solid geometry using the metric approach. Em-
phasis will be placed on application of methods of proof to
which the student has been introduced in previous courses.
Finite geometries will be introduced to illustrate consistency,
completeness and other properties of an axiomatic theory.
Math 356 Foundations of Geometry II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Math 355
This course is designed to further acquaint the student
with some knowledge of geometries other than Euclidean. A
detailed study of Non-Euclidean, projective, and others, such
as affine geometries will be included.
Math 357 Analytic Geomietry and Calculus III 4 or.
Prerequisite: Analytic Geometry and Calculus II.
This course will extend the background of the student in
elementary calculus and will consider infinite series, Taylor's
and Maclaurin's expansions, partial differentiation, multiple
integrals, and an introduction to ordinary differential equations.
Math 361 Ordinary Differential Equations 3 or.
Prerequisite: Math 257.
The topics considered will include linear differential equa-
tions of first and higher order, those of first order but not of
first degree, and applications to geometry and the sciences.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Math 362 Probability and Statistics 3 cr.
This course is intended as a beginning course in statistics
with emphasis on applications rather than on theoretical de-
velopments of principles and formulas. Calculus is not a pre-
requisite. The areas of study in this course are: frequency dis-
tributions, measures of central tendency and variation, elemen-
tary probability, sampling, estimation, testing of hypotheses,
linear correlation and regression, and multiple and partial cor-
relation.
Math 363 Mathematical Statistics 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Calculus.
The theory of Statistics will be developed in this course
with the extensive use of the Calculus. The areas of study will
be frequency distributions of one variable, large sample theory
of one variable, frequency distribution of two or more vari-
ables, small sample distributions, non-parametric methods,
goodness of fit, statistical hypotheses, design in experiments.
Math 366 Computer Math I 3 cr.
Language rules of the FORTRAN compiler system are
presented. FORTRAN is used for writing digital computer pro-
grams which are compiled and executed on the College com-
puter. Satisfactory completion of at least three programs is
required.
Math 367 Numerical Analysis 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Computer Math I; Calculus I, II, III; Differ-
ential Equations
Errors in computation. Approximation of functions by
polynomials. Iterative methods of solving equations. Matrices
and systems of linear equations. Interpolation. Numerical dif-
ferentiation and integeration. Methods for solving ordinary
differential equations on computers.
Math 371 Linear Algebra I 3 cr.
Topics considered in this course include: Vectors, linear,
dependence, the concept of a basis, orthogonal bases, vector
spaces and subspaces; Algebra of matrices, transpose and in-
verses, symmetric and skew-symmetric matrices; linear trans-
formations, determinants, Gaussian elimination and Cramers
rule.
Math 375 Introduction to Modern Mathematics 3 cr.
This course is designed to acquaint the prospective teacher
with new methods and content in mathematics. A thorough
study of the development of the complex number system from
a postulational viewpoint, starting with the natural numbers,
through the integers, fractions, rationals, irrational, real, and
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
finally the complex numbers, serves as a model of the rigorous
methods used in mathematics today. Set theory and its applica-
tions in serving to unify topics in high school algebra and
geometry are of primary importance. The study of mathema-
tical structures, including that of groups, rings, integral do-
main, and fields, acquaints the student with the knowledge that
there are many algebras and geometries and points out the
true nature of a mathematical system. Boolean algebra and
arithmetic modular systems serve as examples to illustrate
these systems. An attempt is made throughout the course to
strengthen, but not replace, the traditional mathematics with
the new.
Math 376 Abstract Algebra 3 or.
This course consists of a development of the theory of in-
tegral domains, fields, rings, and groups. It is designed to de-
velop the student's power to think for himself and to improve
his ability to construct formal proofs.
Math 381 Advanced Calculus I 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 357
Topics from the calculus are treated with a more rigorous
point of view. The course consists of a study of the real number
system, point sets, functions, sequences, limits, continuity and
uniform continuity, differentiation, indeterminate forms, and
the Riemann integral.
Math 382 Advanced Calculus II 3 cr.
This course includes a study of functions of more than one
variable, partial differentiation, multiple integration, line and
surface integrals, Green's theorem, Stokes' theorem, infinite
series, convergence and uniform convergence, and improper
integrals.
Ed 451 Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary Schools 3 cr.
The major objective of the course is to prepare teachers of
mathematics for the modern secondary schools. The principal
activities in the class are the preparation and presentation of
lessons on concepts from the secondary schools mathematics
courses; study of the principles of teaching and learning; ob-
servations; study of current mathematics curricula; and learn-
ing to use curriculum materials effectively.
Math 452 Seminar in Mathematics 1 cr.
During the semester preceding student teaching each per-
son majoring in mathematics is expected to perform an inde-
pendent study of mathematics beyond the scope of the courses
he has taken. The area for investigation will be selected by the
student, subject to the approval of the instructor. Upon com-
pletion of the study, the student is expected to give an oral
presentation of his findings to the other members of the group.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Math 461 Computer Math 11 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 366.
Digital computers are analyzed as to size, type, usage, stor-
age, auxiliary storage, input-output facilities and monitors.
Symbolic programming and compiler systems are studied.
Math 471 Seminar: Research Usag© of Computers 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 362.
General techniques are described which facilitate process-
ing of research data on digital computers. Library programs
are studied and evaluated. Research problems of class members
are considered.
El 313 Teaching Mathematics in the Elementary School 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Math 101.
In this course emphasis will be given to the place of arith-
metic in the elementary school and to the recent changes in
curriculum and method; to techniques for developing concepts
and processes; to recent research in the field of arithmetic; and
to books and materials helpful to prospective teachers. Obser-
vation of master teachers at work will be planned.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MILITARY SCIENCE
COLONEL JOHN T. JOSEPH, Chairman of Department
LT. COL. CHARLES B. STEVENSON SOT. GEORGE DETWEILER
MAJOR WILLIAM J. MARTIN SCT. MAJOR WILLIAM J. FULHAM
CAPT. ROBERT W. BUTLER SCT. FC NELSON A. TABER
CAPT. RICHARD A. HERRMANN SPEC. FRANK P. PANKEY
SSG. LEWIS J. POWELL, JR.
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Indiana, Pennsylvania,
is authorized a Senior Division, Reserve Officers Training
Corps unit. The mission is to provide junior officers who have
the qualities and attributes essential to their progressive and
continued development as officers of the Army of the United
States.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ENROLLMENT
The general requirements for enrollment in the ROTC are
that the student be a citizen of the United States, physically
qualified as prescribed by the Department of the Army, ac-
cepted by the institution as a regularly enrolled student, not
less than 14 years of age, but less than 24 years of age at the
time of enrollment. For continuance in the ROTC the student
must successfully complete such general survey or screening
tests as are given to determine eligibility for admittance to the
Advanced Course, and agree in writing upon admission to the
advanced course to complete the course of instruction offered,
unless released by the Department of the Army. Veterans may
receive credit for portions of the ROTC military course for mil-
itary service completed prior to enrollment in ROTC,
WHAT ROTC OFFERS
Uniforms, equipment, ROTC textbooks are issued without
cost to formally enrolled cadets.
Students having successfully completed the Basic Course,
or having at least four months of active service in the Armed
Forces, and meeting the Advanced Course admission require-
ments are paid a retainer fee, currently amounting to Forty
(40) dollars per month during the time they are taking the
Advanced Course.
After the student completes the Advanced Course and re-
ceives his baccalaureate degree from the college he is eligible
for a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States
Army Reserve.
Students who have completed the first year Advanced
Course and have displayed outstanding qualities ol military
leadership, high moral character, and definite aptitude for mili-
tary service are designated "Distinguished Military Students."
Students so honored who maintain the standards until gradua-
tion are designated "Distinguished Military Graduates," and
are eligible for appointment in the Regular Army.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Policies affecting enrollment and continuance of students
in the Senior Division of the Reserve Officers Training Corps
are included in the provisions of the Selective Service Act of
1950. This Act provides for military deferment of students
(certain basic course students upon request, and all advanced
course students) until completion of their academic course
under the following conditions:
1. Students enrolled in the ROTC must remain in good
standing in both their academic and military courses.
2. They must demonstrate proper and sufficient aptitude
and leadership characteristics ultimately to qualify
them for appointment as commissioned officers.
3. They must attend a summer training camp, when order-
ed by competent authority (usually at the end of the
Junior year).
4. They are required to sign an agreement to accept a com-
mission in the Army, if and when tendered, and to serve
not to exceed two (2) years on active duty as an officer,
subject to call by the Secretary of the Army.
SPECIAL FEES
ROTC Activity Fee and Clothing Deposit. The sum of
$8.00 is collected from each cadet enrolled in ROTC. Of this
total, $5.00 is held as a deposit against possible loss of items of
clothing or equipment loaned to the cadet by the U. S. Govern-
ment. The other $3.00 is charged to defray the costs of a name
tag, cadet handbook, and the Military Ball. Refunds are made
at the end of the school year, or earlier, if applicable.
CURRICULUM IN MILITARY SCIENCE
The Military Science curriculum covers four years and is
divided into two courses: The Basic Course and the Advanced
Course.
THE BASIC COURSE
The first two years of Military Science comprise the Basic
Course which furnishes a background in basic military sub-
jects. A minimum of two hours instruction each week is re-
quired for the MS 101 and 102 courses and a minimum of three
hours for courses 203 and 204.
1st Year
MS 101 Military Science I 2 cr.
Instruction in Organization of the Army and ROTC; In-
dividual Weapons and Marksmanship; and Leadership.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MS 102 Military Science I 2 cr.
Instruction in United States Army and National Security;
and Leadership.
2nd Year
MS 203 Military Science 11 2 cr.
Instruction in Map Reading; Basic Tactics and Techniques;
and Leadership.
MS 204 Military Science II 2 cr.
Instruction in American Military History; and Leadership.
THE ADVANCED COURSE
The second two years comprise the Advanced Course, each
year of which consists of 105 hours of instruction in Military
subjects and 45 hours of instruction in selected academic fields
approved by the Professor of Military Science. Students who
clearly demonstrate during their attendance in the Basic
Course the qualities necessary to become a Reserve Officer of
the U. S. Army are enrolled in the Advanced Course.
For admission to this course a student must fulfill the fol-
lowing: have completed the Basic Course; be selected by the
Professor of Military Science and the President of the Univer-
sity; be 26 years of age or under at time of enrollment; meet
physical requirements as established by the Department of the
Army; execute a contract with the Government to finish the
course, attend a six-week summer camp and accept a commis-
sion in the United States Army Reserve, if tendered. When
contract is signed, completion of the Advanced Course becomes
a requirement for graduation unless contract is cancelled by
the Department of the Army.
3rd Year
MS 305 Military Science III 3 cr.
Instruction in Principles of Leadership; Military Teaching
Methods; Quartermaster Tactics and Techniques; and Leader-
ship Laboratory.
MS 306 Military Science III 3 cr.
Instruction in Quartermaster Tactics and Techniques;
Pre-Camp Orientation; and Leadership Laboratory.
4th Year
MS 407 Military Science IV 3 cr.
Instruction in Quartermaster Tactics and Techniques;
Army Administration; Military Law; and Leadership Labora-
tory.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MS 408 Military Science IV 3 cr.
Instruction in Service Orientation; Role of the United
States in World Affairs; and Leadership Laboratory.
SUMMER CAMP
The six weeks of summer camp is attended by students
upon completion of the first year of the Advanced Course of
Military Training. Time at camp is devoted to the practical
application and demonstration of principles and theories taught
during the school year. While at camp each student will re-
ceive lodging, subsistence, uniforms, medical care, reimburse-
ment for travel and pay in the amount of one hundred and
twenty dollars and sixty cents ($120.60) per month.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
MUSIC DEPARTMENT
HAKOU) S. OKZNDORFF, Qiaiimazi of Daparuocnt
WILUAM BECKER
ROBERT E. BERNAT
DAVID BORST
•WALLIS D. BRAIIAN
ROBERT W. BURCCRAF
CATHERINE C. CARL
CHARLES A. DAVIS
DANIEL DiQCCO
GLADYS DUffKELBERCER
OLIVE FORNEAR
WALTER A. G0L2
ARVILLA HARROLD
H. EUGENE HULBERT
DOMINIC INTILI
C. DAVID McNAUGHTON
DADY MEHTA
RUSSEL C. NELSON
LAURENCE PERKINS
BETTY DANDO STEWART
LAWRENCE C. STITT
C. ROBERT WIGGINS
Admission to the Music Department requires a satisfactory-
tape recorded audition to be mailed to the Chairman at the
Music Department. Detailed instructions will be sent to the
applicant upon request.
GENERAL EDUCATION
Mus 101 Introduction to Music
3 sJi.
The course "Introduction to Music" presumes no technical
background, but does utilize as fully as possible the varied
musical experiences of each individual to help him extend his
interest as far as possible. One or two field trips are planned
each semester to Pittsburgh to attend the Pittsburgh Opera
and /or the Pittsburgh Symphony. In addition, various concerts
of college organizations, cultural life events, and visiting artist
concerts are required to augment the listening experiences of
the student.
MUSIC THEORY
Mus 111 Sight Singing I
2 s.h.
Sight Singing I is designed to develop the student's skill at
interpreting written music by the use of his own voice, regard-
less of his major performing medium. Areas of study include:
all major and minor scales; treble, alto, tenor, and bass clefs;
all diatonic intervals; duple and triple meter with rhythmic
dictation drills; phrase- wise thinking; and elementary form
analysis. The sol-fa syllables with movable do are used.
Mus 112 Sight Singing 11 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Sight Singing I with a mark of C or better.
A continuation of the development of skills in the areas
of Sight Singing I, as well as the following additional areas:
sensitivity to intonation, part singing, compound meters, writ-
ten melodic and rhythmic dictation.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mils 113 Ear Training I 1 s.h.
Ear Training I involves dictation skills and notation in the
following areas: primary harmonies in all inversions, and mel-
odic dictation with implied and actual harmonies.
Mus 114 Ear Training II 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Ear Training I with a mark of C or better.
A continuation of the development of dictational and nota-
tional skills of Ear Training I as well as the following areas:
secondary triads, seventh chords, and modulation to related
keys.
Mus 115 Harmony I 3 s.h.
Harmony I includes the playing and writing of primary
harmonies in all inversions, using the chorale style of harmoni-
zation; and the study of phrase and period through the analy-
sis and study of melodies to be harmonized,
Mus 116 Harmony II 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Harmony I with a mark of C or better.
The content of Harmony I is broadened to include second-
ary triads and seventh chords, mastery of the circle of fifths,
and modulation to related keys. Harmonization in the piano
style is introduced and developed as well as the writing of
original melodies. The double period and phrase group serve
as units for analysis.
Mus 215 Harmony HI 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: Harmony H, Sight Singing H, and Ear
Training II, all with a mark of C or better.
Harmony III includes the playing and writing of chrom-
atic harmonies, modulation to remote keys, writing for male
voices, writing for women's voices, the study and analysis of
song-forms and simple rondo forms, and harmonic dictation.
Mus 216 Harmony IV 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Harmony III with a mark of C or better.
In addition to the further development of many of the
areas of study in Harmony IH, Harmony IV also includes: har-
monization at the keyboard; transposition at the keyboard;
further development of chromatic harmony; study of the
rondo, sonatina, and sonata-allegro forms; and original writing.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 215
Mus 315 Harmony V 3 s.h.
Prerequisite: Harmony IV.
Many of the harmonic idioms of the past half century will
be considered, such as: comparative analysis of dissonance;
poly tonality; polyrhythms; atonalism and the 12 tone system;
and microtonalism. Original writing in these styles will be
required.
Mus 305 Form and Analysis 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Harmony IV.
The major forms of music from the motet to the chorus
will constitute this course. Under guidance, the student will
analyze major works in as many forms as possible, both
through listening and reading of the work.
Mus 306 Coimterpoint I 2 sJi.
Prerequisite: Harmony FV.
After an intensive study and analysis of the style of the
16th Century contrapuntal writing, the student will do orig-
inal writing using the techniques and devices of the period. As
time permits, the same approach will be made to explore the
style of the 17th and 18th Century composers.
Mus 307 Counterpoint II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Counterpoint I.
A continuation of the study, analysis, and restricted writ-
ing of the 17th and 18th Century composers. Consideration will
be given to the free contrapuntal techniques used by later
composers.
Mus 308 Fugue and Canon 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Counterpoint I.
The application of contrapuntal techniques within these
two specific forms through analysis, assigned exercises, and
creative writing.
Mus 309 Orchestration I 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Harmony IV.
All the instruments of the orchestra are studied from the
viewpoint of their contribution to the total sound of the en-
semble. Ranges and timbres are considered as well as actual
arranging of selected music for each section, full orchestra,
band, and other instrumental organizations. Whenever possi-
ble, the arrangements are performed in class or by one of the
organizations of the college.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 310 Orchestration II 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Orchestration I.
A continuation of Orchestration I with more emphasis
placed on larger projects and the programming of outstanding
works in college concerts.
Mus 411 Composition I 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Harmony IV.
Instruction in Composition I will of necessity be highly
individualized due to the uniqueness of the creative process.
Compositional devices will be studied through the analysis of
works by major composers. Students will do original works in
the smaller forms of music.
Mus 412 Composition 11 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Composition I.
A continuation of Composition I with the emphasis placed
more on the larger forms of music. Outstanding works will be
programmed by college organizations.
MUSIC LITERATURE AND HISTORY
Mus 301 History of Music I 3 sJi.
A study of the development of music from the ancient
Greek and Roman cultures through the Middle Renaissance
and the 16th Century. Although the approach is an historical
one, considerable analytical listening is required.
Mus 302 History of Music II 3 s.h.
Beginning with the Late Renaissance, History of Music II
will trace the development of music through the late 18th
century, including the work of Haydn and Mozart. Consider-
able analytic listening is required, both from records and
campus performances,
Mus 303 History of Music HI 3 s.h.
Starting with the 19th Century and Beethoven, History of
Music III is the historical study of the development of music
through to the present. Analytic listening required through all
available sources.
Mus 320 Music of the Ancient World 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
A concentrated study of music from the early Greeks up
to the Middle Ages, including considerable emphasis on plain-
song or Liturgical music of the early church.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 321 Music of the Middle Ages 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
Starting with the Jongleurs, Troubadors, and Trouveres of
the Early Middle Ages, this course deals with the literature of
music through English and Burgundian Schools at the close
of the Middle Ages.
Mus 322 Renaissance Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and IH.
Beginning with Ockeghem and ending with Palestrina and
his contemporaries, the music literature of this age is carefully
and thoroughly studied.
Mus 323 The Baroque Era 3 sJi.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
The Baroque Era extends from Monteverdi through Bach
and Handel, and considers both vocal and instrumental forms,
styles, and practices of the era.
Mus 324 Eighteenth Century Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
Although Mozart and Haydn comprise the greater portion
of 18th Century music, the Rococo Period involves D. Scarlatti
and C. P. E. Bach as well. The m^ature development of the son-
ata and symphony comprise a considerable portion of this
study.
Mus 325 The Early Romantic Period 3 sJl
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
Beethoven, Schubert, Rossini, Weber, Mendelssohn, Ber-
lioz, Schumann, and Chopin are the major composers to be
studied in the Early Romantic Period.
Mus 326 The Late Romantic Period 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
Wagner, Verdi, Glinka, Bruckner, Meyerbeer, Liszt,
Gounod, Brahms, Offenbach, Smetana, J. Strauss, Grieg, Bizet,
Moussorgsky, Saint-Saens, Tschaikowsky, Massenet, Franck,
Borodin, Rimski-Korsakoff, Wolf, R. Strauss, Mahler, Faure,
Puccini, Dvorak, MacDowell, and Elgar are the major com-
posers of this study.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 420 Contemporary Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
Beginning with Debussy, Ravel and the other impression-
ists, touching on Schoenberg, Stravinski, Webern, Honneger,
Milhaud, et al. Contemporary Music ends with today and to-
morrow. Various trends, styles, techniques are noted; judg-
ments are attempted on the more experimental forms; and
limited predictions of trends are ventured.
Mus 421 American Music 3 s.h.
Prerequisites: History of Music I, II, and III.
American Music is a study of the History and Literature
of Music in America from 1600 to the present day. Early Amer-
ican musical heritages are traced from pre-revolutionary
America to our day.
CONDUCTING
Mus 311 Fundamentals of Conducting 2 s.h.
Emphasis will be placed on the fundamental physical skills
of the conducting process. Various beat patterns will be mas-
tered and elementary score reading and interpretation will be
considered.
Mus 312 Choral Conducting 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Conducting with a mark of
C or better.
Choral Conducting will provide the opportunity for the
student to apply his basic conducting techniques to the choral
area. Each student will conduct the rest of the class in many
of the standard choral works of the literature. Also a survey
of suitable literature, organizational problems, voice testing,
rehearsal techniques, program building, interpretation, and
diction will be included.
Mus 313 Instrumental Conducting 2 s.h.
Prerequisite: Fundamentals of Conducting with a mark of
C or better.
Instrumental Conducting will provide the student with the
opportunity to apply his basic conducting skills to the various
instrumental ensembles. Each student will conduct the rest of
the class as well as the available instrumental ensembles in the
department. Also a survey of suitable literature, organizational
problems, audition procedures, rehearsal techniques, program
building, and interpretation will be considered.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 401 Choral Score Reading 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Harmony IV, and Choral Conducting.
Choral Score Reading is designed for the Vocal Curriculum
student who wishes to further develop his skills at interpreting
choral scores. Some of the units are: reading 3, 4, 5, and 6 line
scores; problems of editing music of various periods; further
development of skill with various clefs, developing a sense of
tempi; and practice in score reduction at the keyboard.
Mus 402 Instrumental Score Reading 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Harmony IV, and Instrumental Conducting.
Instrumental Score Reading serves a similar purpose for
the Instrumental Major. Some of the units are: developing
skill in reading 12 lines to full orchestral or band scores of 32
lines; editing and bowing problems of various periods; devel-
oping skill with clefs and transpositions; developing a sense of
tempi; and reducing full scores at the keyboard.
MUSIC EDUCATION
El 211 Music for the Elementary Grades 2 s.h.
(See the Elementary section for a course description.)
El 212 Teaching Music in the Elementary Grades 3 s.h.
(See the Elementary section for a course description.)
Mus 204 Eurythmics I 1 s.h.
Eurythmics I develops musical perception through physi-
cal response; stimulates creative imagination through group
and individual interpretations; and promotes bodily coordina-
tion, poise, and precision.
Mus 205 Eurythmics 11 1 s.h.
Prerequisite: Eurythmics I.
Eurythmics II continues the skill development begun in
Eurythmics I and further provides each student with the op-
portunity to direct others; to master and to teach a repertory
of folk dances; and to organize the work to fit the needs and
capacities of elementary pupils.
Mus 331 Elementary Methods 2 s.h.
Included in Elementary Methods are the following topics:
analytical study of texts, recordings, equipment, instruments,
and other material suitable to musical development of elemen-
tary pupils; proper treatment of the child voice; selection, use,
and teaching of rote songs; rhythmic activities and develop-
ment; music reading; part singing; planning and organization;
guided observations; and evaluation techniques.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 332 Junior High School Methods 2 s.h.
The following topics are considered: characteristics of the
early adolescent pupil; the general music class; choral organ-
izations; the changing voice; techniques of instruction; evalua-
tion of materials; evaluation techniques; and guided observa-
tions.
Mus 333 Senior High School Methods 2 s.h.
The organization and development of the large ensemble
is considered as well as high school courses in theory and
history of music. ScheduHng, administration, and curricular
problems of the high school music program are treated. Eval-
uative techniques, unique to the music program, will be con-
sidered and guided observations are required.
Mus 334 Instrumental Methods 2 s.h.
A treatment of the necessary understandings, techniques,
equipment, and materials necessary to develop an effective in-
strumental music program in the public schools. Demonstra-
tions and laboratory work are designed to give the student the
competencies needed to meet successfully the various teaching
situations in instrumental music from the grades through the
high school.
Mus 405 Piano Pedagogy 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: Junior Standing in Piano, and a piano ma-
jor or minor.
A survey of all current and significant past developments
in the teaching of piano both privately and in small and large
classes. The various piano methods are analyzed, compared,
criticized, and adapted to each individual's use.
Mus 406 Voice Pedagogy 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: a voice major or minor, and permission of
the instructor,
A survey of all current and significant past developments
in the teaching of voice both privately and in small and large
classes. The various vocal methods are analyzed, compared,
criticized, and adapted to each individual's use.
Mus 407 Master Class in Organ 2 s.h.
Prerequisites: for organ majors only with the organ in-
structor's permission.
From time to time the organ instructor will accept from
four to eight organ majors for this course. Every student will
observe every other student's instruction and demonstrations
of various techniques of teaching organ will be given.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 408 Marching Band Techniques 2 s.h.
The following topics are considered: building a band show;
alignment of ranks and files; development of a standard pace
of 6 to 5 and 8 to 5; selection of music; instrumentation; tech-
niques of developing morale; and fundamentals of uniform
design.
Ed 421 Student Teaching 12 s.h.
The music major will begin his practice teaching with
observations and various simple teaching assignments, gradu-
ally assuming greater teaching responsibilities on the elemen-
tary, junior and senior high school levels in instrumental and/
or vocal music as his particular curriculum requires. A college
staff member coordinates the work of the student teacher and
his school supervisor.
Ed 422 Professional Practiciun (Including School Law) 2 sJi.
Significant problems of an advanced nature, and closely
related to student teaching, are introduced in order to insure
further professional growth. Observing of other teaching situ-
ations, reading of books and professional journals, along with
reports and discussions at conferences, will aid in this growth.
APPLIED MUSIC
Class Instruction
The following courses are designed to acquaint the student
with basic skills in each particular area. The classes are con-
ducted in a similar manner to those in the public schools but
for different purpose. It is assumed that the voice major should
have a working knowledge of each of the three major instru-
mental groups; the instrumental major should have a working
knowledge of the voice and vocal production. The class in-
struction in Applied Music fills this need.
Mus 151 Class Voice I
s.h.
Mus 152 Class Vwce 11
s.h.
Mus 153 Class Piano I
s.h.
Mus 154 Class Piano II
s.h.
Mus 155 Class Violin
s.h.
Mus 156 Class Cornet
s.h.
Mus 157 Class Trombone
s.h.
Mus 158 Class Percussicm
s.h.
Mus 159 Class Strings
s.h.
Mus 160 Class Woodwinds
s.h.
Mus 161 Class Brass
s.h.
Mus 162 Class Clarinet
s.h.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Mus 351 Italian Diction 2 s.h.
Mus 352 Spanish Diction 2 s.h.
Mus 353 French Diction 2 s.h.
Mus 354 German Diction 2 s.h.
Private Instruction
One semester hour credit for each number. Each semester
hour of credit requires one half-hour lesson and five hours
practice per week for one semester. The instructor will deter-
mine which series applies.
111-130 Series, for beginners or near beginners
211-230 Series, for intermediate students
311-330 Series, for advanced students
411-430 Series, for artist students
available in the following performance areas:
Piano (Pno) Cello (Cel) Saxophone (Sax)
Organ (Ogn) Bass Viol (BsV) Trumpet (Trpt)
Voice (Vce) Clarinet (Clar) French Horn (FrH)
Harp (Hrp) Flute (Fl) Trombone (Trb)
Violin (Vln) Oboe (Ob) Tuba (Tba)
Viola (Via) Bassoon (Bssn) Percussion (Perc)
Baritone Horn (BaH)
Ensembles
No credit; S or U mark; participation required in the
various curricula as follows:
Students in the vocal music education curriculum, whether
their major is piano or voice, will participate in one of the
large vocal ensembles every semester. Freshmen are not eli-
gible for the College Choir.
Students in the instrumental music education curriculum
will participate in one of the large instrumental ensembles
every semester. They will further be required to participate
in one vocal ensemble each semester of their freshmen year.
Students in the general music education curriculum will be
required to participate in one vocal and one instrumental en-
semble each semester.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
If one of the music ensembles is in need of a particular
player because of the uniqueness of the instrument or voice,
the student may be required to participate even though he
has fulfilled the above requirements.
Mus 120 Percussion Ensemble
Mus 121 Chamber Ensembles
Mus 122 Brass Choir
Mus 123 Clarinet Choir
Mus 124 Indiana Marching Band
Mus 125 Indiana Band
Mus 126 Indiana Wind Ensemble
Mus 127 Indiana Glee Club
Mus 128 Women's Chorus
Mus 129 Opera Workshop
Mus 130 String Orchestra
Mus 131 Indiana Symphony Orchestra
Mus 201 College Choir
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PHILOSOPHY DEPARTMENT
RC»EaT H. HKRMAim, OKirmui of DepiitmoBt
ARTHUR KANNWISHER
The Philosophy Department offers, in addition to the in-
troductory course, a variety of electives designed to serve the
needs of two kinds of students. Those whose primary interests
are in other disciplines will find one or more Philosophy
courses which relate directly to their fields. Other courses may
be elected as desired.
Students wishing to concentrate in Philosophy must take
a total of 27 hours in the field, including Philosophy 321, 322,
324, and 430. Such students are encouraged, during their un-
dergraduate work, to achieve basic mastery of another aca-
demic discipline. However, the philosophy concentratee, de-
pending upon his interests, may major in either the Natural
Sciences, Social Sciences, or Humanities.
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE
Phil 120 Introduction to Philosophy 3 or.
A survey of basic issues and fundamental concepts. De-
signed for the beginning student, this course aims at the de-
velopment of a critical attitude toward the major "isms" of
philosophy. Emphasis is placed upon an understanding of prob-
lems in the field, rather than upon individual thinkers.
PHILOSOPHY ELECTIVES
Phil 221 Logic 3 or.
The Art of Reasoning — The Science of Critical Thinking.
Designed for the general student, this course aims at develop-
ing an awareness of the need for precision in meaning, valid-
ity in formal reasoning patterns, and rigor in determining
"truth".
Phil 222 Ethics 3 or.
An introduction to significant ethical theory. Selected
writings both ancient and modern are examined and discussed
critically. The student is encouraged not only to develop a con-
sistent ethical formulation of his own, but to make application
of each view studied to current moral problems.
Phil 323 Political Philosophy 3 cr.
An examination of major theories of political organization.
Such substantial works as Plato's Republic, Aristotle's Politics,
Hobbes' Leviathan, Rousseau's Social Contract, and Locke's
Second Treatise of Civil Government are studied in depth.
(See also in Pol. Sci. electives.)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Phil 324 History of Philosophy 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Phil 120
Great men and movements in western philosophy from the
pre-socratic period to the present. The course follows a chrono-
logical order, examining the whole thought of selected major
philosophers, together with the world-views of their times.
Phil 327 American Philosophic Thought 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Phil 120
A study of the more original and influential philosophic
postures developed in America from the colonial period to the
present, and of the men who gave them their most complete
expressions.
Phil 328 Aesthetics 3 cr.
Studies in the meaning and value of man's aesthetic ex-
perience. The nature and significance of art — its role in human
experience. Theories of art from Plato to Dewey are examined
and discussed critically.
Phil 329 Philosophy of Religion 3 cr.
An examination of the major theories and problems of
philosophy in relation to religion. Such topics as the existence
of God, evil, religious experience, religious language, existen-
tialism, and mysticism will be explored. The works of Hume,
Kant, Aquinas, Tillich, Buber, Royce, Stace, Kierkegaard, J.
Huxley, Augustine, and others will be studied.
Phil 330 Philosophy of Science 3 cr.
A survey of the basic nature and structure of scientific
thought. Problems of physical and social science will be ex-
amined in relation to philosophy. The nature of scientific laws,
induction, causation, the logic of explanation, probability, the
role of mathematics in science, and the place of value in sci-
ence will be explored. No special or technical background re-
quired.
Phil 430 Readings Colloquim 3 cr.
Designed for the student making a primary concentration
in philosophy, this course centers around discussion of an in-
tensive reading program, and includes a research project of
thesis quality. Admission by special permission only.
226 INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PHYSICS DEPARTMENT
RICHARD E. BERRY, Chairman
DANIEL G. REIBER ROBERT L. WOODARD
RICHARD D. ROBERTS PATSY A. ZITELLI
PAUL M. WADDELL
PHYSICS COURSES
Phys 111-112 Physics I and H 8 cr.
A two-semester course constituting the usual first year's
work in general college physics. In Physics I mechanics, heat
and sound are studied; in Physics II electricity and magnetism,
light, and atomic and nuclear physics. Three hours lecture and
three hours laboratory per week.
Phys 211-212 Electricity and Magnetism I and U 7 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 257
A course in general electricity and magnetism. The electric
and magnetic fields of D.C. and A.C. circuits, capacitance, in-
ductance, electromotive force, oscillating circuits, electrical in-
struments are among the topics developed. First semester: 3
credits, three hours lecture per week. Second semester: 4 cred-
its, three hours lecture per week, three hours laboratory per
week.
Phys 311 Mechanics I 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 157
In this course among the topics developed are kinematics,
statistics and dynamics of a particle, oscillators, statics and
dynamics of extended bodies, planetary motion; three hours
lecture per week.
Phys 312 Mechanics H 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 257
In this course among the topics developed are vibrating
strings and membranes, wave motion, the Hamiltonian, La-
Grange's equations, mechanics of fiuids. ITiree hours lecture
per week.
Phys 261 Electronics 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 157
The fundamentals of vacuum tubes and their applications
in circuits are studied. Two hours lectures and three hours
laboratory per week.
Phys 371 Optics 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 157
This course deals with such topics as reflection and refrac-
tion at surfaces, optical instruments, polarization, interference
and diffraction of light. Two hours lecture and three hours
laboratory per week.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA 227
Phys 382 Heat and Thermodynamics 4 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics HI and 112, Math 157
Temperature and expansion, heat transfer, properties of
gases and thermodynamics are some of the topics developed.
Three hours lecture and three hours laboratory per week.
Phys 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physics 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 111 and 112, Math 257
This course deals with the electron, atomic spectra, atomic
structure, chemical binding, nuclear radiation, the nucleus,
elementary particles.
Phys 452 Selected Experiments from Atomic, Nuclear
and Modern Physics 1-3 cr.
Prerequisite: Physics 451. The latter may be taken concur-
rently.
Experiments include electric discharge in gases, atomic
spectra, e/m, detection and measurement of radiation and
others depending on time and facilities available.
Phys 472 Modern Physics 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 451, Math 357
Topics developed are electromagnetic radiation, thermionic
and photoelectric emission, special relativity, elementary quan-
tum mechanics, statistical mechanics. Three hours lecture per
week.
Phys 483-484 Quantum Mechanics 3-6 cr.
Prerequisites: Physics 312, Math 361
This course develops quantum mechanics following the
method of Schrodinger. The theory is applied to the properties
of wave functions associated with the potentials encountered
in the harmonic oscillator, the hydrogen atom, the electron in
a magnetic field and the radioactive decay of alpha particles.
The general principles of quantum mechanics are related to
atomic structure and the periodic table.
Phys 498 Problems in Physics 1-4 cr.
Under this title there is offered an opportunity for ad-
vanced students to study, in vigorous mathematical detail,
special topics in Physics such as Fourier Series, Vibrating
String Theory, Vector Analysis and others which the student
or staff member might propose. The amount and quality of the
work done would determine the number of credit hours
earned. In general the idea is to have the student deal in a
more sophisticated manner with topics which receive elemen-
tary treatment in the regular courses.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 or.
A study of the physical world, focusing on the fundamental
concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on what
science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the emer-
gence of the more fundamental physical laws. Topics include
those often associated with astronomy, chemistry, geology and
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr.
A continuation of Physical Science I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
POLITICAL SCIENCE DEPARTMENT
RICHARD F. HEIGES, Acting Chairman
PATRICK CARONE DOROTHY PALMER
RAYMOND L. LEE BERT A. SMITH
ROBERT L. MORRIS
Pols 111 American Citizenship 3 cr.
This course is largely concerned with our Federal and
State governments. Emphasis is placed upon the constitutional
basis of government, organization and structure of govern-
ment, division of governmental powers. Federal and State re-
lations, public finance, organization and role of political parties,
and the place of the citizen in government. In a study of the
functions and services of government, attention is given such
problems as foreign policy and world relations, economic and
social security, and the promotion of the general welfare.
Pols 350 Public Administration 3 cr.
A study of the organization and methods of governmental
administrative agencies. Attention is given to organization
principles, recruiting and training of personnel, administrative
procedures, problems of bureaucracy in a democracy, and case
study of public administration.
Pols 351 The Legislative Process 3 cr.
A functional study of legislative bodies and the process of
legislation, covering the organization of legislative assemblies,
operation of the committee system, procedures, bill drafting,
aids, and controls over legislation.
PolS 353 American Political Parties 3 cr.
This course will trace historically the development of
American Political Parties. Major emphasis will be placed on
modern party developments since 1900.
Pols 354 Metropolitan Problems 3 cr.
Analyzes the multiplicity of problems facing our metro-
politan areas. Contemporary developments such as urban re-
newal, the shrinking tax base, federal aid to cities, subsidized
mass transit, municipal authorities, and political consolidation
are examined. Pennsylvania municipalities are contrasted with
those of other states.
Pols 355 Comparative Government 3 cr.
A course in which the major foreign democratic and au-
thoritarian governments are analyzed. Emphasis is placed on
the governments of the Soviet Union, England, France, Italy,
Germany, China and Japan. Comparisons and contrasts are
drawn between these governments and the government of the
United States,
Pols 356 State and Local Government 3 cr.
Institutions and processes of state and local governments,
with special attention to Pennsylvania. Emphasis is placed on
the nature of federalism, state constitutions, parties and in-
terest groups, the legislature, office of governor, the judiciary,
and role of state and local government in an urban society.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Pols 357 International Relations 3 cr.
Consideration is given to the fundamentals of the state
system, sovereignty and nationalism; the elements of national
power; the diplomatic, legal, economic, organizational and mil-
itary relations of states; procedures for the settlement of dis-
putes; power-security problems and patterns of power to cope
with the problems. The course attempts to provide a conceptual
framework on the basis of which international events can be
sorted out and made meaningful.
Pols 358 Contemporary Political Problems 3 cr.
This course emphasizes the dynamics of government as
they are evidenced in public opinion, pressure groups, political
parties and our governmental institutions. Attention is also
directed toward the political-economic nexus within American
society.
Pols 359 American Constitutional Law 3 cr.
Through the decisions of the United States Supreme Court
the development of constitutional law is studied. Attention is
given to the legal terminology, the history, and the philosophy
significant in an understanding of American jurisprudence. Em-
phasis is given to the influence of legal interpretations on the
political, social, and economic life of the nation.
PolS 398-399 News Interpretation 1 cr.
The course is designed to provide students with techniques
for intelligent reading of the daily newspaper and weekly news
magazines and to give them some understanding of current
affairs at the state, national, and international level.
PolS 423 Political Philosophy 3 cr.
An examination of major theories of political organization.
Such major works as Plato's Republic, Aristotle's Politics,
Hobbes' Leviathan, Rousseau's Social Contract and Locke's
Treatises on Government are studied. (See also Philosophy
Electives.)
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SCIENCE DIVISION
DWIGHT E. SOLLBERGER, Science Coordinator
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
Biol 103 General Biology I 4 cr.
This course deals with the principles of biology. Topics
include cellular structure and physiology, growth and repair,
reproduction and development, control sources of food energy,
inheritance, and man's interrelationship with his biological
environment. The classification of plants and animals is re-
viewed briefly. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Biol 104 General Biology II 4 cr.
A continuation of General Biology I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
Sci 105 Physical Science I 4 cr.
A study of the physical world, focusing on the fundamental
concepts of matter and energy. Emphasis is placed on what
science is, how scientific knowledge is acquired, and the emer-
gence of the more fundamental physical laws. Topics include
those often associated with astronomy, chemistry, geology and
physics. Three hours lecture and two hours laboratory.
Sci 106 Physical Science II 4 cr.
A continuation of Physical Science I. Three hours lecture
and two hours laboratory.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
Ed 451 Teaching Science in the Secondary School 3 cr.
Prerequisites: 12 hours of work in major field. Two hours
lecture and three hours laboratory work per week.
This course is designed to make the prospective science
teacher aware of some of the important problems in science
education. Emphasis is laid on lesson planning, construction of
unit outlines, demonstrations, and open-ended laboratory ex-
periences. Each student is required to investigate the latest
curricular emphasis in his field.
SPECIAL SCIENCE COURSES
Sci 311 Elements of Earth Science 3 cr.
This course is designed to make elementary teachers more
aware of the science in their environment. While the biological
environment is briefly reviewed, greater stress is placed upon
the areas of geology, astronomy and meteorology. Field study
and lectures strive to include both scientific principles and
practical classroom activities that the teacher may use in the
elementary classroom.
El 312 Teaching of Elementary Science 3 cr.
The fundamental areas of physics and chemistry are cover-
ed in this course. Student participation is fundamental to their
understanding of the basic principles that can be transferred
to the elementary classroom, and to their familiarization with
scientific equipment. The latter part of the course is devoted to
a survey of the biological environment and continues the work
begun in Elementary Science.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SOCIAL SCIENCE DIVISION
RAYMOND L. LEK, Social Srienre Coordinator
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES
(Required of all students)
Hist 102 History of Civilization II 3 cr.
This course deals with man's development from 1600 to the
present. Among the topics discussed are: The Commercial Rev-
olution; the Age of Reason; the Age of Revolution— political,
economic, and social the rise of constitutional governments;
nationalism and the clash of cultures incident to the growth of
empire. Considerable attention is given to democracy, capital-
ism, communism, fascism, and socialism as the major ideologies
of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The course con-
cludes with an examination of the various formulas for world
order proposed or attempted since 1900.
Hist 104 History of the United States and
Pennsylvania II 3 cr.
A course in the history of the United States and Pennsyl-
vania from 1865 to the present in which the industrialization of
America, urbanization, the rise of organized labor, and the de-
velopment of a distinctly American culture are stressed. At-
tention is also given to the political, economic, and social re-
form movements of this period in our history as well as to the
increasing role of the United States in world affairs.
Hist 111 American Citizenship 3 cr.
This course is largely concerned with our Federal and
State governments. Emphasis is placed upon the constitutional
basis of government, organization and structure of government,
division of governmental powers. Federal and State relations,
public finance, organization and role of political parties, and
the place of the citizen in government. In a study of the func-
tions and services of government, attention is given such prob-
lems as foreign policy and world relations, economic and social
security, and the promotion of the general welfare.
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 cr.
Following a brief survey of man's place in nature, the
course focuses on the concept of culture and on the divergent
answers that cultures give to the basic questions of man's ex-
istence.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SOCIAL SCIENCE HONORS PROGRAM
SS 491 Social Science Honors 3 or.
Prerequisites include a B average in Social Science courses,
an average which must be maintained during the honors pro-
gram.
Admission to the Social Science Honors course is by in-
vitation only. Students will do independent research over two
semesters under the direction of a department member.
SS 492 Social Science High Honors 3 cr.
This course is an extension of SS 491. Admission by in-
vitation.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENT
Ed 451 Teaching Social Studies in the
Secondary Schools 3 or.
This course provides an opportunity for the prospective
teacher to develop understandings and competencies for teach-
ing social studies. Emphases in the course include: values and
goals in social studies, the teaching process, materials and
learning activities, evaluation of learning, and planning for
classroom teaching. This course is a prerequisite to student
teaching in the social studies.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
SOCIOLOGY-ANTHROPOLOGY DEPARTMENT
ESKO E. NEWHILL, Chairman
HERBERT L. BENTON VIRGINIA G. GERALD
DOWNEY n. RAIBOURN WALTER T. SHEA
Soc 251 Introduction to Sociology 3 cr.
Sociology is the science of the structure and functioning of
human groups. Taking culture concepts and social institutions
as its basic materials, it explores the content, methodology, and
interrelationships of those studies seeking to record and ex-
plain man's social behavior in the modern world. Problems of
social change, and the attendant efforts to direct and control
such change, are integral parts of the course.
Soc 331 Contemporary Social Problems 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
A course which explores pressing social issues and the
solutions offered for their alleviation. Within its scope fall race
and minority discrimination, juvenile delinquency, crime, fam-
ily disintegration, personal maladjustment, population shifts,
the role of culture, the nature of social change, and the pos-
sibility of social planning. Problems are defined and solutions
are explored in the light of historical, political, economic, so-
cial, and anthropological data.
Soc 332 Racial and Cultural Minorities 3 or.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology,
A study of national, racial and religious minorities and
divergent heritages in our national life.
Soc 333 Juvenile Delinquency 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
Principal topics are the cause of delinquency, its forms,
consequences, and the methods that may best be used in its
prevention.
Soc 334 Population Problems 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
The focus is upon population growth and distribution. The
present "population explosion" will be a topic of central in-
terest.
Soc 335 Social Stratification 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
A study of social status patterns and social mobility. Deter-
minants of social class divisions and the consequences of class
distinctions for individuals and society will be discussed.
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
Soc 336 Sociology of the Family 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Principles of Sociology.
The relationships between types of family interaction and
extrafamilial problems are emphasized, as well as the impact
of social change on the structure and functions of the family.
Soc 337 World Cultures 3 cr.
Students are provided with a minimal orientation to the
study of the cultural diversity of human societies. There will
be an emphasis on the determinants of cultural variability and
the problem of ethnocentrism resulting from this diversity.
Soc 338 Introduction to Social Work 3 cr.
Prerequisite, Soc 251, Principles of Sociology
The principles of social work; their application to prob-
lems of family and child welfare; casework and group tech-
niques.
Soc 339 American Communities 3 cr.
Prerequisite, Soc 251, Principles of Sociology
An analysis of the social structure of communities at the
local level in relation to the national community structure.
Examination of current problems and future trends.
Anth 110 Introduction to Anthropology 3 cr.
Following a brief survey of man's place in nature, the
course focuses on the concept of culture and on the divergent
answers that cultures give to the basic questions of man's
existence.
Anth 211 Cultural Anthropology 3 cr.
Prerequisites: Anth 410, and either Anth 412 or Anth 413.
A survey of problems and theories in the science of culture.
Each student makes a study of a particular major anthropolo-
gist or theoretical approach.
Anth 312 World Ethnography 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Anthropology.
Study in depth of specific non-literature cultures to explore
questions of cultural integration.
Anth 313 Pre History 3 cr.
Prerequisite: Introduction to Anthropology
Survey of the Old and New World prehistory with em-
phasis on archaeological method and theory, and on cultural
development during the Mesolithic, Neolithic and early Iron
Age periods. Experience in analysis of archaeological data will
be provided.
238
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INDEX
Absence and Tardiness 37
Activity Fee 44
Administration Hours 53
Administrative Organization of College 4
Admission Policy 34
Advance Registration Deposit 46
Advance Standing 35
Advisory System 38
Art Department 102—129
Faculty 129
Course Sequence 102
Course Description 129
Athletics 64
Automobile Registration 52
B
Baggage 52
Biology Department 103 — 139
Course Sequence 103
Course Description 134
Board of Trustees 3
Buildings 27
Business Department 104
Faculty 137
Course Sequence 104
Course Description 137
c
Calendar 2
Chairman of Departments 4
Chemistry Department 106-143
Faculty 143
Course Sequence 143
Course Description 143
Clubs and Class Organization 63
Classification of Students 40
College Board Examinations 35
Course Numbers 73
Criteria Governing Continuance in College 38
Cultural Life Series 62
College Lodge 65
D
Damage Fees 44
Day Students 53
Degree Fee 44
Delinquent Accounts 45
Dental Hygienist Degree Curriculum 107
Departments
Art 129
Biology 134
Business 137
Chemistry 143
Economics 147
Education and Psychology 149
Elementary Ill
English 153
Foreign Languages 173
Geography 197
Health and Physical Education 186
History 190
Home Economics 194
Mathematics 203
Military Science and Tactics 209
Music 213
Physics 226
Political Science 229
Science 231
Social Science 233
Sociology-Anthropology 235
Special Education and Clinical Services 154
Dining Room Policy (Women) 50
Dining Room Policy (Men) 51
Doctors of Special Clinics 4
E
Education of Mentally Retarded 109
Education and Psychology Department 149
Faculty 149
Course Sequence
Course Description 149
Economics Department 147
Course Sequence 147
Course Description 147
Elementary Education 161
Faculty 161
Course Sequence 108
Course Description 161
Eligibility for Student Teaching 38
English Department 165
Faculty 165
Course Sequence 112
Course Description 165
Enrollment by Counties 72
Enrollment by Curricula 66
Entrance Examinations 35
Emeriti 19
F
Faculty 5
Fees, Deposits, Repayment 43
Financial Aids 47
Fire Precautions 53
Foreign Languages Department 173
Faculty 173
Course Sequence 113
Course Description 173
Fraternities 64
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
239
INDEX
G
General Education 73
Geography Department 179
Faculty 179
Course Sequence 114
Course Description 179
Grade Reports 38
Grades 38
Graduate School 42
Grounds and Buildings 27
H
Handbook 53
Health and Physical Education Department 186
Faculty 186
Course Description 186
Certification in Field of Education for
Safe Living 188
History Department 190
Faculty 190
Course Sequence 94
Course Description 190
Home Economics Department 194
Faculty 194
Course Sequence 116
Course Description 194
Housing Fee 43
Housing Policy (Women) SO
Housing Policy (Men) 51
How Bills & Charges Are To Be Paid 47
How To Apply For Admission 33
Humanities — LA 78
I
Infirmary 53
Infirmary Fee 44
Inter-disciplinary Studies 77
J
Junior Standing 40
K
Keith School 55
Key for Course Numbers 73
L
Late Registration Fee 44
Laundry 52
Library Hours 54
Loans 47
Location of College 1
M
Mathematics Department 203
Faculty 203
Course Sequence 118
Course Description 203
Military Clothing Deposit 45
Military Science and Tactics Department 209
Faculty 209
Requirements 209
What ROTC Offers 209
Special Fees 210
Curriculum 210
Music Department 213
Faculty 213
Course Description 213
Applied Music 221
Course Sequence 119
Instrumental Curriculum 120
Vocal Music Curriculum 121
N
Natural Science — LA 87
o
Off Campus Centers 31
Other Charges 46
Out-of -State Students Fee 46
P
Pre Programming and Regulations 37
Philosophy Department 224
Faculty 224
Course Description 224
Physics Department 123-226
Placement Service 55
Political Science Department 229
Faculty 229
Course Description 229
Pre-Professional Studies 77
Private Accounts 45
Private Instruction in Music 44
Psychological Clinic 54
Professional Education and Certification 100
Q
Quality Points 38
R
Readmission Policy 37
Reading Clinic ; 54
Regulations of the College 49
Religions Life 62
INDIANA UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
INDEX
Religious Organization 54
Repayments 46
Reserve Officers Training Corps 54
S
Saturday Campus Classes 61
Scholarships 56
School Food Service Management 117
School of Liberal Arts 75
Science Division 231
Social Science— LA 92
Social Science Division 233
Course Sequence 127
Course Description 233
Sociology- Anthropology Department 235
Faculty 235
Course Description 235
Special Education 154
Special Fees 44
Special Services 53
Speech and Hearing 63
Course Sequence 109
State Council of Education 3
Student Activity Fee 44
Student Cooperative Association 65
Student Employment 60
Student Government 61
Student Supplies 52
Summer Sessions 55
Summer Session Fees 45
Supervising Teachers 19
Teaching of the Speech and Hearing
Handicapped 110
The School of Education 99
Time of Payments 46
Transcript Fee 44
U
University, Present and Past 25
Vacation and Guest Charges 52
Veterans 61
KEY TO BUILDINGS
John Sutton Holl
Thomas Sutton Hall
Clark Hall
Stabley Library
FUher Auditorium
Wcllar Gymnasium
Ai:kerman Hall
Classroom Hall
(proposed)
McElhaney Holl
Leonard Holl
11. Wilson Hall
12. Walsh Hall
13. Weyandt Hall
14. Elkin Hall
15. Art Ed. Anr«x
16. Whitmyre Hall
17. Student Union
18. Gordon Hall
19. Special Education
Building
20. Keith School
21.
Flagstone Theater
31.
22.
Uhler Hall
32.
23.
Cogswell Hall
24.
Classroom Hall
33.
(proposed)
34.
25.
Foster Dining Hall
26.
Mack Hall
35.
27.
Stewart Hal!
36.
28.
Turnbull Hall
r/.
29.
Wahr Hall
38.
30
Langhom Hall
Boiler Plant
Maintenance Building
(proposed)
Shop Building
Memorial Hdll
(Field House)
Miller Stadium
Athletic Fields
Military Hall
Greenhouse
39
Learning & Resec
Center (proposec
Men's Dormitorie
(proposed)
Military Hall
(proposed)
42. Health Center
(proposed)
43. Tennis Courts
40.
41
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11